Standard Safety Practices Manual

Standard SafetyPractices Manual

BP Canada Energy CompanyDecember, 2007 version 1.1

This Manual is an Uncontrolled Copy To View Most Recent Version of Contents Refer to the gHSSEr Website - http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp Document Owners: gHSSEr Forum

C-7037 XGS

Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.

i

Standard SafetyPractices ManualBP Canada Energy CompanyDecember, 2007 version 1.1

This Manual is an Uncontrolled Copy To View Most Recent Version of Contents Refer to the gHSSEr Website - http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp Document Owners: gHSSEr Forum

C-7037 XGS

Standard Safety Practices Manual

i



2


3ii

BP CANADA GAS PERFORMANCE UNIT SAFETY PRACTICES MANUALAccident prevention and efficient operations go hand in hand; therefore, incorporating safe work practices in our day-to-day operation is essential to minimize accidents, injuries and job interruptions.This manual provides safe guidelines for all employees to use in addressing the potential risks associated with each task when developing safe work methods. Guidelines specified are in accordance with governing regulations, standards, BP Canada requirements, and recommended good working practices. It will be necessary to incorporate these practices into the specific situations that will arise in each operation.The manual covers many, but by no means all, of the jobs and situations encountered in our operations. Should situations arise which are not adequately covered in the manual, please bring it to the attention of your immediate supervisor.The definition of a BP representative in this manual is taken to include employees, contractors, consultants, and service representatives who have the authority and are duly quali-fied to direct work on a the behalf of BP. A BP designate is an individual who has authority to direct a defined scope of work specified by the BP Representative. Safety is everyone’s responsibility.

WORKSITES

The following must be available at all BP Canada worksites:

• StandardSafetyPracticesManual• StandardEnvironmentalPracticesManual• LocalEmergencyResponsePlan• MaterialSafetyDataSheets• Site-SpecificProcedures

ii


2



3iii

DEVIATIONS

TheStandardSafetyPracticesManualistobeusedasaliving and working document, and as such must include provisionstohandlewarranteddeviations.TheManualcontains practices in accordance with governing regulations, standards, BP Canada Gas Performance Unit requirements and recommended or good working practices. Government Regulations and BP Canada Gas Performance Unit require-ments are distinguishable throughout the document by the useofthewordsShall,WillandMust,etc.Recommendedor good working practices are recognized by the use of the wordsShould,MayandCould,etc.The following outlines how to handle deviations in our day-to-day operations to ensure the safe work methods are practiced.

DEVIATIONS FROM:

A. Recommended or Good Working Practices (Should,May,Could) AuthorizedbyLocalManagement(i.e.minimum,employee-in-charge+supervisor)

B. Government Regulations or BP Canada Requirements

(Shall,Will,Must) AuthorizedbySafetyDepartment(Performance

Unit)andtheapplicableGovernmentAgencies.Frequent deviations in either case should be submitted to thegHSSErForumforreviewandadoptionifwarranted.Procedures for submitting a suggested revision are outlined in the subsequent pages.Note: When government regulations call for additional re-quirementsinexcessofBPCanadaSSPM,thegovernmentregulation will be followed.

iii



4


5iv

REVISION PROCEDURE

To suggest a RevisionTheStandardSafetyPracticesManualisintendedtobea“living” document, and suggestions for revisions by operat-ing personnel will be welcomed. To initiate a revision, please follow these procedures:1. ForwardrequesttotheHSSEAdvisorresponsiblefor

yourDepartment/Area.2. HSSEAdvisortoforwardtogHSSErForumaswar-

ranted.ThegHSSErForumwillconveneperiodicallytoreviewallsuggested revisions.StandardSafetyPracticesManual

iv


4



5v

StandardSafetyPracticesManualTABLE OF CONTENTS

Standards and Safe Work Practices IndexGolden Rules of safety

CONFINEDSPACEENTRYPRACTICE 1ENERGYISOLATIONPRACTICE(LockOut-TagOut) 16GROUNDDISTURBANCEPRACTICE 37LIFTINGANDRIGGINGPRACTICE 43MANAGEMENTOFCHANGEPRACTICE 64PERMITTOWORKANDHAZARDASSESSMENTPRACTICE 87VEHICLESTANDARDANDROADSAFETYPRACTICE 112WORKINGATHEIGHTSPRACTICE 136Safe Work Standards/PracticesASBESTOS 147ATMOSPHERICMONITORING 147CANADIANNUCLEARSAFETYCOMMISSION(CNSC)REGULATEDISOTOPES 151DRAININGANDDEPRESSURING 153ELECTRICAL 154ELECTRICALSTORMS 161EQUIPMENTSHUTDOWNSYSTEMS,TEMPORARYBY-PASS 162EYEWASHSTATIONS&DELUGESHOWERS 163FIREPROTECTIONEQUIPMENT 167FIRERESISTANTWORKWEARPRACTICE 170FIRSTAIDEQUIPMENTANDMEDIC 182GASANDLIQUIDSAMPLING 183GUARDS 184HANDPROTECTIONPRACTICE 185

v



6


vi

GUIDELINESFORFIELDVISITS 191HOUSEKEEPING 193HOTANDODDBOLTINGPRACTICE 195HYDRATES,IDENTIFICATIONANDREMOVAL 211HYDROGENSULFIDE(H2S)SAFETY 213INCIDENT/ACCIDENTREPORTING 216LADDERSANDSCAFFOLDING–PORTABLE 217LADDERS,STAIRSANDPLATFORMS-FIXED220LINETHAWINGPRACTICE 225MANUALLIFTINGANDHANDLINGHEAVYORAWKWARDLOADS 229METERPROVING 232MOBILESTEAMERS 234MOVINGHEAVYEQUIPMENTONBPWORKSITES 236NOISEEXPOSURE&HEARINGCONSERVATION 239PERSONALPROTECTIVEEQUIPMENT 242JEWERLY 245PIGGINGOFPIPELINESANDFLOWLINES 248POSITIVEAIRSHUT-OFFREQUIREMENTS(PASO) 249PRACTICEFORWORKINGINACOMBUSTIBLEGASENVIRONMENT 251PRESSURESAFETYVALVES 262PRESSUREANDLEAKTESTING 264PURGING 267RADIOACTIVEORNATURALLYOCCURRINGRADIOACTIVEMATERIALS(NORM) 269RAILCARLOADING 273RESPIRATORYPROTECTION 275HSSEMEETINGS 280


vi


6


vii

SAFETYSTANDBY 283SANDBLASTING/ABRASIVEBLASTING 286SECURITY 288SERVICERIGSAFETY 291SIGNSANDBARRICADES 297SIMULTANEOUSOPERATINGPROCEDURE 298STRESSRELIEVING 306SWABBING 307TANKGAUGING 310TANKTRUCKLOADING/UNLOADING 311TOOLS 315TRAINING 316WELDINGPRACTICES–GENERAL 319WELLSERVICINGWORKPLAN 324WELLTESTING 327WIRELINEOPERATIONS 331WELLWORK-HANDOVERBETWEENOPERATIONSANDWELLSTEAMS 333WORKINGALONEPRACTICE 334


vii


viii

REFERENCES

• AlbertaOccupationalHealthandSafetyActandRegulationshttp://employment.alberta.ca/cps/rde/xchg/hre/hs.xsl/307.html

• BritishColumbiaOccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationshttp://www2.worksafebc.com/Publica-tions/OHSRegulation/Search.asp

• CodesofPracticehttp://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp

• OntarioOccupationalHealthandSafetyActandRegulationshttp://www.e-laws.gov.on.ca

• GoldenRulesofSafety/Practices(gHSSErDocu ments)http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp

• InternalandExternalHSSELinkshttp://canadahsse.bpweb.bp.com/home/links.html

• LegalandOtherMatrixhttp://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/EMS/Legal%20Requirements/

• ProcessSafetyManagementhttp://psmcanada.bpweb.bp.com


viii

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry


1

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PRACTICE

1.0 Scope and Applicability

1.1 This practice applies to BP Canada Gas PerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contracted employees, contractors, and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and sites.

1.2 This practice provides guidelines for the development of site specific procedures to prevent injury to personnel by ensuring that an assessment of all known hazards, pre-job planning, and communications are done prior to and during work in confined spaces.

1.3 Thepurposeofthispracticeistoensurethatall reasonable precautions will be taken to protect the safety of personnel who are or may be required to work in confined spaces.

2.0 Scope of Definitions

2.1 Confined Space:A confined space means an enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not primarily designed or intended for human occupancy, except for the purposes of performing work, having restricted access or egress and which, due to its design, construction, location, atmosphere, the materials or substances in it, or other conditions, is or may become hazardous to a worker entering it, or does not have an easy means of escape for, or rescue of, a worker entering it. Examples:

2.1.1 Tanks, vessels, towers, heaters, silos, aerial coolers, bins, hoppers, tank cars, ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility tunnels or pipes, scale pits, sumps, vessel skirts, mud pits and cement and chemical storage tanks.


1



2


3

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

2

2.1.2 An excavation is considered a confined space under certain circumstances, for example if there is limited access or egress or the quality of the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed.

2.1.3 Adikedareacouldbeconsideredaconfinedspace if it is more than 1.5m deep and the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed.

2.1.4 Towerorvesselskirts,undertrailerswithskirts, false ceilings, because of restricted ac-cess and egress must be considered as confined space.

2.1.5 Others, such as pipe racks, utility doors, compressor fan housings and hoardings.


2



3

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

3

DETERMINATIONOFCONFINEDSPACE

2.2 Entryintoaconfinedspaceisdeemedtohaveoccurred as soon as the plane of the entry point has been broken by a part of the body.

2.3 AllBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnitCGPUsitesmust:

• Identifyanddocumentallconfinedspaces • Labelallentrypoints.Class1ConfinedSpaces

labeled“ConfinedSpace”,Class2&3ConfinedSpaceslabeled“ConfinedSpace–PermitRe-quired”

• Identifyandcontrolallhazardspriortoentryutilizing site specific procedures

NO NO NO YES YES YES

Does the space now have or has it previously had contents that could be harmful?

Is the space enclosed enough to contain a hazardous atmosphere or other physical h d?

Is access/egress so restricted that emergency exit or rescue requires extra manpower or equipment?

NOT A CONFINED

SPACE

THIS IS A CONFINED SPACE

Class 1 – No Hazard A Confined Space in which there does not exist and is not likely to exist: A hazardous gas,

vapour, dust or fumes An oxygen content

less than 19.5 % or more than 23% by volume.

Class III – Hazard Exists A Confined Space in which there now exists or is likely to exist: A hazardous gas,

vapour, dust or fumes

An oxygen content less than 19.5 % or more than 23% and which cannot be ventilated to

Class 1I – Potential Hazard A Confined Space in which there has existed or was likely to exist: A hazardous gas, vapour,

dust or fumes An oxygen content less

than 19.5 % or more than 23% and, which has been purged, ventilated and steps taken to provide and maintain a safe

Class 1 – No Hazard ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Communication with

back-up Atmospheric Testing

(if applicable) All PPE identified

and worn Rescue plan in place Rescue Equipment

readily available

Class 1I – Potential Hazard

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Confined Space Permit Lockout/Tagout

Procedure followed Isolation Procedure

followed Continuous Atmospheric

Testing mandatory Confined space purged &

ventilated Rescue Plan in Place –

Rescue Equipment set up,

Class III – Hazard Exists ENTRY REQUIMENTS ALL

REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN CLASS II PLUS THE FOLLOWING:

Breathing Apparatus mandatory for all personnel entering

START



4


5

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

4

3.0 Scope of Responsibility

3.1 Eachworkerisresponsibletorecognizethehazardsof a confined space and take corrective measures to work within those areas ensuring that site specific procedures and this practice are followed.

3.2 Theon-siteBPrepresentativeinchargeordesignatemust ensure that:

• Anemergencyresponseplanisinplacespecificto the work being performed

• Anadequateinventoryofprotectiveequip-mentisavailableattheworklocation;e.g.PPE,suppliedair,gasdetection,harnesses/lifelines,ventilation equipment

• Allworkersrequiredtowearrespiratoryprotec-tion are medically fit to wear the associated equipmentand/orperformtherequiredduties

• AConfinedSpacepermitisissuedlayingoutthe conditions upon which the work is to be performed and that this is communicated to all workers at the site

• Theconfinedspaceworklocationisproperlyprepared for the work to take place; e.g. area is ventilatedandisolatedfromexternalpiping/equipment

• Additionalriskassessmentbeyondthescopeofthe safe work permit is completed if deemed necessary based on the scope of the job (see Job Hazard Analysis form and Prejob Risk Assess-mentform).Documentswillidentifyandcom-municate to all workers the possible hazards of working in the confined space and what controls are in place to make the job safe to proceed

• AllworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOand Time Out for Safety and understand their obligation to exercise these tools


4



5

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

5

3.3 TheAreaManagerhasensuredthat: • Allconfinedspacesaredefined,documentedand

labeled in the area sites • Workerswhoareinvolvedinconfinedspace

work are adequately trained and competent

3.4Theimmediatesupervisorordesignateoverseeingthe confined space work is responsible for:

• Reviewingtheneedforaconfinedspaceentry,ensuring all other options have been ruled out

• Assistincompletingtherescueplan • Ensuringthateveryoneinvolvedintheconfined

space understands the hazards involved in the job scope

• Maintainingthesafeconditionsonwhichthepermit is based

• Suspendingthepermitifthepermitconditionscannot be maintained

• Makingcertainthattheconfinedspaceisevacu-ated if the permit is suspended

• Ensuringanewworkpermitisissuedatthestartof each shift

• Ensuringatmospherictestingandcontinuousmonitoring is done by qualified gas tester and ensuringhe/sheco-signsthepermits

• Detailedvesseldiagramsmustbereviewedduring the pre-job risk assessment including the followingitemswhereapplicable:entry/exitpoints, ventilation points, blinding points, and Nitrogen vent points

• FilingConfinedSpacePermitatthefieldsitefor13monthsuponcompletion

• Ensuringallworkersareadequatelytrainedandqualified for the job at hand

• Approvingthemeansofisolatingtheconfinedspace



6


7

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

6

• Approvingthemeansofventilatingtheconfinedspace

• Ensuringtestsandmeasurementsaretakentodetermine the presence of, or change in, the concentration of harmful substances or oxygen deficiencies

• Ensuringanemergencyandrescueplanisinplace, documented and communicated

• EnsuringinformationontheavailabilityandproperuseofPPEiscommunicated

• Definingthemaximumnumberofworkerswhowill be allowed access for the purpose of execut-ing work within the confined space at any one time

• Ensuringthatworkersenteringtheconfinedspace are familiar with the layout of the confined space

3.5 Thepersonacceptingthepermit(LeadWorkerincontrolofthework)isresponsiblefor:

• NotifyingSupervisorordesignateintheeventofjob delays or changing conditions. The work site must be re-inspected and tested by the permit issuer before the job can be allowed to resume

• Ensuringthepreparationandprecautionsareacceptable, understood, and agreed to, before en-dorsing and accepting a Confined Space Permit

• Ensuringallsafetyequipmentisingoodworkingcondition

• EstablishinganescapeplanagreedtobytheSupervisorordesignateandLeadWorker

• Definingappropriatetoolstobeusedforthejob • Ensuringthatanypersonenteringtheconfined

spaceisawareofhis/herresponsibilitiesunderthis code, is qualified to use all the personal protective equipment required, and is aware of


6



7

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

7

the conditions of the confined space entry, e.g. hazards, communications, escape plan

• Renewingpermits,obtainingnewpermitwhenrequired and returning permit to issuer when permit expires or job is complete

3.6 Theperson(s)enteringtheconfinedspaceisrespon-sible for:

• Understandingandfollowingtheconditionsdetailed in the permit

• ReportingchangingconditionstotheSupervisoror designate and confined space safety standby

• Reportingconditionsandpracticesthatwillnotallow him or her to follow the conditions of the permit

• Usingappropriatetoolsforthejobandensuringthey are in good condition

• Reportingdefectiveordamagedtools • UsingrespiratoryprotectionandotherPPE

(personalprotectiveequipment)properly(ifbreathing air is used, a full body harness must be worn)

• Atoollistmustbecheckedoffbeforeandafterentry and exit of the confined space to ensure nothing is left behind

3.7DefinitionoftheConfinedSpaceSafetyStandby: • A“safetystandby”personisanemployeeor

designate used as an observer and back-up, whenever the above work applications are being carried out. This person is not part of the work crew, and is only concerned with the safety of the workers. Safety standby personnel will be identi-fied by some type of measure as identified in the pre-job risk assessment.



8


9

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

8

3.8 TheConfinedSpaceSafetyStandbyisrespon-sible for:

• Observingworktask • Monitoringatmosphericconditions • Ensuringongoingcommunicationswiththoseis

confined space • Executionofemergencyrescueplanandactiva-

tion of rescue team • Maintainingentrylogandtoollogtoensureall

personnel and tools are accounted for • Ensuringunsupervisedentrypointsareflagged

offindicating“DONOTENTER”ormadeinaccessible by other means

• Ensuringthatallworkersinvolvedinthetaskhave the proper training certification in place

• Otherdutiesasspecifiedinthepre-jobsafetymeeting

• ForfurtherguidancepleasecheckthesafetystandbysectionoftheSSPM

NOTE: Safety Standby personnel can not leave their as-signed post unless personal safety is jeopardized, relieved by a competent person, or confined space is evacuated.

4.0 Scope of Training and Qualification

4.1 Trainingismandatory,toensuresafety,thatallpersonnel associated with the confined space entry are trained and competent, commensurate with the duties assigned in the confined space activity.

4.2 Facilitiesarerequiredtoestablishindividualtrainingrequirements to meet the needs of the activity.

• PreparingConfinedSpaceEntryPermits–pre-entry training is required


8



9

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

9

• ConfinedSpaceEntryClass2or3-pre-entrytraining and Confined Space entry is required

• SafetyWatchclass2or3-pre-entryandCon-fined Space entry training is required

• ConfinedSpaceRescue–confinedspacerescuetraining is required

• Musthavefirstaidtraining

5.0 Scope of Pre-entry Procedures

5.1 PreEntryCleaning 5.1.1 All confined spaces should be made clean

prior to entry, according to the nature of the product and residue, using the most practical method. Workers may only enter a confined space to clean after all other reasonable means havebeenexhausted.Mechanicalmeansarethe preferred method of cleaning, and should be used prior to any personnel entering the confined space.

5.1.2 If steam is used as a cleaning medium, cleaning contractors must ensure appropri-ate respiratory and other protective gear, and ensure the confined space is cooled to ambient temperature and adequate oxygen levels are present upon completion of cleaning.

5.1.3 Pyrophoricandotherproductscapableofspontaneous combustion require special handling methods. Please refer to site-specific proceduresandMSDS’sforhandlingthesematerials.

5.1.4 Sludge,fluidsandallspentcleaningmaterialsshould be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and CGPU site specific waste handling procedures.

5.1.5INERTING-Ifaninertgasisusedtoprotectagainstanexplosiveorflammableatmosphere



10


11

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

10

the personal responsible for the confined space must:

• GainapprovalfromtheOperatingCentreMan-ager

• NotifyBCWCBinwriting7dayspriortotheentry(BCapplications)

• Ensureallrequirementsforworkinginaninertatmosphere are followed

5.2 Pre-EntryIsolationandLockout 5.2.1 Electricalequipmentcontrollingorconnected

in any way to the confined space or peripheral equipment shall be tagged and locked, as per BPCanadaEnergyIsolationpracticegHSSErMS800.

5.2.2 Linesthatcouldallowfluidstoenterthecon-fined space shall be disconnected, capped, or blindflanged,aspergHSSErMS800EnergyIsolation(Lockout/Tagout)practice.

5.2.3 Whereconnectinglinescannotberemovedandcappedorblindflanged,“slip”or“pan-cake” blinds rated for full line operating pres-suremustbeused.Ifafull-ratedASMEblindcannot be accomplished, a safe process must be developed in close cooperation with site engineers.TheASMEsizeandrating,aswellastheMAWP(maximumallowableworkingpressure)mustbepermanentlymarkedonthehandle in such a manner that the information is visible when the blind is installed.

5.2.4 Blindsthatdonotmeetengineeringpracticesand have not been marked accordingly will not be used.

5.2.5 A blind list will accompany the site specific job procedure for the confined space being entered.

5.2.6 Disconnectingorblankingshallbeperformed


10



11

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

11

as close to the confined space as practical. It is acceptable to include a re-boiler, exchanger, etc., as part of the package for the Confined Space, providing that the entire system is tested in accordance with the following:

• Explosivegasesorvapors:continuousmonitor-ing is required where the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed. When gases lighter than air could be present, continuous monitoring of high points is required. When gases heavier than air could be present, continuous monitoring of low points is required

• NORM:NaturallyOccurringRadioactiveMate-rials should be tested for, if known to exist in the stream

• Noise-Alleffortmustbemadetomonitor,minimize and protect against

• Benzene:Mustbemonitoredpriortoentryandat frequent intervals, if known to exist in the stream

• Excessorinsufficientoxygen:acontinuousoxy-gen monitor is required where the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed

• Toxicorotherwisehazardousvaporsorgasessuch as hydrogen sulfide must be continuously monitored to ensure conditions on the permit have not changed

5.2.7 Rotating equipment (e.g. fan blades, pumps, agitators)mustbeimmobilizedandsecuredagainst accidental movement.

5.2.8 Atmospheric monitoring should be completed immediately prior to entry. Atmospheric monitoring must be completed within 20 minutes of entry.

5.2.9 Where monitoring is not continuous, confined spaces shall be re-tested after work breaks and shift changes before re-entry.



12


13

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

12

5.2.10 Confined spaces shall be ventilated to ensure a known working atmosphere and to prevent accumulation of any other harmful substances:

• 19.5%to23.0%oxygen(byvolume) • Lessthan10%LEL;Lessthan10ppmH2S • Benzene>0.5ppm(halfmask)or>10ppm

(breathingair) • Ventilationprovidingaminimumof85m3/hr (50cfm)ofcleanrespirableairisrequiredfor

each person inside the confined space with exceptiongiventoa)whentheatmosphereiscontinuously monitored and shown to contain respirableairb)thespacehasaninternalvol-umegreaterthan1.8m3(64ft3)peroccupant,is occupied for less than 15 minutes, and the work inside generates no contaminates other than exhaled air

5.2.11 Respiratory protection must be worn while initial and re-entry atmospheric tests are being performed

5.3 TemporaryHeatingDevices 5.3.1 Heatersthatarerequiredtomaintainasuit-

able thermal environment inside the confined space shall be located outside the space with the hot air supply ducted into the space (see Manufacturer’sinstructionsforsetupandventing).

5.3.2 Direct-firedheaters,whichdischargeexhaustgases with the heated air, will not be used to heat confined spaces while they are occupied. If direct-fired heaters are used, personnel must confirm a safe working atmosphere prior to entry.

5.3.3 Areassessmentoftheamountofventilationrequired must be made when heating confined


12



13

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

13

spaces that may release additional toxic, explosive,orflammablematerialsatelevatedtemperatures.

5.4 PersonalProtectiveEquipment 5.4.1 Appropriatepersonalprotectiveequip-

ment must be worn for the particular job as required (i.e. fire retardant clothing, gloves, boots, goggles, face shields, respiratory ap-paratus,safetyharnessandlifelines).

5.4.2 Priortoanyconfinedspaceentrythecon trolled products that may be encountered in

the confined space must be identified and theMSDSonthesematerialsmustreadandunderstood.

5.4.3 Breathingapparatusisalsorequiredasstandbyequipment outside the confined space, to be used by personnel responding to emergency.

5.5EmergencyRescue 5.5.1 A rescue plan must be completed, reviewed,

documented and a copy must be on site prior to a confined space entry.

5.5.2 Rescue plans will be kept on file at the facility. Any equipment required to imple-ment the plan must be in place prior to the confined space entry. New plans will be developed only where a suitable plan does not already exist.

5.5.3Acompetentsafetystandbypersonmustbeinattendance at the entrance during all phases of any confined space entry unless classified as a Class 1 confined space.



14


15

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

14

5.6 Communication 5.6.1 A system of communication must be

established and maintained, between the safetystandbypersonandtheperson(s)intheconfined space. This method must include at least two of the following:

• Simplevoice • Visualcontact • Radioequipment • Alarmhorn • Ropeattachedtoworker 5.6.2 A system of communication must be estab-

lished and maintained between the safety standby and the rescue personnel.

5.7 ElectricallyOperatedEquipment 5.7.1 Preference should always be given to the use of

pneumatic portable tools and explosion-proof lamps.

5.7.2 Electricalequipmentmustbetestedforground continuity prior to use in a confined space.

5.7.3 ACelectricalequipment,whichisusedwithinthe confined space, shall be used in conjunc-tion with a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFI).GFI’saretobelocatedoutsidecon-fined spaces.

5.8 StaticElectricity 5.8.1 Consideration must be given to inclusion of

static relief procedures where there is a poten-tial of generating static electricity.

5.8.2 Some specific conditions that may lead to static are:


14



15

Con

fined

Spa

ce E

ntry

15

• Theuseofhigh-pressuresteam,nitrogen,airhoses discharging to atmosphere, or vacuum hoses

• Theuseofsandblastingequipment • Thetypesofclothingworn

5.9 UnsupervisedEntryPoints 5.9.1 All confined spaces must be made secure when

left unattended. 5.9.2 Barricades, closures, signage (i.e. Confined

space-Entrybypermitonly)orothermeansof warning that the confined space must not be entered by unauthorized personnel are requiredatallunsupervisedentrypoints.En-try is prohibited until a new permit has been issued, all required safety checks have been completed and the area deemed safe as per the Confined Space Classification.

6.0 Scope of Forms

6.1 gHSSErMF34004Pre-jobRiskAssessment

6.2 gHSSErMF82001ConfinedSpaceEntryPermit

7.0 Scope of References

7.1 AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationAR448/83asamended

7.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulation andGuidelines296/97asamended

7.3 gHSSErMS800-EnergyIsolation(LockOut-TagOut)Practice)

7.4 gHSSErMS840-GroundDisturbancePractice



16


17

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n

16

ENERGY ISOLATION PRACTICE (LOCK OUT – TAG OUT)


1.1 This practice will be used if the unexpected energiza-tion or startup of machinery or equipment or the unexpected release of energy could result in health, safety, environmental or equipment damage losses.

1.2 This practice specifies minimum requirements for the control of hazardous energy.

1.3 ThispracticeappliestoallBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contractedemployees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and work sites.

1.4 Thispracticedoesnotapplytohottapoperationsperformed on pressurized pipelines, provided it can be demonstrated that:

• Continuousserviceisessential • Shutdownofthesystemisimpractical • CGPUaccepteddocumentedproceduresare

followed • Equipmentisusedthatwillprovideproven,

effectiveprotectionforemployees


2.1 FunctionalAreaManager–OperatingCenterMan-agerorWellsManagerorHSSEManager.

2.2 FunctionalTeamLead–AreaForeman,Construc-tionForeman,WellsiteLeader.


16



1717

2.3 AreaAuthority–thepersonwhoison-siteoras-sociated with that site and is assigned single point accountability for that site. This person can be the operator in charge, a maintenance worker, a con-struction foreman or a wells foreman or designate.

2.4 “Authorizedworker”isapersonwhoappliestheenergy isolation procedure and is deemed competent by the functional team leader or designate.

2.5 “Affectedworker”isapersonwhoworksonequip-ment in which energy control procedures have been implemented.

2.6 “Energyisolatingdevice”isamechanicaldevicethatphysically prevents the transmission or release of energy.

2.7 “Energysource”isanyelectrical,mechanical,hy-draulic, pneumatic, gravitational, chemical, nuclear, thermal, or other energy source that could cause injury.

2.8 “PersonalLock”meansalockforusebyanaffectedworker to ensure personal lockout protection such that each lock when applied is operable only by a key in the worker’s possession.

2.9 “Lockout”meanstheuseofalockorlockstorenderthe energy isolating device inoperable.

2.10 “Lockbox”isthecontrolpointforthekeysecuringsystem which physically prevents access to keys when locks are applied in a group lockout procedure.

2.11 Identification/WarningTag”isatagdirectingpeoplenot to start or operate locked out equipment and

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



18


1918

indicates the name the lock is assigned to, the date of the lockout and reason for the lock out. The identifi-cation/warningtagisattachedtoeachauthorizedandaffectedworkers’personallock.

2.12 Warning Tag” is a numbered tag directing people not to start or operate locked out equipment and references people back to the energy isolation log for date, name and reason for lockout.

2.13 PermanentLockoutIsolations”isequipment,ma-chinery or process that is indefinitely locked out

from service.

3.0 Scope of Responsibilities

3.1 Eachfunctionalareamanagerisaccountablefor

ensuring that: • Anenergyisolationsystemisimplementedto

control the hazards at the worksite

3.2 Thefunctionalteamleadordesignateisresponsiblefor:

• Establishingonsiteindividualtrainingprogramsforauthorizedandaffectedworkersthatmeetthesite’s needs for required energy isolation activities

• Ensuringtheauthorizedworker(s)arecompetentto perform the energy isolation procedures

• Determiningtherequirementforsitespecificlockout procedures for equipment being worked on within their area

• Thereisanadequateinventoryofprotectiveequipment and energy isolation devices such as locks, blinds etc. for the job at hand

• AllworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOand Time Out for Safety and feel comfortable in being able to exercise these tools

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


18



1919

3.3 TheAreaAuthorityinchargeordesignateisrespon-sible for ensuring:

• Aproperworkpermitisissuedforthetypeof work being undertaken and that everyone involved is aware of the hazards, controls and emergency procedures

• Theauthorizedandaffectedworkersareawareof the risks prior to starting work, including the hazards of the energy sources to be controlled, the methods or means to control the energy, and the prohibitions regarding attempts to restart or re-energize locked out and tagged equipment

• Theequipmenttobeworkedonhasbeenproperly isolated, locked out and tagged and is verified and documented safe to be worked on

• Emergencyresponseplansareinplacethataddresses unplanned exposure to energy sources from the equipment being worked on

• Thatallrequiredtesting,inspectionandcheckingof the work site is completed prior to the work permit being issued

• Thattheworkareaisinspectedandcheckedafterthe job is completed

3.4 Theauthorizedworkerisresponsibleforensuringthat all equipment and energy sources are properly isolated and locked and tagged with a personal lock prior to starting work.

3.5 Theaffectedworkersandauthorizedworkersareresponsible for ensuring no work is performed on the equipment until it has come to a complete stop and theaffectedworker(s)workingontheequipmenthas a personal lock in place at each isolating device or at the group lock box when the group lockout procedure is being used.

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



20


2120

4.0 Scope of Expectations

4.1 Iftheunexpectedenergizationorstart-upofequip-ment or the unexpected release of an energy source could cause injury, the energy source must be iso-latedwithanenergyisolatingdeviceandeffectivelycontrolled.

4.2 Whenenergyisolatingdevicesmustbelockedout the devices must be locked and tagged in the positionthatisolatestheaffectedworker(s)fromallhazardousenergywhenmaintenance/servicingworkisbeingperformed.Eachaffectedworkermustinstall a personal lock to secure the isolating device in a safe position.

4.3AworkpermitisissuedbytheAreaAuthorityincharge or designate to each trade or group of workers on the job, communicated to all personnel involved in the work, and posted as required.

4.4 AworkpermitisnotissueduntilaPre-jobTaskHazard Analysis is completed to evaluate risks for all deemed critical and non-routine jobs.

4.5 Workersservicing,maintainingorcleaningcord-con-nected electrical equipment; for example changing grinding wheel or repairing a drill, can lock out the equipment by applying a lock to the electrical plug or render the equipment inoperative. An acceptable approach to rendering the equipment inoperative is for the worker doing the work to:

• Disconnecttheplugfromitselectricalsupply • Keepthepluginsightandwithinreachsothat

no else can accidentally plug in the equipment • Keeptheplugunderhisorherexclusiveand

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


20



2121

immediate control at all times while working on the equipment

4.6 Tocompletemaintenance,troubleshootproblemsor perform adjustments, it may be necessary to work on equipment while it is energized. This is allowed only if it is required by the manufacturer or it is not reasonably practicable (in the case where there are no manufacturerspecifications)torendertheequipmentinoperative.Forexample,adjusting/tuningengines,piggingofpipelinesorvolt/ampchecksonelectricalequipment.

4.7Sitespecificproceduresandcontrolsmustbedeveloped and implemented to ensure the work is performed to an equivalent level safely. This approach cannot be used simply because it is more convenient than locking out equipment.

5.0 Scope of Energy Isolation (Lock Out/Tag

Out) General Requirements

5.1 The Area Authority designates an authorized worker toturnofforshutdownmachineryusingthesitespecific procedures established for an orderly shut-down in order to avoid any additional or increased hazard(s)toemployees.RefertoIsolationLoggHSSErMF80001

5.2 A designated authorized worker will physically identify the required isolation points for isolating the equipment or machinery from the energy sources. The authorized worker positions all the energy-isolat-ing devices and applies lock out and tag to isolate the machineryorequipmentfromtheenergysource(s).

5.3 Lockoutoftheequipmentwillbedonewitha

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



22


2322

lock and tag approved by the Area Authority or designatedauthorizedworker(s).Areasmayelecttouse a group lockout where a number of workers are working on equipment or a large number of energy isolating devices must be locked out:

• Ifagrouplockoutisnotusedeachauthorizedworkerandallaffectedworkerswillplacetheirpersonallockwithanidentification/warningtagshowing the installer’s printed name, signature, date of installation and reason for installation on each energy isolating device. This is also logged ontheEnergyIsolationLogsheet.Thenumberof personal locks and tags on each energy isolat-ing device equals the number of authorized and affectedworkersworkingontheequipment

• Forgrouplockout:

o The authorized worker will lockout and attach a warning tag to each isolation device

o Theauthorizedworkerandallaffectedwork-ers place their personal lock on a group lock boxwithanidentification/warningtagwiththe installer’s printed name, signature, date of installation and reason for installation at-tached to it

o The number of locks on the lock box securing the master key to the lock box equals the numberofauthorizedandaffectedworkersworkingontheequipment.Eachenergyisolating device will have the master lock from the lock box secured to it

5.4 Lockoutdevicesmustbeaffixedtoeachenergyorisolating device by the worker authorized by the Area Authority. The devices must be attached in a manner that will hold the energy isolating devices in a “safe” or“off”position.

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


22



2323

5.5 Where a tag cannot be affixed directly to the energy isolating device, the tag must be located as closely and safely as possible to the device, in a position that will be immediately obvious to anyone attempting to operate the equipment.

5.6 If more than one group is working on the same item (includingdifferentmaintenancecrafts),eachtradeor group will verify or test the isolation to confirm a state of zero energy.

5.7 Whenever locks, blinds and tags are installed, details mustberecordedintheEnergyIsolationLogandbe available on site for the duration of the lockout to record and track the status of the isolation. The referencenumberontheEnergyIsolationLogmustbe recorded on the Permit to Work form completed for any work falling under the isolation.

5.8 All potentially hazardous stored or residual energy must be relieved, disconnected, restrained, or other-wise rendered safe.

5.9 If there is a possibility of re-accumulation of stored energy to a hazardous level, verification of isolation will be continued until the servicing or maintenance is completed, or until the possibility of such accumu-lation no longer exists.

5.10 After ensuring that all personnel are clear, the equipment must be tested to verify that it is properly de-energized, locked out and will not operate. Veri-ficationmustbedocumentedintheEnergyIsolationLog.

5.11 At the beginning of each shift change, the Area Authority,authorizedworkersoraffectedworkers

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



24


2524

will verify that all equipment is safe for work and has not been returned to service during their absence.

6.0 Specific Procedures – Color Identified Locks

6.1 Eachaffectedworkermustinstallapersonallockcolor-coded to their respective trade or group of workers prior to commencing work. Such locks will be operated only by the keys of the individual work-ersaffectedbytheisolation.Color-codingappliestoBPpersonnelandFTE.ContractorsworkingonBPsites will apply their own personal locks identifiable with an attached tag.

6.2 Onlytheaffectedworkerwhoinstalledthelockmay remove it with exception to emergency or if the worker is not available in which site specific procedures must be followed.

6.3 Eachtradewilluseadifferentcolor-codedlockandwill use the colors as listed below:

Construction: Yellow Electrical: Blue Instrumentation: Red Mechanics: Orange Operations: Green PermanentLockout: Black

7.0 Specific Procedures – Group Lockout (Lockboxes)

7.1 Areas may elect to use a group lockout where a num-ber of workers are working on equipment or a large number of energy isolating devices must be locked out.

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


24



2525

7.2 An authorized worker competent in the isolation of equipment is responsible for:

• Lockingouttheenergyisolatingdevices • Securingthekey(s)forthelocksusedforlocking

out energy isolating devices in a lock box by affixing a personal lock on a multiple lock hasp to the lock box

• Completing,signingandpostingtheEnergyIso-lationLogthatidentifiestheequipmentcoveredby the lock out

7.3 Theenergyisolationmustbeverifiedbytwoautho-rized workers. Verification must be documented in theEnergyIsolationLog.

7.4 Thelockboxwillcontainasmanykeyed-alikelocksas required for the energy isolation. Site specific requirements will determine the size and number oflockboxesrequired.Eachlockboxmustcontainlocks with a key unique only to the locks in the re-spective lockbox. When multiple lockboxes are used on a site each lockbox must have its own identifier corresponding to its respective locks.

7.5 Eachaffectedworkerworkingonthelockedoutequipment must apply a personal lock to the lockbox referredtoinsubsection(7.2)beforeworkingontheequipment.

7.6 Aftereachaffectedworkerhascompletedtheirworkthey must remove their respective locks.

7.7 Whenallaffectedworkers’personallocksareremoved from the lockbox, the authorized worker must ensure that it is safe to end the group lockout. The personal lock of the authorized worker is the last lock to be removed from the lockbox.

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



26


2726

8.0 Energy Isolation Process

The following steps identify the process in which the EnergyIsolationPracticeistobeapplied:

8.1 Identifyenergysource(s)tobeisolated–electrical,pneumatic,mechanical,hydraulic,fluidsandgases.

8.2 Identify system and isolation points to be isolated. Isolate all sources of energy:

• Shutdownelectricalequipmentusingtheselec-tor switch followed by the master disconnect

• Isolateallinletandoutletpipingbyclosingblockvalve(s)upstreamanddownstream,disconnect-ing, inserting blinds, or use of double block and bleed

• Useblocks,pins,orchainstosecurepotentialmechanical energy

8.3De-energizesourcesofenergy: • Storedelectrical,hydraulic,pneumaticandgasses

andfluidsenergymustbebledtoobtainzeroenergy state

• Incaseswherezeroenergystatecannotbeattained control measures must be developed to prevent uncontrolled release of energy. For example, use blocks, pins or chains that are rated to restrain the potential energy when equipment cannot be brought to zero potential energy state

• Whenworkingonornearexposedde-energizedelectrical equipment, a qualified person will use testing equipment to ensure that all circuits are dead

8.4 Install/lockoutandtagenergyisolationdevices: • Lockoutenergyisolationdevices(e.g.block

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


26



2727

valves, electrical switches and breakers, mechani-caldevices)

• Installblindsordisconnectpipingasnecessary(lockoutrequiredwhenopeningpiping)

• Affixidentifier/warningtagstoeachisolationpoint

• Recordpointsinisolationlog

8.5 Verify isolation is complete: • Workersverifyzeroenergy.Ensurethatthe

switch or START button used to test the lockout isreturnedtoitsOFForNEUTRALpositiontoprevent accidental start-up on re-energization

• Isolationpointsareconfirmedtobesecureinsafe position

• Personallocksofaffectedworkerscontroltheisolation

8.6 Complete Isolation log: • Allworkersapplyinglockssignoffisolationlog • Workersverifyingisolationsignoffisolationlog • Confirmallisolationpointsarerecorded • Isolationlogremainsatsitefordurationofthe

energy isolation procedure

9.0 Blinding/Blanking Guideline

9.1 General: • Allblinding/blankingordisconnectingandplug-

ging requires a safe work permit with a master list attached identifying the isolation method and listing the isolation devices and their location. A pre-job meeting (accompanied by a Task Hazard Analysis)needstobedonewithallinvolved

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



28


2928

personnel prior to starting work • Cathodicprotectionmustbeshutdownand

flangesbondedpriortotheinstallationofablindor disconnecting of piping

• Blinding/blankingordisconnectingandplug-ging is the preferred method of isolation for pipes, pipelines, vessels and equipment

• Ifthesecannotbedone,therecommendedalternative is double block and bleed. After de-pressuring, the block valves are to be locked and tagged in the closed position and the bleed valve locked and tagged in the open position. The bleed valve venting safely to atmosphere

• Singlevalveisolationisnotrecommended.Ifnecessary, then verification must be made that the valve is holding before the work commences. The work must be accompanied by a risk assess-ment and specific site procedure with approval bytheFunctionalTeamLeaderinchargeordes-ignate.Valves(inletandoutlet)mustbelockedand closed and tagged before work begins

9.2 Blinding and Blanking: o Everyblindingjobwillhaveablindlistthat

was generated by referencing all the available P&ID’sforthesystem.Thesystemwillalsobe physically inspected to make sure that all the blind locations that were identified on the P&ID’swillcompletelyisolatethesystem.Ifextra blinds are required they will be added to the blind list

o All blinding jobs will use a tag system to track blind locations. These tags must be attached to the blind when the blind is installed. A record must be kept of the blinds that have been in-stalled with their respective tag number. Blind boards or multi-part blind tags may be used to

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


28



2929

track installed blinds o After equipment has been made ready to blind

(depressured)theoperatorinchargewillusethe tag system to track all active blinds. If blind boards are used the tag is moved from the blind board and attached to the blind

o Blind equipment as required ensuring the tags from the board and the blind list correspond with each other

o EachblindlocationmustberecordedintheEnergyIsolationLog

9.3 ReferthetablesinAppendixAtoselectproperblindthickness and Appendix B for standard practices for isolation of pipe, pipelines, equipment and vessels.

10.0 Scope of Restoring Service to Equipment

10.1 Aftereachaffectedworkerhascompletedtheirwork,they will remove their respective locks. Upon remov-ingtheirlockstheymustsignoffworkcompletedintheEnergyIsolationLog.

10.2 Inagrouplockoutonceallaffectedworkers’personallocks are removed from the lockbox, the authorized worker must ensure that it is safe to end the group lockout. The personal lock of the authorized worker is the last lock to be removed from the lockbox. Once all locks have been removed from the lockbox an authorized worker may remove the locks from the energy isolation devices and return them to their respectivelockbox.RefertogHSSErMF80001.

10.3 UponremovaloflocksandblindstheEnergyisolationLogmustbeupdatedtorecordstatusofisolation.

10.4 Apersonallockcanonlyberemovedbytheautho-

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



30


3130

rizedandaffectedworkerswhoinstalledthelock.Forsituationswhereanauthorizedoraffectedworkerisunavailabletoremovetheirlock(e.g.off-shift,holidays)oranemergencyinvolvingequipmentarises,thentheAreaAuthoritywillcompletegHSSErMF80002(RemovalofAbsentEmployeePersonalLockLog)toverifythatthefollowingstepsarecompleted:

• Makingeveryreasonableefforttocontacttheaffectedworkerwhoinstalledthelock

• Determiningconclusivelythejobhasbeencom-pletedandnopersonnelremainintheaffectedarea

• Verifyingthatthemachinerycanbeoperatedsafely before removing the lock

• ContactingtheFunctionalTeamforverbalauthorization to access spare key stored in desig-nated central location or to cut the lock

• Returningthesparekeytothedesignatedcentrallocation

• Notifyingtheworkeratthestartofhisorhernext shift that the personal lock was removed since the workers previous shift

• ForwardingcompletedFormtoFunctionalTeamLeadtosignoffdocumentationandverifysparekey was returned to designated central location

10.5 Beforeamachineorequipmentisstarted,affectedemployeesmustbenotifiedthatalllockoutdevices(s)have been removed and that all blinds have been accounted for. An authorized worker must verify the de-isolationandcompletetheEnergyIsolationLog.Completedlogsheet(s)arefiledatacentrallocationfor 1 year.

10.6 The individual restoring energy to the equipment must:

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


30



3131

• Inspecttheworktoensurethatnon-essentialitems have been removed

• Ensurethatthemachineorequipmentcom-ponents are operationally intact and ready for service

• Checktheworkareatoensureallemployeesaresafely positioned or removed from the equip-ment

11.0 Permanent Lockout Isolation

11.1 Prior to the installation of a permanent lock, a ManagementofChange(MOC)willbeconductedto determine and verify the correct isolation points.

11.2 The functional team lead will designate an authorized worker to lock each of the energy isolation devices at the identified isolation points with a permanent lock (black).

11.3 Theauthorizedworkerwillattachasteeltagtothelock which identifies the date of the lockout, group responsible and a reference number for reference to a logprovidingdetailsandreferencetotheMOC.

11.4 Theauthorizedworkerwillrecordthelockoutontheenergy isolation log and file it at a central location for future reference.

11.5 KeysforthepermanentlocksmustbecontrolledbytheFunctionalTeamLead.

12.0 Scope of Regulatory References

• AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulation(AlbertaRegulation448/83,asamended)

• BCOccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationandGuidelines(BCRegulation296/97,asamended)

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



32


3332

• OntarioIndustrialEstablishmentsRegulation (O.Regulation851,R.R.O.1990,asamended)

Appendix A

Selection of Temporary Blinds/Blanks

Appendix A is only to be used for temporary blinds and blanks. The tables were calculated using A-285 Gr. A plate materialandtheformulafoundinclause304.5.3ofASMEB31.3ChemicalPlantandPetroleumRefineryPipingCode.Theallowablestressusedwas90%oftheSMYS.Zerocorrosionallowancewasused.Thesetablescanonlybeusedforprocesstemperatureslessthan100F(38C).The following alternate materials may also be used: A-285 Gr.BandC,A-299,A-525,A-516andA-537.

If alternative material is used or a higher temperature is required, thickness requirements must be calculated using abovecodesandcertifiedbyaProfessionalEngineer.

Permanent Blank sizing Requirements must be certified by ProfessionalEngineer.

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


32



3333

HYDROTESTBLANKS--SELECTIONTABLE

NOTE: The shaded area beneath the line in the above tableappliestoRTJtypeflangesonly.

These tables are for selection of temporary blanks only.DO NOT USE FOR PERMANENT BLANKS!

Pipe Size (inches) 2 3

4 6 8 10 12

Blank Thickness (inches) Pressure (psig) 0.250 952 450 288 139 85 56 40 0.375 2142 1013 648 314 192 127 91 0.500 2048 1800 1152 557 341 225 161 0.625 3200 2813 1800 871 533 352 252 0.750 4608 2243 2592 1254 768 506 362 0.875 6272 3053 2170 1707 1045 689 493 1.000 8192 3987 2835 2230 1365 900 644 1.125 10368 5047 3588 1800 1727 1139 815 1.250 6230 4429 2222 2132 1407 1006 1.375 7539 5359 2689 1929 1702 1218 1.500 8972 6378 3200 2296 2025 1449 1.625 10529 7485 3756 2695 2377 1700 1.750 8681 4356 3125 1936 1972 1.875 9965 5000 3588 2222 2264 2.000 5689 4082 2528 1800

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n

Pipe Size (inches) 14 16 18 20 24 26 30 Blank Thickness (inches) Pressure (psig) 0.250 34 26 21 17 13 10 7 0.375 76 59 46 38 26 22 17 0.500 135 104 82 67 47 40 29 0.625 210 163 129 105 73 62 46 0.750 303 234 186 151 106 89 66 0.875 412 319 253 206 144 121 90 1.000 539 417 330 269 188 158 118 1.125 682 528 417 341 238 200 149 1.250 842 651 515 421 294 247 184 1.375 1018 788 624 509 356 299 223 1.500 1212 938 742 606 423 356 265 1.625 1422 1101 871 711 497 417 312 1.750 1649 1276 1010 824 576 484 361 1.875 1893 1465 1160 946 661 556 415 2.000 2154 1667 1320 1077 752 632 472



34


3534

Appendix B.

StandardPracticeForIsolationofPipes,Pipelines,Equip-mentandVesselsMatrix

*The isolation options in the table above are presented in the order of preference. See the Legend for an explanation of numbered references

Legend

1. Blind/Blankorplug2. Disconnectandplug3. DoubleBlockandBleed4. SingleBlockvalveswithAuthorization(useonlyif

#3doesn’t’existor#1&2areimpractical.CanonlybeusedifapprovedbyaProfessionalEngineerorFunctionalTeamLead,basedonadocumentedriskassessment complete with procedures.

5. DoubleBlockValves(nobleed)

For Unattended, Open Ended

For Vents and

Piping Where Equipment/

Drains on

Confined Component is Physically

Vessels or Pipelines

Space Entry

Hot Work Cold Work Removed for Maintenance

in Operation

Sour Gas 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or

2,3,4,7,8 1 or 2, 3 1

Gas Liquids (Propane, Butane)

1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Sweet Gas 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Crude oil (Emulsion, Bitumen)

1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Steam > 2482 kPa 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Steam < 2482 kPa & > 50.8mm

1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Steam < 2482 kPa & 50.8 or less

1 or 2 1 or 2,3,4,7,8 1 or 2,3,4,5,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Acid/Base 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Amines 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3,4,7,8 1 or 2,3,4,5,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Flammable Substances 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Non-Flammable Substances

1 or 2 1 or 2, 3,4,6 1 or 2,3,4,5,6

1 or 2, 3 1

Produced Water 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Fresh Water 1 or 2 1 or 2,3,4,6 1 or 2,3,4,5,6

1 or 2, 3 1

Toxic Substances 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8

1 or 2, 3 1

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


34



3535

6. Single Block valves7. Common tasks carried out using a standard practice

certifiedbyProfessionalEngineer.8. Unique task carried out using a site specific proce-

durecertifiedbyProfessionalEngineer.

Notes

Note A: All valves must be locked out and tagged when us-ing double block and bleed, bleed must be vented to atmosphere and consideration must be given to make sure it is vented to a safe place.

Note B:Forvalvesthatareholdingbutthethreads/nippleareunabletoacceptabullplug/cap,thebullplug/cap will not be required until the valve is replaced.

Note C:Doubleblockandbleedcannotbeusedtoisolatecritical hot work in British Columbia. Refer to Provincial regulations outside Alberta.

Note D: This practice needs to be used with other proce-dures, codes of practice and standards to provide a safeworkenvironment(i.e.LockoutProcedures,H2SCodeofPractice).

Blinding/Blanking or Disconnect and plug:

• Blinding/blankingordisconnectandplugisthepreferred method for isolating equipment for work purposes

• Ablind/blanktagsystemmustbeusedinallBPCanada facilities. This tag system must also be used for identifying disconnect and plug loca-tions.Whenablind/blankisbeinginstalledthefollowing are important:

o Site-Specificblinding/blankingproceduresorguides must be followed

o Gaskets must be installed on the pressure side and, where possible, on both sides to prevent damagetoflangefaces

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n



36


3736

o Properpressureratedblinds/blanksandgaskets must be used. See specification table at the end of this section

Double Block and Bleed:

Ifinstallingblinds/blankscreatesahazardanddis-connect and plug is impractical, the recommended alternative for isolating equipment is closing double (block)valveswithableedvalveinbetween.Thebleed valve size between the block valves must be sufficient to handle potential upstream block valve leakage without applying pressure to the downstream block valve. Block valves must be locked and tagged in a closed position and the bleed valve must be locked and tagged in the open position.

NOTE: Bleed valve outlets must be vented with consideration given to both Safety and Environ-mental impacts

Single Block Valves with Authorization:

Closing of inlet valve and outlet valve and then de-pressuringtheequipment.Mustverifythatthevalveshold before work commences. Valves must be locked closed and tagged. Can be used only when approved byaProfessionalEngineerorFunctionalTeamLead,based on documented risk assessment complete with site-specific procedure.

Double Block Valves (No Bleed):

Two valves closed on each side of the equipment without de-pressuring between the block valves. The block valve nearest to the inlet and the outlet of the isolated equipment must be locked and tagged closed.

Single Block:

Ene

rgy

Isol

atio

n


36



3737

Closing of inlet valve and outlet valve and then de-pressuringtheequipment.Mustverifythatthevalveshold before work commences. Valves must be locked closed and tagged.

Unique task:

Task that is unique and requires the expertise of a ProfessionalEngineertoensurethattheequipmentisolationmeetsBPsafetyrequirementsandOH&Sregulations.

Reference Forms:

gHSSErMF80001–EnergyIsolationLog gHSSErMF88001–PermittoWork gHSSErMF34004–Pre-JobRiskAssessment

GROUND DISTURBANCE PRACTICE


1.1 ThispracticeappliestoallBPCanadaEnergyBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contracted employees, contractors and other visiting personnel involved in ground disturbance activities on CGPU sites.

1.2 The purpose of this practice is to outline the requirements for ground disturbance necessary to ensure worker safety and to avoid contact with all underground facilities.


2.1 GroundDisturbanceisamanmadecut,cavity,trenchordepressionintheearth’ssurface.Examples

Gro

und

Dis

turb

ance



38


3938

include excavating, digging, trenching, plowing, drilling, tunneling, aurgering, back-filling, blasting, hydrovacing, topsoil stripping, land leveling, grading, clearing, fencing, rig anchors and soil sampling.

3.0 Scope of Responsibilty

3.1 Eachworkerhastheresponsibilitytorecognizeground disturbance hazards and take corrective measures by ensuring this practice is followed.

3.2 On-siteBPrepresentativeinchargeordesignatemust ensure that:

• EmergencyResponsePlansareinplacetoad-dressGroundDisturbancespecifichazardsaswellastheareaEmergencyResponsePlan

• AnadequateinventoryofProtectiveEquipmentrequired for hazards identified for the Ground Disturbance(shoring,cages,gasdetection,bar-ricades,harness,lifelinesetc.)isavailable

• Allprotectivetrenchdevicestemporarilyusedinan excavation are to be certified by a Professional Engineer

• AGroundDisturbancepermitand,whererequired, a Confined Space Permit is issued

• Groundmovementiscontrolledandcollapseis prevented by systematically shoring, sloping, benching and use of temporary protective devices(seesection5.5)

• Ahazardassessmentoftheworksiteiscom-pleted prior to work commencing, this includes identification, and where possible, isolation and depressurization of all underground hazards (e.g. pipelines,electriccables)withintheareatobedisturbed

• ThatallworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-

Gro

und

Dis

turb

ance


38



3939

GO and Time Out for Safety and are able to exercise these tools

• AllrequirementsoftheGroundDisturbanceCode of Practice and Permit have been met

4.0 Scope Of Training And Certification

4.1 Allworkersinvolvedinthegrounddisturbancemustbe trained and competent. This training can be job specific training on site by a person who has received formalizedGroundDisturbanceLevelIItrainingfrom a recognized institute. The person supervising thejobmusthaveformalizedGroundDisturbanceLevelIItraining.

4.2 PriortoGroundDisturbanceactivitycommenc-ing, a Work Permit and Hazard Assessment Form (gHSSErMF88001)andGroundDisturbancepermit(gHSSErMF84001)shallbecompleted.GroundDisturbancetrainingisnotrequiredfortheBP representative completing the Work Permit and Hazard Assessment Form. Any worker who issues aGroundDisturbancepermit,supervisesorinde-pendently creates a disturbance requires formalized LevelIIGroundDisturbancetraining.TheGroundDisturbancePermitrecipientisnotrequiredtohaveGroundDisturbancetraining.Permitrecipientisnot required to have training but person supervising the job must have training and be on-site during the disturbance. Both permits shall be filed at the field officefor13months.

4.3 Trainingshallbeconductedbyacompetenttrainer.Onsite documentation of training will be entered in the VTA database.

5.0 Scope of Consideration for Ground Disturbance

Gro

und

Dis

turb

ance



40


4140

5.1 A risk assessment is necessary to determine if a ground disturbance permit needs to be completed and all steps followed. This risk assessment needs to be completed by a person trained in ground distur-bance by a recognized institute.

5.2 AGroundDisturbancePermitisrequiredanytimepowered mechanized equipment is used to disturb the ground. An exemption to this rule would be gradingaleaseroad(see5.3)asitisconsideredlow risk due to extra ground cover. Certain manual penetrating hand tools can damage underground structures and this should be considered when doing risk analysis.

5.3 Followingisalistofjobsthathavebeenidentifiedaslow risk jobs and therefore a ground

disturbance permit would not need to be issued: • Usingaspadetodigtoadepthoflessthan30

cm • Poundinginwoodensurveypeg • Pushinginwiremarkerflags • Gradingaleaseroad • Usinghydrovacatlowpressure(<2200p.s.i.)to

dig 5.4 Hydrovacingorhandexposureistobeusedonplant

facilities(excludingwellsites)tolocateanypossibleunderground facilities. No mechanical excavation.

5.5 A complete hazard assessment for ground distur-bance needs to address the following areas which are incorporated in the ‘Work Permit and Hazard Assess-mentForm(gHSSEr88001):

Gro

und

Dis

turb

ance


40



4141

• Considerationmustbegiventoalltrenchesand excavations being confined spaces.If the atmosphere in an excavation cannot be guaran-teed safe, the excavation would be considered a confined space

• Ifanexcavationismorethan1.5metresdeepand closer to the wall or bank than the depth of the excavation, it must be properly shored or cut back before workers can enter the area. If this is not possible an engineered approved structure for shoring will need to be installed. Proper shoring is as follows:

• Ifthesoilisconsidered: o “hard and compact” the walls are sloped to

within 1.5 metres of the bottom of the excava-tionatanangleofnotlessthan30degreesmeasured from the vertical

o “likely to crack or crumble” the walls are sloped to within 1.5 metres of the bottom of theexcavationatananlgleofnotlessthan45degrees measured from the veritcal

o “soft, sandy or loose” the walls are sloped from the bottom of the excavation at an angle of notlessthan45degreesmeasuredfromthevertical

• TheemployermustensurethetheSpoilPileispiled so that:

o the leading edge is at least 1 metre away from the edge of the excavation

o the slope of the spoil pile adjacent to the excavationisatanangleofnotmorethan45degrees from the horizontal, and

o loose materials are scaled and trimmed from the spoil pile

• Themethodofidentificationofundergroundfacilities

• Themethodofexposuremethodsandpressures

Gro

und

Dis

turb

ance



42


4342

involved • Safetyandenvironmentalproceduresfordealing

with encountered or compromised underground facilities

• Specificexcavationconsiderationssuchassoiltype, consistency, natural angle of repose, slurry disposal, contamination, preexcavated, and spoil pile placement

• Sizeofexcavation,proximitytotraffic,stabilityof adjacent improvement, structures, vibration producing equipment, load placement distances and wieght distribution relating to the excavation (vehicles,equipment,piping,laydownareas,etc)

• Engineeringcertificationanddesignrequire-mentsforexcavations>6metres(4.6metresBC)

• Methodstostabilizeexcavationfaces,rampingandproperaccess&egresspoints,maintainasafe atmsophere, establish degradation factors (heat,cold,water,soilfluidpressures,environ-mentalconditions)

• Theworktobecarriedout,thenumberofwork-ers and tools and equipment in the excavation, PPErequirementsandtheneedforasafetystandby

5.6 Duringthejob,inaccordancewiththepermit,ground and atmospheric conditions must be con-tinually monitored for changing conditions.

SeegHSSErMS830.

5.7 Heavyequipment(includingpickuptrucks)mustnot cross a pipeline unless it is properly ramped or there is a minimum of 1.5 metres of ground cover. The pipeline owner may have more stringent requir-ments therefore this should always be addressed in the pre-project meeting.

6.0 Scope of Forms

Gro

und

Dis

turb

ance


42



4343

6.1 gHSSErMF84001-BPCanadaEnergyGroundDisturbancePermit

6.2 gHSSErMF88001–BPCanadaWorkPermitandHazard Assessment


7.1AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationsAR448/83asamended.Part32

7.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulation andGuidelines296/97asamended

7.3 OntarioRegulation213ConstructionProjects-Part IIIExcavations,asamendedgHSSErMS820- ConfinedSpaceEntryPractice

7.4 gHSSErMS830-WorkinginaCombustibleGasEnvironmentPractice

LIFTING AND RIGGING PRACTICE


1.1 This practice applies to all BP Canada Gas Perfor-manceUnit(CGPU)employees,contractedemploy-ees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing lifting and rigging operations on CGPU premises and work sites.

1.2 The purpose of the practice is to identify safe lifting and rigging procedures, when it is necessary to prepare a lifting plan and to make certain all neces-

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



44


4544

sary pre-planning has been accomplished when heavy loadsand/orlongboomswillbeinproximityofoperating equipment.

1.3 Thepracticedefinestrainingandcertificationrequirements for crane operators, crane inspection, maintenanace requirements and fundamental operat-ing requirements used throughout the BP Canada GasPerformanceUnit(CGPU).

1.4 Thepracticedefinescircumstancesandrequirementsthat classify a lift to be Critical, and if deemed criti-cal,requiresthattheCriticalLiftformbecompleted,signed, and executed by all responsible parties associ-ated with the lift.


2.1 Eachworkerisresponsibleforrecognizingliftingandrigging hazards and taking corrective measures to ensure that this practice is followed.

2.2 The on-site BP representative in charge or designate must ensure:

• Emergencyresponseplansareinplacetoad-dressspecificLiftingandRigginghazardsforthe job at hand

• Thattheworkersaretrainedandcompetenttooperatethecranesand/orhoistsorrigupfor lifting as required for the work at hand

• Allcranes,hoistsandriggingequipmentareproperly labelled and inspected daily prior to work commencing

• Thatthesafetydevicesinstalledontheliftingequipment are operational

• Ahazardassesmentiscompletedpriortostart-

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


44



4545

ing work that includes identification of the loads involved and that the lifting equipment is adequate and otherwise ready for service for those loads. It will identify that the lift is clear of overhead obstacles, that workers are aware of the hazards and there is a clear understand-ing of communication methods and what hand signals are to be used, and how the load is to be balanced and directed throughout the various stages of the lift

• ThatallworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOandTimeOutforSafetyandfeel comfortable in being able to exercise these tools

3.0 Scope of Training, Certification and Com-petencies

3.1 Onlytrainedandcompetentauthorizedpersonnelortrainees under the direct supervision of trained and competent authorized personnel will be permitted to operate cranes and hoists or rig up for lifting.

3.2 Theemployerofcraneoperatorsandriggerswillco-ordinate the training and will maintain the training records.

3.3 CraneOperatorswillhave: • AppropriateProvincialCraneOperatorsCertifi-

cate or an Inter-Provincial Certificate • TheAlbertaApprenticeshiphas3definedap-

prenticeship programs for lifting and hoisting • MobileCraneCertification–3yearprogram,

capableoflifiting>45tons. • BoomTruck–Certificationisrequiredwhen

operating:

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



46


4746

a) Booms (including telescoping booms and ar-ticulatingboomspossessinglivelines)capableof swinging, hoisting and booming up and down with a lifting capacity of greater than 5 tonsandlessthan45tons

b) Articulation booms without live lines with a lifting capacity of greater than 8 tons and less that45tons

• WellheadBoomTruck–toworkinthistradea person must be a registered apprentice or a certified journeyman or hold a recognized trade certificate. A wellhead boom truck may be used for one or more of the following:

1. Wellhead pumping operations. 2. Wireline operations 3. Perforation operations 4. Coiled tubing operations 5. Snubbing operations 6. Rig up and rig out of slant service rigs. • Alloperatorsofliftingdevicesrated>2000

kilograms shall be certified as a journeyman op-erator or enrolled in the Alberta Apprenticeship system. Operators of lifting equipment that is ratedat<2000kilogramsmustbeabletoshowcompetence to the items below:

1. Sound working knowledge and understand-ing of the use of hardware and equipment

2. Ability to read,understand and implement lift plans and drawings

3. Ability to recognize hazards and risks within the lift area, have a clear understand-ing of lift dynamics, and have previous experience or familiarity with the type of lift to be performed

3.4 Riggerswillhave: • Knowledgeofequipment

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


46



4747

• Experiencewithliftprocedures • Workingknowledgeofrelevantpractices,codes

and practices • Abilitytoprepareandinterpretsiteandliftplans

and drawings • Knowledgeofhandsignals

4.0 Scope of Inspection and Maintenance

4.1 Allcranes,hoistsandriggingequipmentwillbeinstalled, erected, checked, labelled, examined, inspected, tested, operated, maintained and repaired in accordance with the appropriate practice listed in the applicable provincial regulations.

4.2 Allliftingdevices(i.e.DavittArms)mustbecertifiedby an engineer and properly labelled for capacities.

4.3 AllcranesonCGPUsitesmusthavethemostrecentappropriate inspection documentation on site as per 5.1.

4.4 Ifanincidentoccurswithliftingequipment(i.e.shockloadingtotheboom,slingbreaksduringlifts),and damage is suspected, the crane shall be taken out of service until it is recertified in safe operability.

4.5 Allcranesandhoistswillreceivepreventativemaintenance based on usage and manufacturer’s recommendations.

4.6 Allriggingequipmentwillbeinspectedtopriortoeach usage to ensure the integrity of the equipment. All damaged rigging equipment will be removed from use immediately and destroyed or discarded or repaired and certified by the manufacturer. (See Appendix1forguidelinesregardingslingdamage).

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



48


4948

5.0 Scope of General Operation

5.1 A substantial and durable rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures will be provided with each crane and securely fixed to the crane cab in a con-spicious location visible to the operator while seated at the controls.

5.2 Cranes will not be operated without the full amount of any ballast or counterweight in place as specified by the manufacturer. The ballast or counterweight in place that is specified by the manufacturer will not be exceeded.

5.3 Whenacraneistobeoperatednearenergizedoverheadelectricalpowerlines,aclearanceof3meters will be maintained as an absolute limit of approach with the boom, block, and load to ensure safe operation and eliminate hazards of electrocution. A crane in transport with the boom or mast lowered can come within 2 meters of an energized line. If the voltage is greater than 50kv, the clearance shall be increased 10 centimeters for every 10kv over 50kv.

5.4 Thecraneoperatorwillnotliftorcarryanyloadoveror above personnel. The area of the lift over which the load is carried should be barricaded (i.e. roping, taping)andsigned.Allunnecessarypersonnelwillberestricted from the barricaded area.

5.5 No hoisting, lowering, swinging, or traveling will be done while personnel is on the load or the hook.

5.6 All crane hooks must be equipped with a positive locking safety latch.

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


48



4949

5.7 The crane operator must test the brakes each time a load approaching the rated load is handled by raising it a few inches and applying the brakes.

5.8 Once a load is hooked up, the load is the responsibil-ity of the crane operator.

5.9 The command STOP may be given by anyone and must be obeyed by everyone including the crane or hoist operator.

5.10 Backhoes, track hoes, front-end loaders, side loaders and similar earth moving equipment may be used only for incidental lifting in which they are designed. Such use of this equipment shall comply with the equipment manufacturer’s requirements, specifica-tions and designs for lifting.

5.11 While making lifts, cranes equipped with outriggers will have them fully deployed whenever possible. Wood blocks used to support outriggers must be strong enough to prevent crushing, be free of defects, and be of sufficient width and length to prevent shifting or toppling under load.

5.12 Tools, oil cans, waste, extra fuses and other necessary articles will be stored in the tool box and not be permitted to lie loose in or about the cab.

5.13 Craneswillnotberefueledwhiletheengineisrun-ning.

5.14 Acarbondioxide,drychemical,orequivalentfireextinguisher will be kept in the cab or the vicinity of the crane, with easy accessibility.

5.15 Useofaflagmanisrequiredtodirecttheliftingoperatorinablindzone.Theflagmanshouldbe

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



50


5150

competent in the use of signalling to direct the lift operator.

6.0 Scope of Rigging the Load

6.1 Only competent riggers will attach a load. A com-petent rigger must have sufficient knowledge of hand signals and rigging loads and procedures. Prior to a liftingoperation,STOP,THINK,GOandensurecommunication and hand signals are reviewed.

6.2 Ensurethatthehoistropeisfreefromkinksortwists.Donotwrapthehoistropearoundtheload.

6.3 Ensurethattheloadwillbeattachedtothehookbymeans of slings or other approved rigging devices.

6.4 Takecaretomakecertainthattheslingclearsallobstacles(i.e.sharpedges,portrudingobjects).

7.0 Scope of Hoisting Operation

7.1 Center the crane over the load before starting the hoist to avoid swinging the load as the lift is started.

7.2 The crane operator must make sure the load is well secured and properly balanced in the sling or lifting device before it is lifted more than a few inches. A test lift should be performed.

7.3 Loadsshouldnotbeswungbythecranetoreachareas not under the crane. Crane hoisting should be kept vertical. Cranes will not be used for dragging loads sideways.

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


50



5151

7.4 Duringhoisting,careshouldbetakensothatthereisno sudden acceleration or deceleration of the moving load.

7.5 Donotmakeliftsbeyondtheratedlocalcapacityofthe crane, slings, chains, cables or any other rigging and lifting equipment.

7.6 On truck mounted cranes, no loads will be lifted over the cab of the vehicle except as approved by the crane manufacturer.

8.0 Scope of Holding the Load

8.1 The crane operator will not be permitted to leave their position at the controls while the load is sus-pended.Donotleaveunsupervisedloadssuspended.

8.2 Neither the load nor the boom will be lowered below the point where less than five full wraps of cable remain on their respective drums.

9.0 Scope of Moving the Load

9.1 Before moving the load, ensure all slings, chains, or other load lifting devices are fully seated in the saddle of the hook.

9.2 Everyoneintheimmediateareamustbeclearoftheload and aware that a load is being moved. When raising, lowering, or moving loads, a horn or some other method of warning must be used to warn personnel in the area that a lift is taking place.

9.3 Taglinesofsufficientlengthmustbeusedtosteadyor guide the loads as they are being moved unless theywouldnotbeeffective(e.g.extremelyheavy

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



52


5352

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions

largeloads)orcreatinganuncontrolledhazard.Rigmatting may be moved without tag lines with the load less than 1 meter from the ground and workers standing back from the load.

10.0 Scope of Travelling

10.1 When travelling without a load, the empty hook should be secured.

10.2 Speed should be kept to a minimum and should not exceed manufacturers recommendations.

10.3 Beforetravellingacranewithaload,thecraneopera-tor will be responsible for ensuring position of the load, boom location, ground support, travel route, and speed of movement. When travelling with a suspened load, ground speed should not exceed 5kph. The crane will have a ground or vehicle guide to escort them so that travel can be conducted in the safest manner possible.

10.4 Acrane,withorwithoutaload,shallnotbetravelledwith the boom so that it may bounce back over the cab.

11.0 Scope of Critical Lift Requirements

11.1 AliftwillbeconsideredCriticalandaCriticalLiftPlan will be completed when any of the following conditions or circumstances exists.

11.2 All lifts made over operating process equipment.


52



5353

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions

11.3 Singlecraneliftswhenthetotalloadexceeds80%ofthe cranes load chart.

11.4 Twoormorecranesarerequiredforasinglepieceof equipment. Boom cats during pipeline stringing operations would not be considered a critical lift.

11.5 Utilization of poles and derricks that have been erected for a specific lift.

11.6 If power lines are within twice the maximum swing radius of the crane, plus the required voltage clear-ance.Minimumclearanceis3metersforvoltagesupto50kilovolts(kV)anddistancesincreasingby1.5meters for every extra 150 kV.

11.7 Liftingofpersonnel.Manbasketsmustengineeredandvisuallyinspectedbeforetheliftismade.Liftsofpersonnel utilizing man baskets must conform to 29 CFR1926.550(g).

11.8 BP CGPU or contract employee requests a lift plan.

12.0 Scope of the Critical Lift Plan

12.1 ThecontractorperformingtheCriticalLiftmustdevelopaCritcalLiftProcedureandmustincludeaCriticalLiftChecklistwhichmustreviewedbyaBPCGPUrepresentative.(seeAppendix3foranexample).

13.0 Drilling and Well Servicing

13.1 DrillingandServicerigswillbemaintainedandinspected in accordance with the manufacturer’s and AmericanPetroleumInsitude’s(API)specifications.CertificationofMastswillbeinaccordanceofCA-



54


5554

DOCRecommendedPractice1.0,2.0.3.0and4.0.

13.2 DrillingandServicerigswillalsofollowPart37,OilandGasWells,intheOH&Scodeinwhichliftingrelated equipment is referenced.

14.0 Scope of Appendices

APPENDIX1-SlingChecklist APPENDIX2-SlingOperatingPracticesGuidelines APPENDIX3-ExampleofaCriticalLiftPlan

completion/ApprovalChecklist APPENDIX4-InitialCraneInspection APPENDIX5-DailyCraneInspection



15.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulation andGuidleines296/97asamended

15.3 CAODCRecommendedPractices

15.4 Alberta’sOH&SAct,RegulationandCodeOntario Regulation851IndustrialEstablishmentsand Regulation213ConstructionProjects,asamended16.0 Forms

• gHSSErMF34004Pre-JobRiskAssessment • gHSSErMF88001-BPCanadaEnergyCom-

panyHotWork/ColdWorkPermit

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


54



5555

APPENDIX 1

Lifting and Rigging Practice - Sling Guidelines

This checklist is to be referred to prior to the use of any slings for lifting and rigging procedures. If any of the following checklist items are identified as an issue, remove the sling from use immediately.

1) Doesthesyntheticsling(s)havearatedcapacitytag that is clearly legible?

2) Arethereanyacidoralkalisburnsonthesling(s)?

3) Isthereanymelting,charring,orweldspattersonanypartofthesling(s)?

4) Arethereanyholes,tears,cuts,snagsorembed-ded particles in the sling?

5) Isthereanybrokenorwornstitchinginloadbearing splices?

6) Aretheresignsofexcessiveabrasivewear? 7) Arethereareknotsinanypartofthesling? 8) Isthereanyevidenceofdistortion,excessivepit-

ting,corrosionorbrokenfittingsonthesling(s)? 9) Arethereanyconditionswhichcausedoubtasto

the strength of the sling?

APPENDIX 2

Sling Operating Practices Guidelines

1) Determinetheweightoftheload.Theweightofthe load shall be within the rated capacity of the sling.

2) Selectthesling(s)havingsuitablecharacteristics

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



56


5756

for the type of load, hitch and environment. 3) Slingsshallnotbeloadedinexcessoftherated

capacity. Considerations shall be given to the slingloadanglewhichaffectsratedcapacity.

4) Slingswithfittingsthatareusedasachokerhitch shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking action is on the webbing, and never on a fitting.

5) Slingsusedinabaskethitchshallhavetheloadbalanced to prevent slippage.

6) Theopeninginfittingsshallbethepropershapeand size to insure that the fitting will seat prop-erly in the hook or other attachments.

7) Slingsshallalwaysbeprotectedfrombeingcutby sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces.

8) Slingsshallnotbedraggedonthefloororoveran abrasive surface.

9) Slingsshallnotbetwistedortiedintoknots,orjoined by knotting.

10)Slingsshallnotbepulledfromunderloadsiftheload is resting on the sling.

11)Donotdropslingsequippedwithmetalfittings. 12)Slingsthatappeartobedamagedshallnotbe

used unless inspected and accepted. 13)Theslingshallbehitchedinamannerproviding

control of the load. 14)Personnel,includingportionsofthehuman

body, shall be kept from between the sling and the load, and from between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.

15)Personnelshallstandclearofthesuspendedload. 16)Personnelshallnotridethesling. 17)Shockloadingshallbeavoided. 18)Twistingandkinkingthelegs(branches)shallbe

avoided.

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


56



5757

19)Loadappliedtothehookshallbecenteredinthebase(bowl)ofthehooktopreventpointloadingon the hook.

20)Duringlifting,withorwithouttheload,person-nel shall be alert for possible snagging.

21)Theslings’legs(branches)shallcontainorsup-port the load from the sides above the center of gravity when using a basket hitch.

22)Slingsshallbelongenoughsothattheratedcapacity of the sling is adequate when the angle ofthelegs(branches)istakenintoconsideration.

23)Placeblocksunderloadpriortosettingdownthe load, to allow removal of the web sling, if applicable.

24)Nylonandpolyesterslingsshallnotbeusedattemperatures above 90 degrees C.

25)Exposuretosunlightorultra-violetlightdegrades the strength of slings. Store slings in a cool, dry and dark place when not in use.

APPENDIX 3-Example of a Critical Lift Plan

Critical Lift Plan

Completion/Approval Checklist

Note:Allapplicableforms(LiftPlan,LiftingNearElectri-calHazardsSafetyForm,etc.)anddrawings/plans(RiggingDrawing,LiftingSitePlotPlan,etc.)mustbeattachedtothiscompletion/approvalchecklistpriortotheapprovalmeeting and for the duration of the lift.

Job Name: _____________________________________DateLiftExpectedToTakePlace: PlannedDurationOfLift: hrs.Site/GroundEvaluation/Preparation:

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



58


5958

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions

Answer‘YES’or‘NO’(if ‘NO’ provide explanation and justification of in space providedaftereachsection)

A detailed site plot plan has been prepared and includescrane(s)location,allabovegroundhazard or obstructions, all underground hazards, and load travel paths to be utilized during the lift.

Ground conditions surrounding the crane location, as indicated in the attached site plot plan; have been evaluated for underground hazards such as underground piping, conduit, and uncompacted backfill from recently filled excavations. Any potential underground hazard and the position of the crane has been noted on the site plot plan.

All open excavations in the lift area have beenexaminedfortheirpotentialeffectonthe lift in question. All open excavations in the lift area have been noted on the site plot plan.

Ground stability has been evaluated and

documented in the attached report for ability to support the bearing surface of the lifting equipment being used. All conditions that mayaffecttheabilityofthegroundtosupportthe load, such as dynamic or impact loads, swing rates and sudden load stops have been examined. Bearing mats are required if any question exist as to the grounds ability to sup-port the lift in question.

Construction details of the bearing mats,


58



5959

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions

if required, are attached and have been reviewed.

Cranes(s):

The lift plan for each crane used to support the load has been completed, reviewed and is attached to the critical lift plan.

A detailed crane configuration drawing has been completed, for each crane used to sup-port the load, and includes, but is not limited to, boom configuration to be used, the mini-mum boom angle to the ground, maximum boom length, maximum operating radius, minimumjiboffsetangletotheground(ifapplicable),tobeusedduringthelift.

The maximum allowable wind speed has been established, based on crane manufacture’s recommendation and load configuration, and is clearly labeled on the crane configuration drawing.

The percent crane capacity, as noted on the

lift plan, has been verified and the crane’s load chart used to complete the lift plan has been attached to the critical lift plan.

Load:

A detailed drawing of the load has been completed and is attached to the critical lift plan. The detailed load drawing will show, at a minimum, information pertaining to the weight of the load, including any auxiliary



60


6160

equipment such as ladders, platforms, piping, insulation, etc. that may be attached to the load prior to the lift, lifting and tailing lugs available on the load and their orientation, anchor bolt pattern of the load, and anchor bolt pattern of the load’s foundation. Any special lifting requirements will also be clearly stated on the detailed load drawing.

All information on the detailed load drawing has been verified for accuracy.

Rigging:

A detailed rigging drawing has been com-pleted and is attached to the critical lift plan. The detailed rigging drawing will show, at a minimum, all rigging to be utilized for the lift, including shackles, slings, I-bolts, spreader bars, chain falls, etc., the configuration of all rigging, including angles and lengths, attach-ment to the load and crane.

All information on the detailed rigging draw-ing has been reviewed and verified acceptable for the lift in question.

Lift Logistics:

A logistics plan has been prepared and is attached to the critical lift plan. The logistics plan addressing, at a minimum, the travel path of the crane or cranes supporting the load, swing radius of the crane or cranes sup-porting the load, the travel path of the load, placementofSignalPerson(s),communica-tionsbetweentheSignalPerson(s)andthecraneoperator(s),securingtheloadonceitis

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


60



6161

in place, and access to disconnect the rigging from the load once the load is secured.

All information in the logistics plan has been reviewed and is acceptable for the lift in ques-tion.

Critical Lift Plan Approvals:

AreaManager: Project/ConstructionEngineer: Rigging Inspector: Job Representative:

The following items must be addressed on the day of the lift.

TheEmergencyResponseCoordinatorhasbeen notified of the lift in question.

The crane location is in accordance with the

location noted on the site plot plan.

The crane configuration is in accordance with the detailed crane configuration drawing.

The rigging configuration is in accordance with the detailed rigging drawing.

The Rigging Inspector has obtained the cur-rent wind speed and has noted the current wind speed and the maximum allowable wind speed in the spaces provided. The current wind speed is equal to or below the maximum

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



62


6362

allowable wind speed mph - Current Wind Speed mph-MaximumAllowable Wind Speed

A detailed pre-lift safety meeting has been

heldandincludedALLindividualsinvolvedoraffectedbythecriticalliftinquestionandcovered all details associated with the lift.

Critical Lift Pre-Lift Safety Meeting Attendance:

By signing this form, the following individuals are indicat-ing they have actively participated in the pre-lift safety meeting for the critical lift in question and fully understand the scope of the lift to be made and their assigned roles and responsibilities.EquipmentOperator: Rigging Inspector: SignalPerson/Rigger: SignalPerson/Rigger: Operations Representative:

APPENDIX 4

Initial Crane Inspection

Date: ____________________________

Inspection By. _____________________

_____________ Is Crane Certification Current? Please include date of certification

____________ Is Operator Certification Current?

____________ Is the size of the crane adequate for the

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions


62



6363

jobs anticipated?

____________ Is there a current log book kept with the crane?

APPENDIX 5

Daily Crane Inspection

Date: ____________________________

Inspection By: _____________________

___Lubrication(gears,pulleys,pins,wirerope)___Log(checkpreviousreportsorlogs)___Cylinders(fittings,hoses,leaks,seals)___Bolts/Pins((loose,missing,damaged)___Capacity(limitations,plate,rigging,chart,log)___Hoses(leaks,filters,wearsecure,connections)___Manual(familiarwithoperator/maintenancemanual)___Controls(movement,swing,telescope)___Brakes(functioning,limitswitch)___Outriggers(functioning,limitswitch)___Pads(largeenough,strongenough,goodcondition)___Hydraulic Fluid(levelok,filterok)___Boom(wear,dents,bolts,pins,cables,sheaves)___Engine (belts,filters,wiring,PTO)___Work Area(clean,access,barricades,workers)___Obstructions(clearances,powerlines,vehicles)___Ground (firm,level,dry)___Load(capacity,weightknown)___Cable(kinks,damage,wear,capacity)___Rigging(capacity,fittings,hardware,clips)___ Rigger (understanding of hand signals, roles, high

Lifti

ng O

pear

tions



64


65

MO

C

64

visibilityvest)___Hook (bent,twisted,safetycatch,wear,cracks)___Sheaves (cablefits,wear)___Track or tires(clean,freeofdebris,condition)

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE PRACTICE

1.0 Purpose, Scope and Applicability

1.1 ManagementofChange(MOC)isasystemtoevalu-

ate, authorize and document changes before they are made and ensure proper closure after the changes are completed.

1.2 Its purpose is to establish the procedures necessary to ensure that the risks arising from proposed changes are managed to an acceptable level.

1.3 TheMOCpracticeappliestoallpermanent,tempo-rary and emergency changes to organization, staffing levels, systems, procedures, equipment, products, materials or substances.

1.4 MOCpracticeisalsoanexcellentcommunica-tion tool to inform impacted groups or areas that a changeisbeingconsideredand/orabouttooccur.

1.5 The practice is designed to insure compliance with gHSSErElement7andGroupProcessSafetyandIntegrityManagementPracticeElement2.

1.6 The practice covers modifications intended for implementation by BP personnel and contractors, as well as projects designed by an approved engineer-


64



6565

ing contractor, but does not apply to project scope changes which are managed by the engineering contractor using their internal processes.

1.7 The practice should be applied when assessing any significantchangeinBPoperationsinthe(CGPU),in particular:

• Modificationstoplantfacilitiesandequipment • Changestotheorganization • Modificationstowellswithinthewellintegrity

envelope • Changestocriticalinformationandprocedures • ChangestoITsystemsandsoftwar

1.8 It is the intention of this process to highlight changes thataffecttheoriginal‘designintent’ofthefacility,which includes facility and equipment, organization-al structures and supporting documentation, with the intention of maintaining an auditable trial from the original design through to the current status. The application of this process provides this audit trail.

1.9 It is not necessary to follow this practice when: • Routineactivitiescoveredbypractice

maintenance and operations procedures (e.g. scaffolding)areundertakenunderothersafetymanagement controls, such as safe systems of work and permits

• Carryingoutreplacement-in-kindwork • Replacinganindividualwithsomeonehaving

the same competencies • IfyouarenotsurewhetheranMOCpracticeis

required,accessthisweblinktoanMOCdeci-sion tree:

MO

C



66


6766

TechnicalMOCPracticeDecisionTree

1.10 A Temporary change is not intended to be perma-nent(e.g.30,60,90days)andwillnotexceedtheindicated timeframe for the change without an ad-ditionalauthorizationandreview.SmartMOCcanbeusedtorecordthetermination/reassessmentdateand forward a reminder task to the SPA.

1.11 AnEmergencyChangeisoneinwhichpersonnelassume the responsibility to make a change without invokingthefullMOCpractice.Thistypeofchangeis justified when the following circumstances exist:

• Immediatedangertopersonnel • Potentialformajorequipmentdamage • Potentialformajoroperationalloss • Seriousenvironmentalimpact • Communitycomplaint • RegulatoryviolationIn spite of the fact that emergency change initially by passes the formal change process, it is vital that there be at least one review with a minimum of three people, preferably fromdifferentdisciplinesandthechangemustbeapprovedby a Technical Authority or line supervisor. Only in true life-or-death situations where minutes count can a single person assume full responsibility for making a change without reviewing that change with others. The formal ap-plicationoftheMOCpracticemustfollowtheemergencychange as soon as possible.

1.12 Organizational Change can range from substitu-tion of personnel to the elimination of positions. Changes to the organization’s structure and respon-sibilitiesarereflectedinHSSEresponsibilitiesandaccountabilities; therefore, organizational change whether permanent or temporary must formally assess and recorded.

MO

C


66



6767

1.13 AnAdministrativeChangeisonethatimpactsapol-icy, procedure, process or form and includes changes from regulators or outside agencies. These changes stand alone and are not initiated as the consequence of a Technical or Organizational change. Policies, procedures,processesorformsaffectedasaresultofa Technical or Organizational change are resolved as part of the original instigating change.

1.14 ManagingachangetoaDCS(DistributedControlSystem)oraSCADA(SupervisoryControlandDataAcquisition)systemrequirescompletionofspecificrecordsforassurance.Detailsofhowtomanagethistype of change are available at the following web link:

MOCpracticeforSCADAChangeWorksheet

2.0 Roles and Responsibilities

2.1 Insummary,theMOCpracticerequirescom-petent personnel in the following three areas:

• Initialapprovalandriskassessment:Facilitatorand Approval Authorities

• Implementationofchange:SinglePersonAc-countable, Gatekeeper and Assurance role

• PerformanceUnittechnicalauthorityframe-work:EngineeringAuthorities,TechnicalAuthorities and Technical Reviewers

2.2ThekeyprocessrolesintheMOCpracticearetheFacilitator and Approval Authorities. They have the following roles and responsibilities:

2.2.1 The Facilitator: • Facilitatorswillbeappointedforeachmajorsite

MO

C



68


6968

or group of smaller sites • TheyaretypicallytheManagementofChangeor

ProcessSafetyManagementCoordinators • Facilitatorsmustbeproperlytrainedinthe

change assessment methodology being used • Theyshouldhavedetailedknowledgeofthesite,

its hazards and procedures • TheFacilitatorsareresponsiblefor: o Loggingdataassociatedwiththechangeinto

theSmartMOCsystem o Selecting the appropriate method of assess-

ment and managing the process o Identifying which Technical Authorities

should be involved in the assessment of risk associated with a given change proposal

o Makingrecommendations,includingcondi-tions for implementation and such monitor-ing requirements as deemed necessary, to the Approval Authority

o Ensuringthattheassessmentteamincludesallnecessary knowledge and competence for the change being assessed

o MaintainingarecordofthestatusofallMOCpractice documentation

o Recommending improvements to this proce-dure

Note: The Facilitator and the Approval Authorities cannot be the same person

2.2.2 The Approval Authority: • ApprovalAuthoritiesshouldbeappointedfor

each major site or group of smaller sites • TheywilltypicallybetheManager,ortheir

designate(s)basedontheirrole,responsibility,accountability and delegation of authority

• TheformaldelegationofauthorityforMOC

MO

C


68



6969

practice within CGPU can be accessed at the following web link:

ApprovalAuthorityforMOCpractice • TheApprovalAuthorityisresponsiblefor: o Initial approval or rejection, within the

Performance context, of a change to proceed to assessment

o Nominating a Facilitator to manage the assess-ment

o Settingtheinitialworkflowscheduleforthechange

o Accepting the outcome of the assessment and approving, or not, the change to move to implementation. In this role, if appropriate, they will identify the implementation process

o Ensuringthatanychangesstaywithindefinedscope and that the recommendations from the assessment are fully implemented

o EnsuringthattheroleswithintheMOCprac-tice are carried out by competent personnel

o Feedback to the Originator or Facilitator when rejecting a proposal

o Ensuringappropriatefinancialsupportforthechange

Note: The Facilitator and the Approval Authority cannot be the same person

2.3Thekeyprocessrolesintheimplementationofanyapproved change are the SPA, the Gatekeeper and the Assurance role. They have the following roles and responsibilities:

2.3.1TheSinglePointAccountablerole(SPA): • TheSPApersonwillberecommendedaspartof

the approval process

MO

C



70


7170

• TheSPAisresponsiblefor: o Implementation and management of the ap-

provedchangethroughtheMOCpractice o Implementing recommendations from an

MOCpractice,includingupdatingdocumen-tation

o MaintainingthechangewithinthescopeassessedbytheMOCpracticeandensuringthat any changes to the scope are adequately assessed

o Completing the Pre-Startup Compliance Review when the change is managed using the MOCpractice

2.3.2 TheGatekeeperrole: • TheGatekeeperwillberecommendedaspartof

the approval process if the change is managed outsidetheMOCpractice

• TheGatekeeperwilltypicallyberesponsiblefor:

o The funding budget, but the Approval Authority will be responsible if the change is implementedwithintheMOCpractice

o Approving the stages of the implementation process, in particular, sanction of the scope, cost and timescale

o Providing or obtaining resources for imple-mentation of the change

o Completing the Pre-Startup Compliance Review when the change is managed using an outside process

2.3.3 TheAssurancerole: • Willberecommendedaspartoftheapproval

process and will typically be the Facilitator • TheAssuranceroleisresponsiblefor: o Attesting that the change has addressed the

risks and actions identified in the assessment

MO

C


70



7171

o Attesting that the change has been controlled withinthescopeoftheoriginalMOCas-sessment, or that any changes to the original scope have been adequately assessed

o LiaisingwiththeGatekeeper,duringimple-men tation of the change through another process, to ensure adequate resources are available

o Assisting the SPA or Gatekeeper to document the Pre-Startup Compliance Review

2.4 ThePerformanceUnitTechnicalAuthorityFrame-work:

o The key roles in the CGPU Technical Author-ityframeworksupportingMOCpracticeareEngineeringAuthorities,TechnicalAuthoritiesand Technical Reviewers

o The roles and responsibilities of these authori-tiesaredetailedintheCGPUEngineeringand Technical Authorities Register

o The Register can be accessed through the fol-lowing web link:

Technical Authorities Register Rev 2 2.4.1 TheEngineeringAuthority’sresponsibilities

forMOCpracticeare: • TechnicalapprovalauthorityforMOCpractice

proposals defined as “high” risk • Assurescompliancewiththeengineeringaspects

ofManagementofChange 2.4.2 TheTechnicalAuthority’sresponsibilitiesfor

MOCpracticeare: • TechnicalapprovalauthorityforMOCpractice

proposals defined as “medium” risk providing: o Independent assessment of the risks associated

with the proposed change o Review of the key documents related to the

MO

C



72


7372

proposed change o Specification of the maximum implementa-

tion period for temporary modifications o Independent technical arbitration 2.4.3 TheTechnicalReviewer’sresponsibilitiesfor

MOCpracticeare: • ActasthepointofcontactforMOCpractice

requests at the facility level within their assigned discipline for changes defined as “low” risk

• Providerequestedtechnicaladviceandrecom-mendations within the required time frame

• Specifythemaximumdurationpermittedfortemporary deviations

• ParticipateinProcessHazardsAnalysesasisap-propriate

• ChairorparticipateinManagementofChangetechnical and safety reviews

• Actaspointofcontactfornewprojectsinareaofcompetency

• Evaluateriskassociatedwitheachdecisionorrecommendation carefully and base technical recommendations on reasonable risk

3.0 Supporting Technology

3.1TheSmartMOCsoftwareprogramdevelopedbyDya-dem International, in relationship with CGPU, is the databasethatsupportsMOCpracticeintheCGPU.AllfacilitiesareencouragedtoutilizetheSmartMOCprogram as it insures management of the process. A log-in name and password are required to access the softwareandcanbeobtainedfromyourPSMC.Thesoftware can be accessed at the following website:

SmartMOCLog-inPage

4.0 Process Description

MO

C


72



7373

4.1AllpotentialchangesthatareassessedbytheMOCpractice are carried out through the following main processsteps.SmartMOCautomatesthisworkflowso that as each step is completed, the change advances to the next step and advises the identified resource to expedite the change.

4.2 InitiationStep: • AnyBPemployeeorfulltimecontractorin

CGPU may initiate a change proposal under the MOCpractice

• Atthisstage,theInitiatorhasthegreatestknowl-edge of the change and needs to communicate that information in sufficient detail to eliminate delays in the evaluation of the change and in-clude any supporting or relevant documentation

• TheInitiatorshould: o Identify the type of change: Technical, Admin-

istrative* or Organizational* o Identify the implementation type: Permanent,

Temporary*orEmergency* o Identify the location of the change, the date

initiated, their name and if they are represent-ing others

o SmartMOCsharestheMaximoequipmentdatabase. The database can be searched to identifytheequipmentaffectedbythechange

o Identify a title for the change. o A unique file number will be generated by

SmartMOC • Definethereasonorscopeoftheproposed

change by including any relevant history or back-ground of the problem or opportunity and any other pertinent information

• Identifythehigh-levelriskstheymaybeaware

MO

C



74


7574

of associated with the change during its imple-mentation, e.g. hot work required, equipment shutdown, etc.

• Includethepotentialopportunitiespresentedby the proposed change to improve things like safety, integrity, production, environment, etc.

• Suggestahigh-levelplanforachievingthechange. How would you make the change?

• Estimatethecostofthechange • IdentifythePreliminaryApprovalAuthority.

This will generally be the Initiator’s direct report supervisor, but can be whomever is appropriate to approve the change being proposed

• RecordthedetailsintheInitiatorSectionoftheSmartMOCprogramandattachanysupportingdocumentation

* NOTE: Not available in Phase 1 deployment of Smart-MOC,butthetypecanbenotedinthecommentssectionand a task created for the removal date of a temporary change.

4.3 PreliminaryApprovalStep: o Based on the details presented in the Initiator

section the Approval Authority assesses if the change proposal is worthwhile, taking into account Performance context, likely cost and benefits

o If satisfied, the Approval Authority then endorses the change in principal, assigns a suitable Facilitator to carry out the Change Assessment,andsetstheinitialworkflowschedule

o If the Approval Authority rejects the proposal, the reason for rejection is recorded and the process terminated with the feedback being given to the Initiator

MO

C


74



7575

o Record the details in the Approval Section of theSmartMOCprogram

4.4 ChangeAssessmentStep-General: • Onacceptanceoftheassignment,theFacilitator

will instigate the change assessment: o Ensurethatthescopeofthechangeandsup-

porting information is clear o Ensurethatallrelevantinformationrequired

to assess the risks are identified and gathered o Notify the appropriate evaluation personnel

and/orTechnicalAuthorities o Carry out the risk assessment with the ap-

propriate personnel o Select the appropriate method for risk assess-

ment. Additional guidance on Process o Hazard Analysis is available at the following

weblink:http://psmcanada.bpweb.bp.com • Adetailedrecordoftheassessmentshouldbeat-

tachedtotheSmartMOCfilebytheFacilitator.

This should include: o Further clarification of the scope of the change

if required o The assumptions associated with the change o Whether or not the change has been under-

taken before o The rationale behind the assessment technique

selected o The risks that are associated with all stages of

the change o The mitigation measures required o The plan to put in place the mitigation mea-

sures and the change o Recommendations to proceed or reject the

MO

C



76


7776

change o Recommendations on the way that the modi-

fication should be implemented o RecommendationsfortheSPAand/orthe

Gatekeeper

4.5 ChangeAssessmentStep-TechnicalChange: • OnlyatrainedFacilitatorcanperformcertain

types of Process Hazard Analyses. A list of trained Facilitators within CGPU is available at the following web link:

BP CGPU Facilitators o Makeaninitialdeterminationoftherisklevel

to identify the level of Technical Authority required to approve the change

o Review safe process start-up, operation and shutdown in the full range of foreseeable conditions and scenarios including upsets to insure the risks are reduced to as low as reasonablypracticable(ALARP)

o Review all activities required to maintain facil-ity in a safe condition during the change

o Identify all activities required to insure a fully functioning health, safety and environmental protection program, and vigorous process safety and integrity management systems

o IdentifyandincludeeffectsofthechangeontheEmergencyResponsePlan

o Identify the Process Safety Information or other documentation that will need to be produced or updated as a result of the change

4.6 ChangeAssessmentStep-OrganizationalChange: • Thekeyobjectiveistoensurethatthechanged

organization has the resources (human, time, in-

MO

C


76



7777

formation,etc.),competencyandmotivationtodeliver without making unrealistic expectations of people

• Theriskassessmentshouldusetwoapproaches: o Mappingoftasksandindividualsfromtheold

to the new organization o Scenario assessments should be made where

thereorganizationimpactsstaffthatmayhavea role in handling or responding to crises such as upsets and emergencies

o A knowledge based checklist to aid in assess-ing organizational change are available at the following web link:

Organizational Change Checklist

4.7 ChangeAssessmentStep-AdministrativeChange: • Identifyaffecteddocuments,systems,processes

and procedures • EnsureISO-14001documentrequirementsare

metiftheyareaffected4.8 ChangeRecommendationStep: • TheFacilitatordeterminesifthereisaneedto

identifyadifferentApprovalAuthoritybasedon the category and ranking of the greatest risk identified in the assessment

• TheFacilitatormeetswiththeApprovalAuthor-ity and briefs them on the output of the assess-ment

• Basedontheresultsofthechangeassessment,the Facilitator recommends whether the risks associated with the change can be managed

• AtthissessiontheApprovalAuthorityshouldmake a check on the quality of the assessment and documentation

• Theimplementationrouteforthechangeshould

MO

C



78


7978

also be discussed at the meeting • Theriskrankingalsosetstheworkflowmanager

inSmartMOC.Theworkflowmanagertracksthe completion of the change and monitors sub-sequent steps in the process and sends reminders if critical timelines approach

• Record the details in the Assessment Section of the SmartMOC program and attach any checklists or PHA files developed

4.9 SanctioningtheChangeStep: • Basedonthereviewmeeting,theApprovalAu-

thority is responsible for deciding if the change is justified

• Ifitis,thentheApprovalAuthoritydecideswhether the change will be implemented using thisMOCpracticeoranotherprocess.OtherprocessescanincludetheProjectManagementPlanorotherinternal/externalprocess

• Bysanctioningthechange,theApprovalAuthor-ity is confirming that funding for the change is also sanctioned

• Ifnotapprovedtoproceed,theApprovalAuthority records the decision not to implement the change and informs the Facilitator and the Initiator

• Record the details in the Approval Section of SmartMOC

4.10 AssuranceStep: • Aspartofthehandover,theApprovalAuthority

will identify the Assurance role • TheAssuranceRolewillverifythatallthe

requirements identified in the process to manage the change and its risks are completed satisfac-torily and there is a clear, transparent audit trail

MO

C


78



7979

through supporting documentation • ThisassuranceisdefinedintheRecordsAssur-

ance Form and the Pre-Startup Compliance Review documentation

• TheAssuranceRolewillperformthisverificationstep regardless of how the change is implemented

• Record the details in the Assurance Section of SmartMOC.

4.11 HandoverStep: • Onceapprovalhasbeengivenfortheimple-

mentation the information and risks associated with the change are communicated to the person responsible for implementing the change

• Therearetwotypesofhandoverassociatedwithchange management:

o HandingovertheassessmentusingtheMOCpracticetoanSinglePointAccountable(SPA)person to implement the change

o Handing over the remaining change management activity to a Gatekeeper for another supporting process or procedure to manage the change • Record the details in the Handover Section of

SmartMOC

4.12 HandoverforImplementationUsingtheMOCprac-tice:

• Whenachangehasbeensanctioned,andtheApproval Authority decides that it can be imple-mentedwithinthisMOCpractice,thejobwillbe handed over to the Single Point Accountable person to implement the change

• ChangesthatareimplementedusingtheMOCpractice remain the responsibility of the Approval Authority

• TheSPAisresponsibleforplanning,organizing,

MO

C



80


8180

leading and controlling all resources associated with completing the change:

o TheSPAcanutilizeSmartMOCtomanagetasks associated with completing the change

o PHA recommendations can be uploaded and managedinSmartMOCdirectlyfromPHAPro software if it was utilized to record the hazard analysis

• IfatanytimetheSPAcannotmakethechangewithin the defined scope, the equipment should bemadesafeandanadditionalMOCpracticeraised to consider the additional changes required

• Record the details in the SPA Section of SmartMOC

4.13 HandoverforImplementationbyaSupporting

Process or Procedure: • Whenajobhasbeensanctioned,andthe

Approval Authority decides that it will be implementedoutsidethisMOCpractice,thechange will be handed over to a Gatekeeper for implementation in another supporting process or procedure

• Thesupportingprocessisresponsiblefordeliveryof the change

• Changesthatareimplementedinthiswaybecome the responsibility of the Gatekeeper

• Changestobeimplementedbysupportingpro-cesses or procedures will not be closed out in the MOCpracticeuntilsignedoffbytheApprovalAuthority

• Record the details Gatekeeper Section of SmartMOC

4.14 CloseOutStep: • Changesthataresanctionedandmanagedwithin

MO

C


80



8181

theMOCpractice,oranotherprocess,willbekept open until the SPA or Gatekeeper informs the Assurance Role that the change and all sup-porting documentation is completed

• WhentheAssurancerolehasverifiedthechangeis complete, they will inform the Approval Authority that the change has been completed within the scope of the assessment and that the associated work and documentation is complete

• TheApprovalAuthoritywillreviewthechangeand confirm acceptance of the change by signing offtheMOCpracticefileascomplete

• TherecordsoftheMOCpracticewillbekeptuntil the end of the facility’s life

• Record the details in the Completion Section of SmartMOC

5.0 Support for Management of Change

5.1TrainingforawarenessofMOCpracticeismanda-tory for all CGPU personnel. To facilitate the train-ing, e-Training modules have been developed and are accessed at the following web link:

ManagementofChangePracticeTraining

5.2SmartMOCalsohasacomprehensive“Help”screensystem that explains the software in detail.

5.3“SuperUsers”havebeenidentifiedforeachOperat-ingCentreandstaffdepartmentinCalgarytoaidpersonnel with the transition to the new procedure and software. For a list of these helpful and knowl-edgeable individuals access the following web link:

MOCpracticeCoordinatorsbyArea

MO

C



82


8382

6.0 Performance Measurement

6.1 The performance of the system will be assessed using thefollowingKeyPerformanceIndicators:

• NumberofMOCpractice’sclosedoutintime(e.g. all formal documentation was completed within90daysofstart-up)

• NumberofhighriskMOCpractice’swhoseclose-out is overdue

7.0 Audit and Performance Review

7.1 TheEngineeringAuthorityforCGPU(Manager,TechnicalIntegrityGroup),ordelegate,willmonitorcompliancewiththeMOCpracticeonanannualbasis to confirm:

• Theprocessisbeingcorrectlyapplied • Appropriateriskassessmentprocessesarebeing

conducted • TechnicalAuthoritiesarebeinginvolvedappro-

priately • TemporaryandpermanentMOCpractice’sare

closed out in a timely manner8.0 Online Reference Documents

• gHSSErrequirementsofMOC GettingHSSERight

• PSIMPracticeImplementationGuide Element2-MOC

• SmartMOCsoftwareSmartMOCLog-inPage • E-TrainingModulesforMOC

ManagementofChangeTraining • Engineering&Tech.AuthoritiesRegister

Technical Authorities Register Rev 2 • DelegationofAuthorityforMOC

ApprovalAuthorityforMOC

MO

C


82



8383

• ProcessHazardAnalysisManualPSM/PHA • CGPUPHAFacilitatorsBPCGPUFacilitators • MOCpracticeCoordinatorsbyArea

MOCCoordinatorsbyArea • MOCpracticeforDCS&SCADAChanges

MOCforSCADAChangeWorksheet • DoIneedanMOC?

TechnicalMOCDecisionTree http://psmcanada.bpweb.bp.com

9.0 Forms

• ManagementofOrganizationalChangeChecklistgHSSErMF36101

• Pre-Start-upComplianceReviewgHSSErMF36104 • HSSEReviewChecklistHSSEMF36102 • TechnicalReviewChecklistHSSEMF36103 • RecordsAssuranceChecklistHSSEMF36105 • ChemicalAssessment&RankingTool

gHSSErMF36106 • ChecklistforOrganizationalChange

Organizational Change Checklist • EquipmentSpecificKnowledgeBasedChecklists

EquipmentChecklists

MO

C



84


8584

MO

C

Process Safety Management

Technical Integrity Group

Canada Gas Performance Unit

M A N A G E M E N T O F C H A N G E

Technical Management of Change Decision Tree

Figure 1


84



8585

MO

C

Figure 2



86


8786

MO

C

Figure 3


86



8787

PERMIT TO WORK AND HAZARD ASSESSMENT PRACTICE

1.0 Scope and applicability

1.1 This practice applies to all BP Canada Gas PerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contractedemployees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and work sites.

1.2 This practice addresses issuing and obtaining permits to work within the CGPU and requirements for completing task level hazard assessments.

1.3 ThepurposeofthispracticeistoensurethatCGPUemployees, contracted employees, and contractor staffusetheproperpermittoworkandcompleteanadequate task hazard assessment for the particular job being undertaken.

1.4 ThetypesofpermitscoveredinthisPracticeare: • Hotworkpermits • Coldworkpermits • Confinedspacepermits • Grounddisturbancepermits

1.5 The types of hazard assessments covered in this Practice are:

• PermittoWorkandHazardAssessment • Procedure • JobSafetyEnvironmentalAnalysis(JSEA) • StopThinkGo • TimeOutforSafety

Per

mit

to W

ork



88


89

Per

mit

to W

ork

88

1.6 Refer to North America Gas SPU Control of Work Practice for requirements around permitted activities and risk assessment requirements.

2.0 Definitions

2.1 AreaAuthority(AA)-TheAreaAuthorityisthepersonappointedbytheOCMorWellsTeamLeaderforconfirmingallworkactivitiesconductedare consistent with the COW Practice and associated practices and permit requirements. In the case of majorprojects,theProjectManager,inconsultationwiththeOCMorWellsTeamLeader,willassignthe AA. This role can be delegated to another person whoisaBPEmployeeorcontractor.

2.2 IssuingAuthority(IA)-TheIssuingAuthorityisthepersonappointedbytheOCMorWellsTeamLeader-andassignedbytheAAforissuingpermitsconsistent with all associated practice and permit re-quirements. In the case of major projects, the Project Manager,inconsultationwiththeAA,willassigntheIA.

2.3 PerformingAuthority(PA)-ThePAisthepersonwho has been assigned by the AA to be responsible for activities carried out on the work site, and is accountabletotheIA/AAforthesafedeliveryofallwork activities. Tha PA may be performing a task or may be supervising a group that is performing a task. In special cases the PA may also be the IA if compe-tent in the practice and requirements in question.

2.4 PersoninCharge(PIC)-ThePICisappointedbytheAA to be responsible for coordinating among mul-tiple PAs and IAs working at one site to confrim safe delivery of all work activities. The PIC is an onsite


88



8989

individual that has working knowledge of all work activitiesbeingperformedbyallgroups/personnelworking on location. The PIC can be the AA. IA, or one of the PA’s.

2.5 Procedure–Astepbystepdescriptionofhowtoproceed from start to finish in performing a task properly.

2.6 JobSafetyEnvironmentalAnalysis/(JSEA)–Adocument that has been approved for use by the BP representative in charge or by a contractor that detailsthejobsteps,hazardsandcontrols.BPJSEAaredocumentedonformgHSSErMF34002andBPNAGJSEA’saredocumentedhere-NAGasJSEAProcess.

3.0 Scope of Responsibility and Accountability

3.1 EachOperatingCenterManager,WellsTeamLeader,andMajorProjectManagerisaccountableforensur-ing that:

• Aworkpermitandhazardassessmentsystemis implemented to control the hazards at the worksite

• Workersareappropriatelytrainedandcompetentin its use

3.2 TheAreaAuthoritywill: • Ensurethataproperpermitisissuedforthetype

of work being undertaken and that everyone involved is aware of the hazards, controls and emergency procedures

• Ensureappropriatepermitsareissued,closed,and filed

• IdentifyaPersoninCharge(PIC)foreach

Per

mit

to W

ork



90


9190

worksite prior to commencement of activity and approve any replacements

• AssignacompenentIssuingAuthority(IA)and/orPerformingAuthority(PA)foreachworksiteand/oractivity

• ConfirmwiththeIAthatallappropriatecontrolmeasures have been, or will be, put in place prior to commencement of activity

• RequirethattheIAandsiteworkgroupperforma risk assessment and agree that needed risk mitigation has occurred and that the work can proceed safely

• Ensureanassessmentofthehazardsassociatedwith the work being performed and control measures are identified as part of the permitting process

• Verifythatallrequiredtesting,inspectionandchecking of the work site is completed prior to the work permit being issued

• Ensurethattheworkareaisinspectedandchecked after the job is completed

3.3 TheIssuingAuthority(IA)isaccountableforensur-ing that:

• WorkersareawareofSTOP-THINK-GOandTimeOutforSafetyfromtheirLevel1indoc-trination and feel comfortable being able to use those tools

• Workersareindoctrinated/orientatedpriortowork starting and have all the required tickets and certifications for the job or task

• Thereisproperissuanceandclosureofpermitsin their area of competnecy, e.g cold work, hot work, confined space entry, ground disturbance, or critical lifting

• Theyareonsiteforpermitissuanceandthenasrequired as per specific task requirements

Per

mit

to W

ork


90



9191

• Theyreviewwithallsitepersonnelasitespecificemergency response plan

• CoordinatewiththePICandmaintainfullknowledge of all work in progress in the area concerned, imcluding any work that is under someoneelse’sauthority/control,i.e.SIMOPS

• ThereisgoodcummunicationwiththeAAaboutthe issuance and closure of permits

• Allsitepersonnelinvolvedinaworkactivityarecompetent and correctly oufitted for the wok they will perform.

• Workershaveclearunderstandingofthescopeofwork, hazards, controls, and mitigations

• Thecorrecttoolsandequipmentareavailableandappropriatecertificationsand/orinspectionsare reviewed or made as appropriate

• Therequiredpermitsareinplaceandthatwork undertaken on site is consistent with, and confined to, the original scope of work

3.4 ThePerformingAuthority(PA)isresponsiblefor: • Confirmingthatthefollowinghavebeenclearly

established, communicated, and understood: a process for the transfer of Control of Work between work groups, what procedures and poli-cies will be followed (e.g. what permit tracking systemwillbeused),andwhoisincharge

• Verifyingthepermitandhazardassessmentisreviewed by all workers associated with the job prior to them starting work on the job, even if they were not present while completing the permit

• InformingtheIssuingAuthorityofanychangesin conditions, and for understanding and follow-ing the conditions of the permit

• Ensugingadequatehandoverstakeplacebetweeningoing and outgoing PAs at shift and crew

Per

mit

to W

ork



92


9392

change periods • Acceptingandsigningauthorizedpermitsforthe

work activity being performed • Participatingintheriskassessmentforthe

planned activity • Confirming,byincludingintheJSEAdiscus-

sion, that all persons involved in the task fully understand the scope of the work, hazards, and controls for the job

• Confirmingthatallmembersoftheworkpartysign the permit

• Confirmingthatonlyworkwithinthescopeofthe permit takes place

• Confirmingthattheworksiteiskeptinacleanand safe condition both during and upon completion of the job

• Confirmingthatappropriatelessionslearnedfrom the job are captured, incorporated, and shared

• Conformingallworkersinvolvedinthepermit-tedworkactivitysigntheJSEAandpermits(s)acknowledging their understanding and agree-ment. In the event that there is more than one work team, there will be representation from each team during the risk assessment

• Observingworkactivitiesandifanindividualfeelsthathe/shecannotsafelymanagemorethan one concurrent task, stop the appropriate portions is assigned work and request assistance fromtheIA/AA

3.5 ThePersoninCharge(PIC)isresponsibleforensur-ing that their permitting system meets this Practice and complies with the CGPU permit to work system. They must receive written authority from theOperatingCenterManager,WellsTeamLeader,orMajorProjectManagertousetheirpermitting

Per

mit

to W

ork


92



9393

system at a CGPU work site. Otherwise, the CGPU permit to work system will be used.

The Person in Charge will: • Functionasaliasonbetweenallpersonneland

groups on location • Coordinateanyissuesthatcouldresultina

change in work scope with the AA • Confirmthatallpeopleworkingonsitehave

reviewedandsignedtheJSEA(s)/permitsandverified that the appropriate permits have been completed

• Remainonsiteuntilworkactivitieshavestopped, permits are closed, and appropriate equipment has been secured for the shift


4.1 Allworkerswillacquiretheappropriatepermitandconduct the appropriate hazard assessment for the type of work they are about to perform.

4.2 Allworkersareinstructedonworkpermittingandhazard assessment requirements as part of their site-specificorientationtraining(seegHSSErMS312–Indoctrinations,Orientations&Monitoring).

4.3 Theworkareashouldbeinspectedforallhazardsby the Issuing Authority prior to issuing the permit. Items for consideration include the hazards associ-atedwithapotentiallyflammableatmosphere,needforisolationand/orpurging,presenceofcombustiblematerials,conflictingjobsintheareaandavailabilityof fire fighting equipment.

4.4 TheIssuingAuthoritykeepsthegreenandwhitecopies of the permit and hazard assessment. The

Per

mit

to W

ork



94


95

Per

mit

to W

ork

Per

mit

to W

ork

Per

mit

to W

ork

receiver keeps the goldenrod copy of the permit and hazard assessment when doing the work and they will return the form when the work is completed or it is the end of the shift. This expectation does not apply for work that is self-permitted. When the work is completed, the green copy of the form may be provided to the contractor for their records. See section 6.0 for more information.

4.5 Anewpermitisissuedatthebeginningofeveryshift. At the end of the work, the Issuing Authority indicates if the job is completed, the equipment is ready to be started and the work area is cleaned.

4.6 Allpermitsandhazardassessmentsbecomevoidifan emergency occurs at the location that may or may not be related to the scope of work covered by that specific permit and hazard assessment form.

5.0 Completing the Work Permit and Hazard Assessment

5.1 Theworkpermitform,gHSSErMF88001hasfourmain parts. The form is completed with input from all people participating in the job.

5.2 Complete the basic job information in Part 1. In Part 1, check all Golden Rules that apply to the job. IfaprocedureorJSEAexiststhatcoversallorpartof the job, its name or number should be referenced rightafterthequestion“Procedure/JSEAavailable”.This document must be reviewed prior to starting the job.

5.3 Part3mustbecompletedforalljobsthatrequireawork permit unless the job falls into one of the two exceptions outlined in sections 5.5 or 5.8.


94



95

Per

mit

to W

ork

Per

mit

to W

ork

Per

mit

to W

ork

5.4 Part3shouldbecompletedaftertheworkareaisinspected.

5.5 IfanapprovedprocedureorJSEAcoveringthescopeoftheentirejobexists,completionofPart3isnotrequired.TheprocedureorJSEAmustbereferencedin Part 1 and reviewed prior to starting the job.

5.6 Review the questions in Part 2 and check each as applicable or not applicable to the job. For questions 17–28,iftheanswertothequestionisyesthanthe control required to mitigate the hazard must be identified in the column to the right of the question. See appendix 1 for more information on the intent of each question.

5.7 Using the hazards identified in Part 2, list the job steps, the potential hazards associated with each step and the controls needed to prevent the potential adverseeffectonpeopleandtheenvironmentinPart3:

• Inthefirstcolumn,describetheworkidentifiedon the Permit, list the basic tasks for the job in order and identify what is to be done, not how to do it

• Inthesecondcolumn,considerthehazardsas-sociated with the job, focus on each job task and identify actual and potential hazards including hazards from the job itself, hazards from the work area, chemical hazards and physical hazards

• Inthethirdcolumn,listthecontrols,proceduresor actions the team will take to control the hazard associated with the job step in the third column

• Ifpart3doesnotprovidesufficientspaceforidentifying job steps, hazards and controls, use formgHSSErMF34002eitherasaseparate



96


97

Per

mit

to W

ork

Per

mit

to W

ork

document or stamped on the back of the Gold-enrod copy of the form

5.8 Ifthejobinvolvesanyofthefollowing,Part3isnottobecompletedandajobspecificJSEAusingformgHSSErMF34002mustbecompleted:

• Jobswhichrequirearescueplan(notaresponseplan but a job where physical rescue may be requiredsuchasclass2or3confinedspace,work at heights using fall arrest, work requiring SCBA/SABA)

• JobswhichrequireentryintoaClass2or3confined space

• Jobswhichrequiregrounddisturbance • Jobswhichrequirecriticalliftplans • JobswheretheBPorcontractorrepresentative

deem that an additional hazard assessment is required

5.9 The required atmospheric testing must be completed aspersection7.5anddocumentedonPart4ofthework permit.

5.10 Eachpersonthatparticipatedinthepermitandhazard assessment must print their name and initial inPart4.

5.11 At the conclusion of the job or at the end of the shift,the3questions(JobCompleted,WorkAreaCleaned,ContractorLocksRemoved)locatedatthebottom of the work permit should be checked yes or no and the form returned to the Issuing Authority.

5.12 IftheJSEAdevelopedforthejobisdeemedap-propriate for future use, it should be approved for on-going use by the BP representative in charge.


96



97

Per

mit

to W

ork

Per

mit

to W

ork

6.0 Scope of Self-Permitting

6.1 ManyactivitiesconductedintheGasBusinessUnitare done in isolation of other workers. Workers must follow this Practice but are allowed to issue their own permits and document their own hazard assessments for certain work.

6.2 In order for a worker to issue their own permits, they musthaveaLevel2Indoctrinationandhavedemon-strated a level of competence in completing the job to the BP representative in charge or designate.

6.3 Self-permittingcanbeconductedbyBPemployees,fulltimeequivalentcontractors(FTEs)andotherdesignated contractors.

6.4 Self-permittingcannotbeconductedonalocationwhereoperatingstaffattendthefacilityforthemajority of a shift. At these locations, the Issuing Authority issues the permit to the worker to ensure proper communication in the event of simultaneous operationsorconflictingjobs.

6.5 A self-issued permit can be prepared for any job involving cold work, hot work, energy isolation, grounddisturbance(iftheworkerhascurrentLevel2grounddisturbancetraining),liftingandworkatheights where worker safety is addressed through engineering controls. Self permitting (working alone)isnotallowedforanyjobrequiringworkatheights in which the fall protection plan does not ad-dress the provisions for self rescue in the event of an arresting fall. Self permitting is not allowed for any jobrequiringentryintoaclass2or3confinedspace.

6.6 The worker requiring the permit must contact the



98


99

Per

mit

to W

ork

Issuing Authority for the location prior to starting work to advise of the work being conducted and determine potential hazards to the worker.

6.7 Oncethejobiscomplete,theworkersignsoffthepermit and contacts the Issuing Authority to advise the status of the work and that the worker is leaving location. Arrangements are made to provide a copy of the completed permit to the Issuing Authority.

6.8 Requirements 6.6 and 6.7 do not apply if the work is being done by the Issuing Authority.

6.9 If the worker is visiting more than one location in a day to perform a similar task, one permit can be completedfortheentireday.Eachlocationisclearlyidentified on Part 1 of the form and the worker dis-cusses each location with the Issuing Authority prior to starting work that day. When the worker arrives at each location, he or she reviews the permit to assess if all hazards have been identified and updates the form and implements the new hazard controls.

6.10 Other site specific requirements such as working alone procedures and working with H2S will also apply when self-permitting.

7.0 Scope of Hot Work Permits

7.1 Hot Work means: • cutting,welding,burning,airgouging,riveting,

drilling, grinding, chipping, buffing • theuseofnon-classifiedelectricalequipment • theintroductiontoaworkprocessofacombus-

tion engine • anyotherworkwhereflameisusedorsparksare


98



99

Per

mit

to W

ork

produced • workonelectriccablesandequipment

7.2 Hot Work Permits are issued where the atmosphere couldbecomeinexcessof0%LELand/orthereisapotentialforafireand/orexplosion,orifelectricityor static charges exists.

7.3 Asafetystandbypersonmayberequiredaspersite specific procedures for any hot work to be per-formed. The only duty of the safety standby person is to observe the job and be able to communicate with others should assistance be required. The safety standby person must have immediate access to emergency equipment such as a fire extinguisher, gas detector and two-way radio or other means of com-munication. For more information, please reference SafetyStandbyinSSPM.

7.4 UndernocircumstanceswillanyhotworkactivitybepermittedwhereLELisgreaterthan10%.Workmust be completed to eliminate the source of the gas release.

7.5 Where atmospheric testing is required during hot work and confined space work, the employer will en-sure that continuous monitoring of oxygen, H2S and LELhazardsaredoneandthattestsaredocumentedat regular intervals (i.e. prior to starting work and aftereachbreakasaminimum).ThetestresultsmustbedocumentedonformgHSSErMF88001.

8.0 Scope of Cold Work Permits

8.1 Cold work permits are issued for work where there is no danger for fire or explosion based on the tools



100


101

Per

mit

to W

ork

and equipment being used for the job and the atmosphere will remain normal for human respira-tion.Examplesincludelifting,entryintoaLevel1confined space and work at heights.

8.2 The atmosphere must remain normal for human respiration.

8.3 Nopermitisrequiredforthefollowingjobs: • Aworkertakingreadings • Aworkermakingexternaladjustmentstothe

process (changing valve positions, equipment settingsetc.)

• Daily,weeklyandmonthlyhousekeepingactivi-ties

• BPtradespersonworkingintheirrespectiveshops unless their work meets the definition of hot work

• Aworkertakingothervisitorsonatourofafacility for the sole purpose of observation (i.e. SOCs,HSSEinspections,reviewofnewfacilitiesinstallation).Apermitisrequiredifphotoswillbe taken in a potentially explosive atmosphere

• Additionsmaybemadetotheabovelistbyareamanagement after a documented hazard assess-ment of the work is completed and reviewed by a team consisting of the Area Authority, the OperatingCenterManager,WellsTeamLeader(ifapplicable),MajorProjectManager(ifap-plicable),theBPsafetycoordinatorandatleastonerepresentativeoftheaffectedworkers

9.0 Scope of Confined Space Permits

9.1 Confined space permits are issued for entry into a Class2orClass3confinedspace.SeeConfined


100



101

Per

mit

to W

ork

SpacePracticegHSSErMS820forcompletedetails.

10.0 Scope of Ground Disturbance Permits

10.1 Ground disturbance permits are issued for any work

operation or activity that results in a disturbance of the earth. It applies to all pipeline right-of-ways, company leases, construction sites. See Ground DisturbancePracticegHSSErMS840forcompletedetails.

11.0 Changing Area Authority

11.1 A work permit and hazard assessment is required when the area authority for an existing lease dis-charges their accountabilities to wells or construc-tion. For example, during a workover of an existing well or when construction is taking place at an existing location.

11.2 The following components of the permit are com-pleted to document a lease turn-over:

• Thedate,locationandtime • Underworkdescription,insertanexpectedend

date • CompletePart2onlytoreflectthehazardsofthe

location at the time of the turn over: o Identify if multiple types of operations will

need to take place at the location and the pro-cedure for checking-in with the area authority (i.e.wellworkanddailyoperatorchecks)

o Identify any concerns or potential hazards with permanent equipment or materials on-site and document any energy isolation applied

o IdentifyifthereareWHMIScontrolledprod-



102


103

Per

mit

to W

ork

ucts on-site as part of permanent operations o Identify the linkage of site activities with the

emergency response plan for the area o Questions2,4,7,10,11,12,13,19,20,21,

22,23,24,25,27,28mustbeansweredtoreflectthestatusoftheleaseandthehazardsassociated with the permanent equipment on-site

• Part3doesnotneedtobecompleted • Asingleatmospherictestshouldbecompleted

and documented prior to lease turn-over • Theissueristhecurrentareaauthorityandthe

receiver is the new area authority

11.3 Todischargeareaauthorityaccountabilitiesbacktothe original area authority, the “job completed” box should be checked yes on the original form, and the date and initials of the person accepting the lease should be written near the check-box. This task should be completed after the condition of the site is reviewed by the two Area Authorities.

11.4 Formoreinformation,pleasereferenceSSPMWellWork–HandoverbetweenoperationsandWellsTeams.

12.0 Assurance Process

12.1 People with SOC training can use the SOC process to provide assurance that the permit to work Practice is followed. An SOC can be conducted while a job is in progress to link the hazards identified in the discussion with what is documented on the permit.

12.2 All workers can use the job observation process to provide assurance that the permit to work Practice is


102



103

Per

mit

to W

ork

followed. A job observation can be conducted while a job is in progress, after the permit to work and hazard assessment form has been completed or at the conclusion of the job to verify that the steps required for completing a permit were followed.

13.0 Record Keeping

13.1 Aftertheworkiscompleted,allworkpermitsandhazard assessment forms and associated documents aresignedoffinaccordancewiththepermitandretainedinthefieldofficeforaperiod13months.



14.2 B.C.OccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationsandGuidelines296/97asamended

14.3 gHSSErMS820-ConfinedSpacePractice

14.4 gHSSErMS840-GroundDisturbancePractice

14.5 gHSSErMS312-Indoctrinations,OrientationsandMonitoring

14.6 NAGSPUControlofWork(COW)Policyhttp://docs.bpweb.bp.com/NAG:/content/hse/on shore/documents/K0000002586



104


105

Per

mit

to W

ork

15.0 Forms

15.1 gHSSErMF88001-PermittoWorkandHazardAssessment Form

15.2 gHSSErMF84001-GroundDisturbancePermit15.3 gHSSErMF84001-ConfinedSpaceEntryPermit15.4 NAGJSEAFormNAGasJSEAProcess

Appendix 1 –

Details on the Intent of Work Permit and Hazard Assess-ment Questions

Part 2 of the work permit and hazard assessment form contains 28 questions. The questions were chosen because they represent the majority of the hazards in our various worksites and they build on learning’s identified during incident investigations.

Questions1-16aresimplequestionsthatcanbeansweredyes, no, or not applicable to the job. In some cases, a line has been added so brief details for that question can beidentified.Questions17-28requireayes,no,ornotapplicable to the job answer and for all questions answered yes, the control measures required to mitigate the hazard must be identified.

The following lists each question on the form, and provides some interpretation on how to answer it.

1. Safety Stand by required? Name • Forjobsthatrequireadesignatedsafetystand-by,

this question should be checked yes. This might includeentryintoaclass2or3confinedspace,work at heights or use of mobile equipment in an area with heavy foot traffic. If the question is answered as yes, the name of the safety stand-by


104



105

Per

mit

to W

ork

should be written on the document. The roles and responsibilities for that worker need to be reviewed prior to work starting.

2. Haveconflictingactivities/simultaneousoperationsbeenidentified?List:

• Ifthereareotheractivitiesintheareathatthiswork will be taking place or simultaneous opera-tions in the same area, the question should be answered yes and those other activities listed in thespaceprovided.Part3shouldidentifythecontrols required for ensuring adequate commu-nicationbetweendifferentactivities.AseparateSIMOPSplanmayneedtobedeveloped.

3. IsadditionalPPErequired? Face/eyes Chemical Protection Respiratory Fall Protection Hands/Gloves • TheminimumrequiredPPEislistednearthetop

oftheform.ThisquestionaddressesotherPPEthat may be required. If any boxes are checked, a space is provided to specifically identify the item oritemsofPPEthatarerequired.ItshouldbecleartoallworkersifadditionalPPEisrequiredat all times during the job or only during specific times.

4. Areasafeforpersonnel/vehicleentry?Recordtestbelow.

• Thisquestionisfocusedonairquality.Oxygen,LELandH2S(ifapplicable)shouldbecheckedprior to work commencing and documented on Part4oftheform.

5. Will workers be getting down from equipment or climbingoffofequipment?3-pointcontact,stepoffdon’tjumpoff.



106


107

• Asignificantnumberofrecordableinjuriesarerelated to workers getting down from equipment at various heights. If workers need to access work areas or equipment at heights, this question reinforces the need to descend using caution and maintaininga3-pointcontact.

6. Have all locations that pertain to the job been reviewed? (Secondary locations-dump sites, assembly points,permitarea)

• Somejobsrequireworkinmultiplelocations.If materials are being transferred from one area to another or if there is a second muster point close to where the work will be taking place, this location should be noted on the form.

7. MSDSforWHMISControlledproductsaffectingjobisavailableandunderstood?ListWHMIScontrolled products.

• TheMSDSforallWHMISControlledproductsmust be reviewed before handling these materials so adequate controls may be put in place such as ventilationorPPE.TheMSDSdoesnotneedtobe at the work site but the information must be available to workers by phone or radio.

8. Doworkersneedjobspecificcertifications? • Documentedtrainingisrequiredforsome

jobsinadditiontowhatisaskedattheLevel1indoctrination(H2SandWHMIS).Ifspecificcertifications are required (i.e. crane operator, firstaid,confinedspace)answerthequestionyesand list the training required on the space in the form. Tickets demonstrating training must be verified.

Per

mit

to W

ork


106



107

9. Have all tools and equipment that pertain to the job been identified and checked to be in good condition? Certifications checked if appropriate.

• Alltoolsandequipmentrequiredforthejobshould be identified prior to the job starting. The condition of tools and equipment should be checked by the person that will be using them. If a tool or piece of equipment is not suitable for use, it should be either repaired or destroyed. In some cases, certifications are required such as crane inspections, and the document should be reviewed prior to issuing the permit and hazard assessment.

10. Havealljob-relatedcathodicprotectionand/oroverhead/undergroundpowerlinesbeenlocatedandidentified?

• Allpowerlinesneartheworkareaneedtobeidentified prior to work starting and controls put in place to ensure that power lines will not be contacted during the work.

11. Haveallundergroundpiping/obstructionsbeenidentified?

• Undergroundpiping,tanksandlinesneedtobeidentified for all jobs involving ground distur-bance, all jobs requiring the use of heavy equip-ment(i.e.acraneandoutriggers)andforalljobsusing mobile equipment as striking or driving over an underground obstruction can lead to significantinjuryand/orpropertydamage.

12. Fireeyes/gasdetectorsbypassed? • Fireeyesand/orgasdetectorsmayneedtobeby-

passed for certain jobs involving hot work inside a building. Additional procedures may need to be followed to by-pass these safety devices.

Per

mit

to W

ork



108


109

13. Protectionofallsewercatchbasinsandfloordrains? • Thisquestionmustbeansweredyeswhendoing

welding inside a building or near any outdoor sewer catch basins that could contain hydrocar-bon.

14. Housekeeping-cords,cables,hoses,tools,materialor debris controlled and out of the path of workers.

• Rulesaroundhousekeepingspecifictothejoband the materials, tools and equipment should be reviewed so areas where people need to walk are kept free of hazards.

15. Are additional permits required? Ground disturbance Confined space Critical lift

• ThisquestionisadoublecheckoftheGoldenRules identified in Part 1 of the form. If the answer is yes, identify using a check box which additional permit is required. The document should be completed prior to starting the job and attached to this form.

16. Are all personnel involved with the job participating in the pre-job meeting? If no, who is responsible to update these workers?

• Ifsomeworkerswillbejoiningtheworksiteata later time, one person needs to be designated to review the contents of this form with those workers so they understand the hazards of the jobs, the controls for those hazards and their role in promoting a safe and environmentally friendly work atmosphere.

17. Have the risks of working alone been assessed? • Ifaworkerwillbeworkingalone,thisquestion

must be answered yes and the control measures

Per

mit

to W

ork


108



109

for ensuring that worker’s safety documented in the column to the right. Controls might include reviewing the local working alone procedures or establishing a communication plan with defined check-in intervals.

18. Is heavy manual lifting involved? Potential of injury due to over exertion or strain by lifting, pulling, pushing or twisting.

• Thisquestionlinkstoomanyoftherecordableinjuries that have occurred as a result of manual lifting, pulling, pushing or twisting. If this type of work is required, consider if mechani-cal devices can be used to reduce the chance of strain.Determinehowheavyaloadwillbeandthe number of people required to lift it. Review proper lifting techniques.

19. Are personnel at risk of slip, trip, or fall to the same level or to the area below?

• Thisquestionlinkstoomanyoftherecordableinjuries that have occurred as a result of slips, trips and falls. The work area including any sea-sonalinfluencesshouldbereviewedandcontrolsput in place to maximize traction.

20. Are there driving hazards associated with the job? • Thiswillbeyesforalmostalljobstocoverthe

drive to the work site or the drive home. Review any specific hazards and rules of the road for that day.

21. Can personnel be placed in line of fire? (struck by protruding, moving objects, sharp edges, objects falling,caughtinorbetween)

• Therearemanyconsiderationsforthisquestion.It should first consider permanent hazards of

Per

mit

to W

ork



110


111

the site equipment and then must consider the hazards of the job. If the job creates potential line of fire hazards, they need to be identified during the hazard assessment and controls put in place to reduce or eliminate the hazard.

22. Can personnel come in contact with an energy source or be exposed to hazardous material?

• Considerenergysourcesandhazardousmaterialsin and around the work area. Controls might include energy isolation, using a spotter or using additionalPPE.

23. Arepersonnelworkinginthevicinityofmobileequipment?

• Iftheanswertothisquestionisyes,controlsshould include verifying that back-up alarms are fully functioning and a spotter is designated for the job. Hand signals between the spotter and driver must be reviewed.

24. Aretherefirehazardsassociatedwiththetask?

Equipmentneeded?Identify. • Ifthejobcouldresultinafire,thisquestion

should be answered as yes. Steps should be taken to execute the job to minimize the chance of a fire starting. Appropriately sized extinguishers and other fire fighting equipment needs to be available and readily accessible for workers to en-sure a safe exit from the area should a fire occur.

25. Haveenvironmentalcontrols/proceduresnecessaryforspills/atmosphericrelease/wastebeenidentifieddue to loss of containment, failure of equipment or other form of release?

• Ifthejobcouldresultinaspill,atmosphericre-lease or will generate waste, identify if additional

Per

mit

to W

ork


110



111

site-specific procedures need to be reviewed. In some cases, a brief overview of waste storage areas and segregation practices or material handling techniques needs to take place.

26. Ismaterials/equipmentrequiredtobeliftedbymechanical means? I.e. bobcat, hoist, crane.

• Ifmaterialswillbeliftedbymechanicalmeans,document the controls required to ensure a safe lift. The lift plan should consider equipment capabilities, tag lines, the need for spotters, etc.

27. Is a rescue or environmental response plan required? Listteamandverifytraining.

• ThisisinadditiontothelocalERPandwouldbe required for jobs involving confined space en-try, some jobs requiring work at heights and jobs that involve handling large volumes of liquids that can have a negative impact on the environ-ment if released. Identify what is needed at the job site to immediately address the emergency situation and ensure that equipment is available before starting the job.

28. Energyisolationcomplete? Equipmentde-pressuredpurged blinded lock-out tag out

stored energy • Ifenergyisolationisrequiredforthejob,the

type of energy isolation applied should be noted using the check boxes. The control column should be used to identify how energy was isolated and reference site-specific practices and procedures for energy isolation.

Per

mit

to W

ork



112


113

VEHICLE STANDARD AND ROAD SAFETY PRACTICE


1.1 This standard applies to all drivers operating vehicles forBPCGPUandNGLBUsites.Thisincludesemployees using personal vehicles for company business. In this standard, these vehicles are referred to as “company vehicles”. The standard is applicable to summer and co-op students, full time equivalent contractorsandofficestaffthatmaybetravelingoncompany business.

1.2 The purpose of this standard is to ensure BP CGPU andNGLBUemployees,contractedemployees,contractors and other visiting personnel use vehicles in a safe manner.

2.0 Scope of Vehicle Standard Elements

2.1 Vehicle Specifications-The vehicles must be fit for purpose and has been maintained in safe working condition with seatbelts installed and functional. Seat Belts must be worn at all times while a vehicle is in motion.

Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=915

• Alwaysrefertothevehicleowners’servicemanual for the proper maintenance inspections and required service

• Itishighlyrecommendedthatallvehiclemain-tenance be completed by the appropriate (Ford, GM,Dodge)authorizeddealershipwhilethevehicle is in the warranty period

• AllBP,Personal,andrentedvehiclesmustbeequippedwithAnti-LockBrakesandStandardAir Bags

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


112



113

• Monthlyvehiclesafetychecksheetsmustbefilled out by the designated driver for that vehicle

• Alldriversarerequiredtocompletedailyvehiclelogs, complete monthly vehicle usage reports (per localareaschedule)andreportallpersonalandcommuting mileage as requested

• Thedriverwillwalkaroundtheirvehiclepriortoeach trip to check for potential hazards such as objects, people or other vehicles prior to driving and observe the condition of the vehicle such as tires and lights are in good working condition and that window, lights and mirrors are clean

• Thevehiclemustbeequippedwithtiresproperlyselected and maintained for the driving condi-tions that could be experienced in the area. DuringtheperiodofNovember1toMarch31all BP vehicles and other vehicles being used on a full time basis within the Canadian Gas Performance Unit, must be equipped with winter tires (see Appendix 2 Winter Tire Requirements inthisPractice)

• Headlights/DrivingLights–Asabestpracticewhen driving in conditions that may include re-duced visibility such as fog, smoke, snow, dust or low light; it is required that drivers turn on their headlights rather than relying on the vehicle’s daytime running lights. When traveling in the above conditions it is paramount to provide maximum visibility to third party drivers that may be traveling behind our vehicle

• Fitforpurposealsoreferstousingtherightvehicle for the right purpose. An example of this wouldbetousea4wheeldrivetrucktoaccessadrilling rig at a remote site.

• Noalterationsormodificationsaretobemadetothevehiclethatcanaffectthefunctionalityofthevehiclesafetyequipment(E.g.,abushguardwillaltertheeffectivenessoftheairbags.)

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



114


115

• Additionalvehiclespecifications: -‘4WheelDrive’forallfieldservicevehicles.

Exceptionswillbeallowedbasedonapprovalof local management

- A seat which provides good vibration dampening, lumbar support, and good adjustability of body position to provide ergonomically sound driving position

• Amethodofcommunication(cellphoneorradio)–maybeportableorpermanentlyinstalled.NOTE:acellphoneorothertwowaycommunication device is not to be used when vehicle is in motion. An exception would be when traveling on a road which requires the use of two way communication. See section 2.6

• Localareamanagementmaydeterminethatthefollowing items are appropriate based on risk assessment for that area:

- Auxiliary driving lights installed according to theAlbertaHighwayTrafficActandMotorTransport Act

- High frequency deer whistles - Back up alarms

2.2 Passengers-The number of passengers does not ex-ceed the manufacturers specifications for the vehicle.

2.3 Loads-Loadsaresecureanddonotexceedmanufac-turers specification and legal limits of the vehicle. All equipment, tools or other cargo being transported in the cargo and passenger areas of all vehicles shall be secured to prevent serious injury to occupants, in the event of a sudden stop or an incident. All vehicles should be assessed to see if headache racks are needed and if so should be installed.

Clarificationhttp://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/show-document.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=916

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


114



115

2.3.1 SecuringOfLoads(LoadBinders)-BPCan-adaE&Phasdeterminedthattheuseoflever-type load binders poses an unnecessary level of risk and shall be phased out of BP operations. Advances in equipment technology provide the opportunity for continual improvement by replacing lever-type load binders with the comparable, safer ratchet-type load binder.

- Warnings and Application Instructions:

• Failuretouseloadbindersproperlymayresultin

serious injury or even death to you or others • Donotoperatealoadbinderwhilestandingon

the load • Movethehandlewithcaution.Itmaywhip

–Keepallbodypartsclear • Keepyourselfoutofthepathofthemoving

handle and any loose chain lying on the handle • Youmustbefamiliarwithstateandfederal

regulations regarding size and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks

• Alwaysconsiderthesafetyofnearbyworkersaswell as yourself when using load binders

• Whileundertension,aloadbindermustnotbear against an object, as this will cause side load

• Donotuseahandleextender(cheaterpipe)-seeinstructions

• Donotattempttocloseoropenthebinderwithmore than one person

- Instructions - Ratchet Load Binders

• Manuallyunscrewtheendhoodstogetenoughreach

• Positionratchetbindersoitcanbeoperated

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



116


117

from the ground, ideal placement is between waist&chesthigh

• Attachonehookonthechainclosetoananchorpoint to minimize hook rotation

• Takeupasmuchslackaspossibleandhookthechain to the opposite end of the load binder

• Setthepawlandstartclosingtheloadbinder,use clean gloves

• Keepfingersandhandsawayfrompawlandgear • Maintainabufferzonefromtheendofthe

ratchet handle • Securefootingandstrokehandleuntildesired

tension is achieved, handle extensions are prohib-ited

• Loadscanshift,checkthetensionoftheloadbinder frequently, re-tighten as needed

- Maintenance of All Load Binders

• Routinelycheckloadbindersforwear,bending,cracks, nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present-Donotuseloadbinder

• RoutinelylubricatepivotandswivelpointsofLeverBinders,andpawlpartandscrewthreadsof Ratchet Binders to extend product life and reduce friction wear

2.4 DriverTraining-Alldriversareappropriatelyassessedlicensed, trained and medically fit to operate the vehicle.

Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/show-document.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=927

- Operators of BP vehicles must provide proof of appropriate licence on annual basis. On an exception basis drivers may be requested to provideacopyoftheDriver’sAbstract(e.g.After

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


116



117

avehicleincident) - It is the responsibility of the driver to inform

their supervisor within the next working day of a drivers’ license suspension. Failure to inform is consideredasevereoffence,andwillbesubjecttodiscipline

- All drivers shall have their appropriate class of driverslicenceandTDGorDOTcertificate(ifapplicable)intheirpossession

- A risk assessment must be performed at each job site to determine what type of additional driving training is needed. The following are examples of the types to consider

- Adverse road conditions (gravel, lease roads, snowandice,mud,etc.):

-WinterDriving - Backing - Sloped surfaces - Reverse skidding -FatigueandJourneyManagement -Deerandanimalavoidance -Understanding4X4’s

- All drivers shall have passed a BP approved drivers’ evaluation course (with skid control if available)priortooperatingaBPvehicle.Allprofessional drivers shall complete a BP approved defensivedrivertrainingcourseaspertheHSSEtraining matrix

- All areas within the BP Canada Gas Performance UnitwillassesstheirroadsasperLocalHazardMapstodeterminewhichareaswouldrequirechaining on tires. Areas must develop a plan for chaining requirements. Areas on roads must be identified which would be used for safe installa-

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



118


119

tion of chains. Things that should be considered are:

o Winter driving conditions(November 1-March1minimum)

o Muddydrivingconditions o Gradeofroads(e.g.10%grade)

2.5 DriverFatigueandAlertness-Alldriversareappropri-ately rested and alert.


- Fatigue and stress are two common mental factorswhichaffectadrivers’abilitytoperform.When a driver finds they are in this condition, they should not drive, pull over and take a break or a nap, or pull over and stretch

- Professional drivers as defined by the BP Global DrivingStandardmusthavefatiguetrainingasperHSSErainingMatrix-http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/EMS/Competency%20Training/FIELD%20TRAINING%20MATRIX.xls

2.6 MobilePhones-Driver.Driversmustnotuseamobile phone or other two way communication device while a vehicle is in motion. Only short duration calls on a radio are permitted by exception on roads which are radio controlled or required by regulation (e.g. when moving oversized loads inaconvoywithescortvehicles(s)Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=918

Cellular phones, voice mail devices, recording pagers or other communication devices which are not intrinsically safe(explosionproof ),maynotbeusedinclassifiedareaswhere a hazardous atmosphere could exist.

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


118



119

2.7 Journey Requirements- Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/

showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=919 - DriverswillcontactthelocalBPmanagement

to be familiar with area specific regulations and policies and, where possible, acquire a local road hazard analysis map

- Drivingtimeshouldbetakenintoconsiderationas part of the hours of travel and work for that day in order to address the issues of fatigue and journeymanagement.STOP,THINK,GO

- High risk road locations should be identified, communicated to all drivers, and posted in a conspicuous location

- All BP light vehicles within the CGPU will be equippedwithVDR’s(VehicleDataRecorders)

2.8 Seatbelts-Seatbelts are worn by all occupants at all times whenever the vehicle is in motion. All people in the vehicle must be wearing a three point seat belt. Lapbeltsmaynotbeusedunlessahazardassess-ment has been completed and approved by the Area Authority.


2.9 AlcoholandDrugs-Thedriverisnotundertheinflu-ence of alcohol or drugs, or any other substance or medication that could impair their ability to drive.

Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=921:

2.10 Read the label of all over-the-counter medications before considering driving. Refer to BP’s Alcohol andDrugPolicy.Consultyourphysicianifquestions

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



120


121

arise regarding prescription medication

2.11 Safety Helmet-Safety helmets are worn by riders and passengers of motorcycles, quads, snow mobiles and similar types of vehicles.


3.0 Additional Specific Requirements.

3.1 Regulatoryorpostedspeedlimitsshallnotbeexceeded and all vehicles must be driven in a manner that respects the road conditions.

3.2 Firearmsshallnotbecarriedincompanyvehicles.Where ‘Bear Watch’ or other area specific wild-life expertise is needed on site, it will be addressed in an HSSEAssurancePlanforthejobandthirdpartytrained and competent experts will be used. Where flaregunsarerequired,site-specificproceduresmustbe developed for the transport and operation of this equipment.Shotgunsmustnotbeusedforflareguns.

3.3 Vehiclesmustbebackedintoparkingstallswhereitis allowable or where drive-through parking is not possible. Where space permits, drive-through park-ing is the preferred technique.

3.4 Novehicleshallencroachwithin8metersofanywellhead, piping, process vessel or tank containing combustiblefluidsunlessrequiredbyaspecificmain-tenance or operating function and an appropriate risk assessment and necessary hot work permit have been completed.

3.5 Adriver,pullingintoawell/battery/drillingopera-

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


120



121

tion/compressorsiteorpumpstation,mustparkthevehicle pointing towards the access road for a quick exit.

3.6 Petswillnotbepermittedincompanyvehicleswhiletraveling on BP business or while on BP CGPU and NGLBUpremises.

3.7 Itisrecommendedthatdriversweartheirsafetyglasses while driving on gravel roads as there is a high risk of rocks, ice or debris to be thrown into the windshield by another vehicle.

3.8 Backing-istobeavoidedwhenpractical.Driverswill park in spaces where they can legally drive forward when leaving; otherwise they will back into the parking space upon arrival. A spotter shall be used to assist the driver during backing operations of heavy vehicles, vehicles with trailers, and vehicles with limited visibility from their rear window.

4.0 Scope of Towing and Tow Straps

4.1 Towtrucksaretobeusedasthefirstchoicefortow-ing.STOP,THINK,GO(TOW).

4.2 Nylontowropesorchainsmustnotbeused.Nylonbraided(flat)towstrapswithloopends(nohooks)are acceptable.

4.3 Vehiclesshouldbeequippedwiththemanufacturers’specified towing hooks or properly mounted towing hitch.ADitchHitchisarecommendedtowingdevice which fits into the hitch receiver.

4.4 Pullingforceonthetowhooksmustnotexceedthemanufacturers’ specifications.

4.5 Thereshouldbeconstanttensiononthetowstrap

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



122


123

when towing, it should not be ‘jerked’.4.6 BPvehiclesarenotallowedtopullatrailerdevice

that is not company owned or leased.

5.0 Scope of Boosting and Jump Starting

5.1 When boosting or jump starting, both batteries must be the same voltage and the vehicles must not be touching.

5.2 The vehicles must be in ‘park or neutral’ with park-ing brakes on and both engines and all accessories shutoff.

5.3 Puttheboostercablesonthepositivebatterypostsfirst, then put the negative cable on the good battery and finally ground the last cable to the engine block of the vehicle with the dead battery.

5.4 Keepclearofthevehiclesduringtheboostingopera-tion and use the reverse procedure to remove the cables.

5.5 Always wear eye protection when boosting or jump starting a vehicle.

6.0 Scope of Vehicle Incident Reporting

6.1 All vehicle incidents must be reported to drivers’ immediate supervisor immediately if possible but no laterthanwithin24hoursornextbusinessday.

6.2 All vehicles incidents involving a third party, public orprivatepropertymustbereportedtoKendalAdjustersInc.(JohnBicknell403-256-8400)within

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


122



123

24hours.YouwillberequiredtofaxacopyoftheIncident Report, copy of the Police Report and any relevant cost estimates. Vehicles are not to be repaireduntilauthorizedbyKendalAdjustorsorBPFleetManagement.

6.3 Allvehiclesincidentsover$1000aretobereportedtothelocalPoliceauthoritieswithin24hours.

6.4 Vehiclesincidentsthatdonotinvolveathirdpartyor public or private property should be handled as follows:

<=$1000damage 1estimaterequiredforrepair$1001-$3000damage 2estimatesrequiredforrepair$3001-$5000damage3estimatesrequiredforrepair+$5000damage 3estimatesrequiredforrepair ANDcontactBPFleetManagementforauthorization

6.5 All vehicle incidents involving rental vehicles should bereportedtorentalagency(Hertz)assoonasprac-tically possible. The claim processing will be handled by their representative.

7.0 Scope of Material Handling

7.1 Site-specific materials handling and transportation procedures may be required.

7.2 TransportationofDangerousGoods(TDG)certificate,theTDGapplicablepermitsandtheOMNIBUSpermitmustbecarriedinthevehiclewhere applicable.

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



124


125

8.0 Scope of Safety Equipment

8.1 All company vehicles including rental vehicles will have safety equipment that is appropriate for local risk assessments and conditions The following is suggested minimum equipment for vehicles going to field locations. Vehicles not travelling to remote sites or in adverse conditions may not require all of the equipment listed.

- Regulatory acceptable first aid kit -Reflectivewarningdevices - Bear kits where necessary - Fire extinguisher -Reflectiveclothing -Extraclothingorblankets–ifapplicable

based on geographic location -Candleandmatches–ifapplicablebasedon

geographic - Non-perishable high energy food

-Shovel.–ifapplicablebasedongeographiclocation

-Axeorahatchet–ifapplicablebasedongeographic location

- Flashlight (explosion-proof is recommended forfieldservicevehicles)

-Extrabatteriesforflashlight - Booster cables - Tow strap - Water, Caution Water may freeze.


Appendix1-BPCGPUandNGLBUAllTerrainVehiclePractice

Appendix 2- CGPU Winter Tire Reguirements

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


124



125

10.0 Reference Documents

GLOBALDRIVINGSTANDARD:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/driving_safety/default.asp?cat=147gHSSErMS430-HSSENonconformanceandIncident

Reporting Procedure gHSSErMF86001–MonthlyVehicleInspection

ChecklistgHSSErMF86002–LicenceVerificationForm

APPENDIX 1

BP CGPU and NGLBU All-Terrain Vehicle Practice


1.1 This practice provides guidelines for the safe opera-tionofAll-TerrainVehicles(ATV)definedasQuadsand snowmobiles.

1.2 ThispracticeappliestoallCGPUandNGLBUemployees, contract employees and contractors who operateall-terrainvehicles(QuadsandSnowmobiles)whileworkingfortheCGPUandNGLBU.

1.3 Thispracticeaddressesthepractices,conditionsandbehaviors that have the largest impact upon safe driv-ing.(Drivingall-terrainvehiclesisoneofthehighestrisktasksperformedbyourstaff.)

2.0 Training

2.1 All operators of all-terrain vehicles are required to pass a recognized certified all-terrain vehicles rider course.

3.0 Ground Rules

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



126


127

3.1 Driverswillatalltimesadheretothegroundrulesprovided in this section of the standard.

3.2 Nohorseplaywhileoperatingall-terrainvehicles.

3.3 Sitespecificproceduresmustbedevelopedtoaddresscommunication needed to meet working alone re-quirements.Thismayinvolveradio/cellularcontact,check in location and times, travel routes, etc.

3.4 All-terrainvehiclesmustnotbeoverloadedwithpersonnelorequipment.Manufacturersguidelinesmust be followeed for load restrictions.

3.5 All-terrainvehiclesmustnotbeoperatedwhileundertheinfluenceofdrugsoralcohol.

3.6 Firearmswillnotbecarriedonall-terrainvehicles.

3.7 CSAapprovedhelmetsmustbewornatalltimeswhileoperatinganATV.DOT/SnellapprovalintheUS.

3.8 Aregularmaintenanceprogramfollowingthemanu-facturers guidelines must be implemented to ensure the ATV’s reliability and safe operating condition.

3.9 Pre-tripchecklistsmustbedeveloped.

3.10 Operatormustbefamiliarwiththeowner’smanual.

3.11 ATV’smustbeoperatedinamannersoastomini-mize disturbance to all wildlife.

4.0 Licensing

4.1 ProvincialRegulationsrequirethatall-terrainvehiclesmust be licensed and insured while traveling on public lands.

4.2 EveryAll-TerrainVehiclebeingoperatedbyCGPUandNGLBUemployees,fulltimeequivalentcon-

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


126



127

tractors and contractors doing work for CGPU and NGLBUmustbelicensedandinsured.

5.0 Minimum Equipment

• Mountedwinchforappropriateloadratings(quads)wherelocalmanagementdeemsitap-propriate

• Regulatoryacceptablefirstaidkit • 5IbABCfireextinguisher • Axe/Hatchetorfoldingpruningsaw • Approvedtowstrap • Tirerepairkit,airpump(quads) • Operatorsmanual • Mountedcarryingcase • Explosionproofflashlight • Pepperspray,bearscare,airhorn(quads)where

local management deems it appropriate • Waterproofmatches • Smallcontainerofgaslineantifreezewhereap-

plicable • Toolkit • Smalltarp • Emergencyfoodsource • Sparedrivebeltandsparkplugswhereappli-

cable. • Whipflagantennae

6.0 Personal Protective Equipment

• CSAapprovedhelmet.DOT/SnellapprovedinUS. • Gogglesorsafetyglasses • Gloves • AppropriateCSAapprovedfootwear • Reflectiveclothing • Transporting6.1 Proper procedures must be developed and followed

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



128


129

whileloadingandoff-loadingATV’s,whichcanbeavery hazardous task.

7.0 Transporting of quad units

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice

BP

Can

ada

Ene

rgy

– G

as P

erfo

rman

ce U

nit

PRO

CE

DU

RE

TIT

LE

:

QU

AD

LO

AD

-OFF

LO

AD

PR

OC

ED

UR

E

PRO

CE

DU

RE

#:

LO

CA

TIO

N:

C

GPU

D

AT

E IS

SUE

D:

NO

V. 1

1TH, 2

005

DA

TE

RE

VIS

ED

:

JAN

UA

RY

21/

06

PRE

PAR

ED

BY

:

AT

V S

TA

ND

AR

D C

OM

MIT

TE

E

APP

RO

VE

D B

Y:

gHSS

Er C

OM

MIT

TEE

Jo

b St

eps

Pote

ntia

l H

azar

ds/L

oss

Con

trol

Sta

tem

ent(s

) C

ontr

ol

Cod

e 1

The

follo

win

g pr

oced

ure

has

been

de

velo

ped

to

prov

ide

oper

ator

s of

bot

h qu

ad a

nd 6

x6

units

a s

afe

tool

to

load

and

of

fload

th

e un

its

from

a

trans

port

unit

(out

of t

he b

ack

of

a tru

ck b

ox, f

rom

a tr

aile

r uni

t or

from

a q

uad

deck

.)

Firs

t an

d fo

rem

ost

the

oper

ator

of

th

e re

ferr

ed q

uad

/ 6X

6 un

it m

ust

have

su

cces

sful

ly

pass

ed

a re

cogn

ized

al

l-ter

rain

ve

hicl

e co

urse

.

In-e

xper

ienc

ed

quad

op

erat

ors

may

not

hav

e kn

owle

dge

of th

e pr

oper

us

e of

a

quad

, its

lim

itatio

ns e

tc a

nd m

ay

not

know

th

e sp

ecifi

c si

te s

peci

fic t

ools

and

pr

oced

ures

to

en

sure

sa

fe o

pera

tion

of a

qua

d

All

oper

ator

s of

qua

ds M

UST

hav

e ce

rtific

atio

n of

suc

cess

fully

pa

ssin

g a

reco

gniz

ed a

ll-te

rrai

n ve

hicl

e op

erat

ors c

ours

e.

The

Com

pone

nts

of t

he t

rain

ing

mus

t be

con

sist

ent

with

MS-

860,

A

ppen

dix

1, se

ctio

n 2.

T/S

MS-

860

2 En

sure

tha

t th

e op

erat

or o

f th

e Q

uad

has

been

trai

ned

in a

ll si

te

spec

ific

proc

edur

es

invo

lvin

g th

e pr

oper

use

and

ope

ratio

n of

th

e un

it in

his

spec

ific

area

.

Sam

e as

abo

ve

Mus

t ha

ve

revi

ewed

an

d be

en

train

ed

in

all

the

site

sp

ecifi

c pr

oced

ures

inv

olvi

ng q

uad

use.

Doc

umen

tatio

n of

thi

s m

ust

be i

n pl

ace.

Th

e C

ompo

nent

s of

the

tra

inin

g m

ust

be c

onsi

sten

t w

ith M

S-86

0,

App

endi

x 1,

sect

ion

2.

T/S

MS-

860


128



129

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice

Jo

b St

eps

Pote

ntia

l H

azar

ds/L

oss

Con

trol

Sta

tem

ent(s

) C

ontr

ol

Cod

e 3

If th

e qu

ad h

as to

be

load

ed o

nto

a tra

nspo

rt un

it an

d m

oved

to a

lo

catio

n pr

ior

to

its

use,

th

e op

erat

or m

ust

be t

rain

ed i

n th

e pr

oper

use

of

the

trans

port

unit,

th

e m

inim

um

requ

irem

ents

of

th

e tra

nspo

rt un

it an

d th

e pr

oced

ure

to lo

ad th

e qu

ad o

nto

the

unit.

The

unit

may

no

t be

de

sign

ed

to

safe

ly

trans

port

a qu

ad d

ue t

o its

si

ze,

shap

e,

layo

ut

etc,

and

cou

ld r

esul

t in

in

jury

to

th

e op

erat

or

and

or e

quip

men

t.

The

trans

porta

tion

unit

mus

t be

of

an a

ppro

ved

type

and

mus

t be

ap

prov

ed b

y th

e Fo

rem

an o

f th

e ar

ea, b

efor

e its

use

. Thi

s ap

prov

al

mus

t be

docu

men

ted.

Th

e tra

nspo

rt ve

hicl

e m

ust

mee

t th

e re

quire

men

ts w

ith M

S-86

0,

App

endi

x 1,

sect

ion

9, 1

0, o

r 11.

T/S

MS-

860

4 En

sure

th

at

an

adeq

uate

ap

prov

ed r

amp

is a

vaila

ble

to

perf

orm

the

load

ing

task

.

Due

to

th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it de

sign

an

d th

e ra

mp

desi

gn t

hey

may

not

be

com

patib

le

and

coul

d le

ad t

o pe

rson

al i

njur

y or

equ

ipm

ent d

amag

e.

Ram

ps m

ust b

e ap

prov

ed b

y th

e A

rea

Fore

man

, who

will

ens

ure

that

al

l us

ers

are

awar

e of

its

pro

per

oper

atio

n an

d th

at t

hey

(the

ram

p us

ers)

pro

perly

ins

pect

the

m p

rior

to u

se t

o en

sure

tha

t th

ey a

re i

n go

od re

pair.

D

ocum

ent

insp

ectio

n on

the

tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it ch

eckl

ist

– re

fer

to

MS-

860,

App

endi

x 1,

sect

ion

9.90

R

ecom

men

datio

n is

the

Fulto

n Tr

ifold

Ram

p (S

R77

) -

refe

r to

MS-

860,

App

endi

x 1,

sect

ion

12.2

.

T/E

5 Po

sitio

n th

e tra

nspo

rt un

it as

be

st p

ossi

ble

usin

g th

e pr

ofile

of

the

terr

ain

to d

ecre

ase

the

angl

e of

the

ram

ps.

Mor

e an

gle

of

the

ram

ps,

the

grea

ter

the

risk

for

an i

ncid

ent

to

occu

r dur

ing

the

load

ing

oper

atio

n.

Com

plet

e a

site

wal

k ar

ound

prio

r to

posi

tioni

ng th

e tra

nspo

rt un

it to

lo

ad th

e qu

ad (

s). E

nsur

e th

e gr

ound

is le

vel a

nd u

se th

e te

rrai

n to

le

ssen

the

slop

e of

the

ram

ps.

T

6 Te

st

the

brak

es

on

the

quad

be

fore

at

tem

ptin

g to

lo

ad

to

ensu

re a

dequ

ate

oper

atio

n. A

n ap

prov

ed A

TV h

elm

et a

nd w

ork

boot

s m

ust

be w

orn

whe

neve

r th

e qu

ad is

in m

otio

n.

Una

ble

to s

top

the

quad

w

hen

load

ing.

Bra

kes m

ust b

e in

goo

d op

erat

ion

cond

ition

. En

sure

the

Qua

d Pr

e/Po

st T

rip In

spec

tion

Che

ck L

ist (

CH

-A-0

002)

is

com

plet

ed p

rior t

o op

erat

ing

the

quad

.

T/ E

7 En

sure

the

trans

porta

tion

unit

is cl

ear

of

any

debr

is

or

othe

r eq

uipm

ent,

prio

r to

load

ing.

May

cau

se u

nit

to b

e un

stab

le.

The

load

are

a m

ust b

e fr

ee o

f any

mat

eria

l, to

ols

or s

uppl

ies

and

the

deck

mus

t be

clea

n of

any

slip

pery

surf

aces

. T



130


131

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice

Jo

b St

eps

Pote

ntia

l H

azar

ds/L

oss

Con

trol

Sta

tem

ent(s

) C

ontr

ol

Cod

e 8

Inst

all t

he ra

mps

to th

e tra

nspo

rt un

it en

surin

g th

at th

e ra

mps

are

sa

fely

sec

ured

to

the

trans

port

unit.

Ram

ps m

ay b

ecom

e de

-ta

ched

fr

om

the

trans

porta

tion

unit,

or

no

t be

des

igne

d fo

r th

e us

e th

at is

requ

ired.

Ensu

re th

e ra

mps

are

des

igne

d fo

r the

qua

d w

eigh

t and

size

. En

sure

the

ram

ps a

re in

goo

d co

nditi

on w

ith a

ll se

curin

g m

echa

nism

s in

pla

ce a

nd in

goo

d re

pair.

R

efer

to th

e Q

uad

Pre

/Pos

t Che

ck li

st re

ferr

ed to

MS-

860,

App

endi

x 1,

sect

ion

4.

T

9 D

rive

the

quad

s to

the

ram

ps,

stop

ping

ju

st

shor

t of

ra

mps

. En

sure

tha

t th

e qu

ad i

s in

the

4X

4 m

ode

and

in t

he l

owes

t ge

ar.

Sta

nd o

n th

e qu

ad’s

foo

t pe

gs

and

lean

ing

slig

htly

fo

rwar

d w

ith

knee

s be

nt

slig

htly

; sl

owly

pro

ceed

up

the

ram

p.

A

load

ing

inci

dent

co

uld

occu

r w

here

the

op

erat

or

coul

d su

stai

n pe

rson

al

inju

ry

or

the

quad

/ r

amps

cou

ld b

e da

mag

ed.

Ope

rato

rs

mus

t w

ear

an

appr

oved

he

lmet

-

refe

r to

M

S-86

0,

App

endi

x 1,

sect

ion

6.

Low

gea

r an

d in

the

4X

4 m

ode

will

ens

ure

requ

ired

pow

er a

nd

tract

ion

is a

vaila

ble.

Sta

ndin

g on

the

pegs

and

lean

ing

forw

ard,

the

oper

ator

will

hav

e th

e be

st c

ontro

l of

the

qua

d. P

roce

edin

g sl

owly

re

duce

s the

risk

of n

ot b

eing

abl

e to

stop

in th

e de

sire

d po

sitio

n.

T/E/

S

10

Onc

e th

e qu

ad h

as c

lear

ed t

he

ram

ps

and

is

on

the

trans

porta

tion

unit’

s de

ck,

slow

ly

mov

e th

e qu

ad

to

its

desi

red

loca

tion,

st

op,

enga

ge

the

park

bra

ke a

nd s

hut

off

the

engi

ne.

The

unit

coul

d in

-ad

verta

ntly

m

ove

off

the

trans

porta

tion

unit.

Park

bra

ke m

ust b

e en

gage

d an

d th

e un

it le

ft in

gea

r an

d th

e en

gine

sh

ut o

ff.

Con

side

r a c

ushi

on ty

pe d

evic

e fo

r the

fron

t of t

he tr

uck.

T

11

Secu

re

the

quad

w

ith

a m

inim

um

of

four

ny

lon

tie-

dow

n st

raps

(rat

chet

type

) to

the

trans

porta

tion

unit’

s dec

k.

Uni

t co

uld

leav

e th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it an

d ca

use

dam

age.

Use

pro

per

nylo

n tie

-dow

n st

raps

and

sec

ure

the

stra

ps to

the

quad

an

d th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it’s

tie-d

own

poin

ts.

The

quad

uni

t mus

t be

secu

red

on a

ll fo

ur c

orne

rs.

DO

-NO

T us

e th

e w

inch

cab

le a

s a ti

e do

wn.

T

12

Com

plet

e a

wal

k ar

ound

of

the

trans

porta

tion

devi

ce t

o en

sure

th

at th

e un

it is

pro

perly

sec

ured

an

d th

at t

he t

rans

porta

tion

unit

can

be sa

fely

mov

ed.

Oth

er

haza

rds

coul

d im

pede

th

e un

it’s

mov

emen

t re

sulti

ng i

n in

jury

or

eq

uipm

ent

dam

age.

Com

plet

e a

unit

final

insp

ectio

n an

d an

are

a w

alk

arou

nd. C

hoos

e an

eg

ress

pat

h fr

ee o

f obs

truct

ions

and

haz

ards

. T


130



131

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice

Jo

b St

eps

Pote

ntia

l H

azar

ds/L

oss

Con

trol

Sta

tem

ent(s

) C

ontr

ol

Cod

e 13

Tr

ansp

ort

the

quad

s vi

a th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it to

its

desi

red

loca

tion.

Driv

ing

haza

rds,

road

co

nditi

ons,

wea

ther

, etc

. m

ay

cont

ribut

e to

an

in

cide

nt a

nd o

r in

jury

du

e to

the

unf

avor

able

co

nditi

ons

for

the

trans

port

vehi

cle.

Com

plet

e a

safe

jour

ney

man

agem

ent p

lan

prio

r to

star

ting

the

trip.

Ta

ke th

e tim

e to

saf

ely

stop

and

che

ck th

e se

cure

d lo

ad d

urin

g th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n tri

p.

T

14

Onc

e at

th

e de

sire

d lo

catio

n,

choo

se

a sp

ot

to

offlo

ad

the

quad

, aga

in u

sing

the

ter

rain

as

an a

dvan

tage

to le

ssen

the

slop

e of

the

ram

p(s)

and

to e

nsur

e th

e un

it is

leve

l. C

ompl

ete

a ha

zard

as

sess

men

t of t

he o

fflo

ad a

rea.

Equi

pmen

t dam

age

may

oc

cur

in

spot

ting

the

trans

porta

tion

unit

and

or

durin

g th

e of

fload

pr

oced

ure.

Prio

r to

spo

tting

the

tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it, c

ompl

ete

an a

rea

haza

rd

asse

ssm

ent,

choo

se a

leve

l loc

atio

n fr

ee o

f any

haz

ards

and

with

saf

e ac

cess

and

egr

ess.

T

15

Onc

e th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it is

se

cure

d (p

ark

brak

e se

t on

the

tru

ck),

ensu

re t

he q

uad’

s pa

rk

brak

e is

st

ill

enga

ged

and

prep

are

to o

fflo

ad.

Uni

t cou

ld in

adve

rtent

ly

mov

e ca

usin

g pe

rson

al

inju

ry

or

equi

pmen

t da

mag

e.

Ensu

re th

e qu

ad’s

par

k br

ake

is e

ngag

ed.

T

16

Inst

all

the

ram

ps

to

the

trans

porta

tion

unit.

Ram

ps

may

be

com

e de

tach

ed

from

tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it,

or

not

be d

esig

ned

for

the

use

that

is re

quire

d.

Ensu

re th

e ra

mps

are

des

igne

d fo

r the

qua

d w

eigh

t and

size

. En

sure

the

ram

ps a

re in

goo

d co

nditi

on w

ith a

ll se

curin

g m

echa

nism

s in

pla

ce a

nd in

goo

d re

pair.

C

heck

the

off

load

are

a an

d se

e if

you

requ

ire a

sto

ppin

g de

vice

(e

nsur

e th

e qu

ad c

anno

t fr

ee w

heel

int

o a

stat

iona

ry o

bjec

t or

ha

zard

.) A

stop

ping

dev

ice

coul

d be

a sm

all l

og o

r a 4

X4

post

.

T

17

Che

ck to

see

if th

e pa

rk b

rake

is

still

eng

aged

and

shi

ft th

e qu

ad

into

neu

tral.

Safe

ly r

emov

e th

e tie

-dow

n st

raps

an

d st

ore

the

stra

ps i

n an

are

a th

at w

ill n

ot

impe

de w

ith th

e sa

fe o

fflo

ad o

f th

e qu

ad u

nit.

Qua

d un

it co

uld

mov

e re

sulti

ng

in

pers

onal

in

jury

or

eq

uipm

ent

dam

age.

Re-

chec

k th

e pa

rk b

rake

and

ens

ure

that

ther

e ar

e no

obs

truct

ions

in

the

quad

’s p

ath

that

will

impe

de a

safe

off

load

. T



132


133

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice

Jo

b St

eps

Pote

ntia

l H

azar

ds/L

oss

Con

trol

Sta

tem

ent(s

) C

ontr

ol

Cod

e 18

Po

sitio

n yo

urse

lf to

the

front

of

the

quad

and

rel

ease

the

par

k br

ake.

Pl

ant

feet

fir

mly

an

d slo

wly

pus

h th

e qu

ad to

war

d th

e ra

mps

.

Wor

ker c

ould

fall

off o

f th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it re

sulti

ng i

n a

pers

onal

in

jury

.

Ensu

re t

hat

you

can

safe

ly g

et t

o th

e fro

nt o

f th

e qu

ad (

sele

ct t

he

easie

st an

d sa

fest

rout

e.) E

nsur

e of

goo

d fo

otin

g.

T

19

Onc

e th

e qu

ad is

par

tially

dow

n th

e ra

mp

and

wan

ting

to m

ove

dow

nwar

d on

its

own,

use

the

ha

nd

brak

es

to

slow

th

e pr

ogre

ss.

O

nce

the

quad

is

posit

ione

d ab

out

two

third

s on

th

e ra

mp

and

you

are

still

stand

ing

wel

l on

th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it, r

elea

se t

he

brak

es a

nd a

llow

the

qua

d to

de

scen

d th

e re

st of

the

way

on

its o

wn

(free

whe

el.)

Wor

ker c

ould

fall

off o

f th

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n un

it re

sulti

ng i

n a

pers

onal

in

jury

.

Cond

uct t

his

task

slo

wly

and

if y

ou lo

ose

cont

rol;

let g

o of

the

quad

an

d en

sure

that

you

pre

vent

you

rsel

f fro

m in

jury

. T


132



133

8.0 Trailer Checks (Pre / post use)

• Trailerdeckingmustprovideadequateunob-structed surface area to provide safe load offload of the ATV unit

• Hitchsafetychainsandsecuringpin(lock,pin,bolt)

• Trailerball/recievercompatability • Tireconditions • Sparetire • Trailerjack • Lightsworkingcondition • Licenceplateandregistration • Generaltrailercondition • Trailerrampsmustbecheckedforworking

condition (cracks, ramp securing devices, welds, hingejoints,damage,cleanfreeofmud/ice)Suggested manufacturer: Fulton Trifold Utility model SR77

• Ratchetstrapsandsecuringpointsareingoodworking condition

• Trailermustberegularymaintainedtothemanufacture’s specifications such as (axle bear-ings,wheellugtorque,hitchwear,suspension)

9.0 Truck Box

• Truckboxmustprovideadequateunobstructedsurfaceareatoprovidesafeload/offloadoftheATV unit

• Tailgatecablesandattachmentpointsmustbeinspected for damage, corrosion and wear

• Ensurethatthetailgatehingesandlatchesareinsafe working condition

• Ratchetstrapsandsecuringpointsareingood

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



134


135

working condition • Portablerampsmustbecheckedforworking

condition (cracks, ramp securing devices, welds, hingejoints,damage,cleanfreeofmud/ice)Suggested manufacturer: Fulton Trifold Utility model SR77

• NoATVunitsaretobecarriedonthetailgatedue to the unrated load capacity of the tailgate

APPENDIX 2

BP CGPU Winter Tire Requirements


1.1 ThispolicyappliestoBPCanadaEnergyBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)vehiclesoperatedonBPbusinesswithintheNovember1toMarch31timeframe.

1.2 This policy provides requirements and guidance for winter tire and studded tire usage for BP vehicles.

1.3 ThepurposeofthispolicyistoensurethatallBPvehicles are equipped with the most appropriate tires for winter driving conditions.

1.4 AllBPownedvehiclesoperatedwithintheCanadaGas Performance Unit will be equipped with Winter Tires during the winter months as described above.

1.5 It is also expected that long term contractors (those workingonoursitesinexcessof30days)willabideby this policy.

2.0 Definitions

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice


134



135

2.1 Snow Tire -These tires have tire tread composed of special rubber compounds and tread designs that enhance their performance in snow and ice condi-tions.Studlesswintertires(typicallyQ-ratedwithamountain-snowflakesymbolshownbelow)arenowavailable to motorists as a substitute for studded tires.

2.2 StuddedTire–Thesetiresaredesignedforiceandsnow conditions. They can be used alternatively to Snow Tires.


3.1 Itistheresponsibilityofthemanagerateachsitetoensure that all of the BP owned vehicles are equipped with snow or studded tires during the mandatory periodofNovember1throughMarch31.Ifdrivingconditions deteriorate before November 1 it is rec-ommended that snow or studded tires are installed at that time. Also it is recommended that snow or studdedtiresarekeptonthevehiclesuntilMarch31and until winter conditions subside.

3.2 Snowtiresaremanufacturedandsuppliedbyanumber of manufacturers. CertainTire brands can be purchased with the PHH card and these should be used if possible. Any tire that displays the mountain snowflakesymbolonitisconsideredasnowandicetire and is acceptable provided it meets sizing and rating requirements specified by the manufacturer. Tires not baring this symbol are not considered a snow tire. Only Snow Tires and Studded Tires are considered acceptable.

Vehi

cle

and

Roa

d P

ract

ice



136


137

4.0 Scope of Training and Qualification

4.1Itistheresponsibilityofeachareamanagertoreview the Winter Tire requirements with the work-ing group in the fall before winter driving conditions set in.

5.0 Snow Tire requirements and guidelines.

5.1 Installfourwintertires–Tohelpmaintaincontroland stability of your vehicle in icy conditions, Trans-port Canada and the Rubber Association of Canada recommend that you install winter tires in sets of four. At BP CGPU this is mandatory.


6.1http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/tires/wintertires/tirelist.htm

6.2 http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/tires/wintertires/menu.htm

WORKING AT HEIGHTS PRACTICE


1.1 This Practice applies to BP Canada Gas Performance Unit(CGPU)employees,contractpersonnelcon-ducting work for or on behalf of BP, and, all other visiting personnel who are participating in working at heights activities on BP Canada premises or work sites.

1.2 The purpose of the Practice is to eliminate or mini-

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts


136



137

mize fall hazards and ensure personnel are protected while conducting working at heights activities.

1.3 TheWorkingatHeightsPracticestateswhenfallprotection is required and describes the necessary expectations and responsibilities in the preparation and execution of conducting work at heights.


2.1 Anchor Point: any point of attachment for the purposes of fall protection, certified by a professional engineer, commonly referred to as an anchor point.

2.2 “Competent Worker”: One who is adequately quali-fied, suitably trained and with sufficient experience to safely perform work with minimal or no supervi-sion(AlbertaOH&SSR13.3).

2.3 “CAN/CSA”:CanadianPracticesAssociation.

2.4 “DecelerationDevice”:Anymechanismwhichservesto dissipate the force of the fall which would otherwise be imposed on the worker, for example an OH&Sapprovedenergyabsorber.

2.5 “Engineered”:Designedand/orapprovedbyaRegis-teredProfessionalEngineer.

2.6 “FallArrestingDevice”:Adevicethatprovidesameans of arresting the accidental vertical or near vertical fall of an individual, and subsequent to the arrest of the fall does not, by itself, permit the release or further lowering of the individual.

2.7 “Fall Arrest System”: The system utilized to minimize the chance for injury during a fall. It consists of

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts



138


139

an engineered anchor point, connecting means and a full body harness body holding device and shock absorbinglanyard.(HarnessCSAStandardZ259.1 0-M90)(LanyardCSAZ259.11-M92)

2.8 “Fall Restraint System”: A system of components designed to eliminate the chance of an accidental fall. This may be accomplished by use of barricades and hand railing, or may utilize an anchor point, a connectingmeans(suchasalanyard),andabodysupportingdevice(suchasafullbodyharness).

2.9 “FreeFallDistance”:Thedistanceaworkermayfallbefore a fall arrest system engages and begins to slow the fall.

2.10 “PersonalFallProtectionEquipment”:Anyequip-ment that is personally fitted issued and forms part of the fall protection system. It is usually composed ofthesafetyharness.(HarnessCSAStandardZ259.-0-M90)

2.11 “Safety Harness”: A device used to transfer the forces experienced during and after a fall to the torso or up-per legs of a worker. The 5 point full body harness is required.Beltsor3pointharnessesarenotallowed.

2.12 “ShockAbsorbingLanyard”ShockAbsorbingDevise used in combination with safety harness designed to limit the fall arrest forces so they do not exceed theinjurythresholdofthehumanbody.(Lanyard CSA Z259.11-M92)

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts


138



139


3.1 Eachworkerhastheresponsibilitytorecognizefallhazards and take corrective measures by ensuring this Practice and the written fall protection program are followed.


- Workers are trained and verified competent in the hazards, use, care, and maintenance of fall protection equipment and including established procedures or practices relating to the use and care of the equipment

-EmergencyResponsePlansareinplacewhenfallprotection equipment is utilized

-MaintenanceofanadequateinventoryofPersonalFallProtectionEquipmentmeetinganOSHA,ANSI or CSA Practice

- A documented fall protection plan is developed as part of the task hazard risk assessment prior to the work being performed

-AllworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOandTime Out for Safety and feel comfortable being able to exercise these tools

4.0 Scope of Training and Certification

4.1 Allworkersworkingatheightsmustbetrainedandcompetent in fall protection equipment application, care, use, maintenance, and limitations. The training shall be conducted by a qualified trainer. Recom-mended Fall Protection training is OSSA Certified (OILSANDSSAFETYASSOCIATION)asthistraining is currently the best industry practice train-ing for oil and gas.

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts



140


141

4.2 Anyworkerresponsibleforperformingrescueactivi-ties must be trained in the proper techniques for the rescue system.

4.3 Trainingorretrainingisnecessarywhenanemployerhas a reason to believe a worker does not have the necessaryunderstandingand/orskillrequired.


5.1 General: - All workers must ensure that a fall protection

system is utilized when work is to be conducted at height’s that are:

o At or greater than 2 meters, or o At a height less than 2 meters if there is an

unusual possibility of injury from a fall - Acceptable fall protection can be provided by

permanent,temporary,orpersonalCAN/CSAapproved fall protection equipment systems.

- Fall protection system is identified as: o A personal fall arrest system o Atravel/fallrestraintsystem o A safety net o A control zone, or o AnothersystemapprovedbyaDirectorof

Inspection

Note: An employer’s first choice should require the use of adequate guardrails to protect personnel. The guardrail mustmeetthedesignrequirementslistedinABOH&Ssection315or,anOH&Sapprovedtravelrestraintsystemto prevent a worker from reaching an edge from which the worker could fall.

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts


140



141

5.1.1WhenPersonalFallprotectionEquipmentisutilized,personnelmustwearaCAN/CSA approved full body harness. (CSA StandardZ259.10-M90)

5.1.2WhenPersonalFallProtectionEquipmentis used, these systems must be attached properly to engineer approved anchor points with an ultimate load capacity of at least22.2kn.(5000pounds)perpersoninany direction the load can be applied, or twice the maximum arrest force. Anchor points used for the attachment of personal fall protection equipment must be inde-pendent of any anchorage being used to support, suspend, or lift platforms or loads.

5.1.3AllPersonalFallProtectionEquipmentmust be connected and used in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and instructions.

5.1.4Personalfallarrestsystemswillberiggedtominimize the free fall distance to less than 2 meters or the manufactures specification with a shock absorber and, 1.2 m without a shock absorber when added distance of

an extended shock absorber creates a greater risk. The deceleration force will not exceed 8Knandthepersonalfallprotection system must allow for an unobstructed fall.

5.2 Permanent&TemporaryPlatformsA written fall protection plan is required as part of the risk assessment/pre-jobtaskanalysisforworkingatheightsof1.2 meters or greater from a permanent work platform or 2 meters and greater from a temporary work area., or if a worker could fall less than 1.2 meters and there is an unusual possibility of injury because of additional hazards.

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts



142


143

5.3 LiftsA fall restraint system is required when conducting work at heights greater than 2 meters from Scissor lifts, vertical aerial platforms, or Boomed Genie lifts if the platform being using is operated on firm, substantially level surface with the entire manufacturer’s guardrails and chains in placeandmeetAlbertaOH&SSec315.However,ifthemanufacturer’s specifications require the use of a fall arrest system when the vertical aerial platform is being used, then the manufacturer’s specifications take precedence and must befollowed.AneffectivewrittenEmergencyResponsePro-cedureusingtaskhazardanalysis/riskassessmentmustbedeveloped as part of the Fall Protection Plan as an alternate to mechanical lift equipment failure.

5.4BoomedLiftsA worker working from a boomed Arial Platform or Genie lift shall be protected from falling by using a personal fall arrest system consisting of full body harness and shock absorbing lanyard meeting CSA requirements and a manufacturer engineered anchor point. The lanyard if at all possible should be the length to prevent the worker from being ejected from the platform but not restrict their work or compromise the function of the fall arrest system. (CSA Z259.10M90&CSAZ259.11-M92)

5.5ManbasketsUnder normal circumstances, a worker working from a man basket shall be protected from falling by using a fall arrest system such as a vertical lifeline and rope grab combination or a self-retracting lifeline. The lifeline shall be secured to an anchor point on the boom of the crane from which the man basket is suspended. In the event that it is impracticable to provide a personal fall arrest system for one ormoreworkersinamanbasket,AlbertaOH&Ssection350requiresthat:

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts


142



143

• Aseparatemanbasketsupportbeattached between the suspended man basket and the hoist line above the hook assembly and • eachworkerwithinthemanbasketwearsafull

body harness with lanyard securely attached to the man basket

• Theseparateorsecondarymanbasketsupport, in combination with worker attachment to the man basket, functions as a fall arrest system. To limit a fall distance and the arresting force experienced by a falling worker, the secondary man basket support must be as short as possible • AneffectivewrittenEmergencyResponsePro cedureusingtaskhazardanalysis/riskassess ment must be developed as part of the Fall ProtectionPlanasanalternatetoManbasket equipment failure

5.6 AboveWaterorLiquids A fall protection system in combination with a life jacket is required at any height if personnel are to conduct work above/besidecoldormovingwater,orotherliquidsthatpose a drowning hazard to workers other than work from a boat.

5.7VerticalLifelinesVertical lifelines used in a personal fall arrest systems installed and utilized shall comply with the following: • Ismadeofwireropeorappropriatematerialsuit-

able for all relevant work site hazards and secured toananchorpointcapableofwithholding27Knand engineer approved

• Extendtoaleast1.2metesfromthegroundorsafe work platform

• Hasonlyonepersonattachedunlessotherwisedesigned by manufacture

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts



144


145

• Iseffetelyprotectedtopreventabrasionandsecured to minimize swing

5.8 HorizontalLifelinesHorizontal lifelines used in a personal fall arrest systems installed and utilized shall comply with the following: - Is made of wire rope at 12 millimeters in thick-

ness,splicefree,capableofwithholding89Knand connecting hardware with a tensile strength ofatleast71Kn,thesystemmustbeengineerapproved

- The horizontal line should extend to no less than 6 meters and no greater than 18 meters and be at least 2 meters above the working surface

- Secured to an anchor point capable of withhold-ing71Knandengineerapproved

- Personnel’s free fall distance should be no more than1.2meterswithatleast3.5metersofclear-ance between the work surface and ground

- No more than three personnel shall be connected to the same horizontal line at any time

6.0 Scope of Emergency Procedures

6.1 General: • AwrittenEmergencyResponseProcedureaspart

ofthetaskhazardanalysis/riskassessmentmustbe developed as part of the Fall Protection Plan andidentifiedonthePre-Job/permitprocess

• Asaminimum,theEmergencyResponseProce-dure will identify:

o Rescue equipment available o Trained rescue personnel o Job specific rescue procedures o Requirement for procedure to be reviewed

duringeachPre-job/permitissuance

Wor

king

at H

eigh

tsW

orki

ng a

t Hei

ghts


144



145

6.2 ManBaskets&LiftsAwrittenEmergencyResponseProcedureusingtaskhazardanalysis/riskassessmentmustbedevelopedaspartoftheFall Protection plan to retrieve personnel in case of equip-mentfailurewhenutilizingManBasketsandmechanicallifts.

7.0 Scope of Inspection and Maintenance

7.1 Inspection:FallArrestSystems(FAS)mustbeinspected by a trained and competent worker before and after use in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

7.2 Storage: Fall protection equipment must be stored according to manufacturers recommended practices. Special attention must be given to temperatures, clean, dry conditions and sunlight.

7.3 Removalfromservice:Anycomponentofafallpro-tection system that has been involved in a fall arrest must be removed from service and tagged as such or destroyed.

7.4 Cleaning,repairingandmaintenance:Thecompo-nents of a fall protection system must be cleaned repaired and maintained according to manufacturer’s instructions.

7.5 Recertification and inspections of Fall arrest equip-ment must be planned and conducted formally according to manufacturer’s specifications.

8.0 Scope of Equipment Practices, Regulations and References

Wor

king

at H

eigh

tsW

orki

ng a

t Hei

ghts



146


147

8.1 All components of a fall protection system must meet the material and assembly specifications set forth in local regulations and known Practices (see Alberta OH&SCode145orBritishColumbiaOccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationandGuidelines296/97asamended).orOntarioRegulation851IndustrialEstablishmentsandRegulation213ConstructionProjects, as amended

8.2 CAN/CSAPracticesincludebutarenotlimitedto: • SafetyHarnesses,Lanyards:Z259.1-95(R1999) • Linemen’sHarnesses,Straps:Z259.3M1998 • FullBodyHarnesses:Z259.10M90(R1998) • FallArrest,Descent,LifelineDevices:Z259.2 • ShockAbsorbers:Z259.11M92(19998) • VerticalLifeline:Z259.2.1-98 • ConnectingComponents:Z259.12.01 • Automaticandmanualdecentdevice::

Z259.2.3.99 • SelfRetractingDevice’s:Z259.2.298

9.0 Forms

• gHSSErMF34004-PreJobRiskAssessment • MaximumTieOffPoints

Wor

king

at H

eigh

ts


146



147

ASBESTOS

For information on asbestos contact your PU Industrial Hygienist.RefertogHSSErMS920AsbestosCodeofPractice(BPGuidelinesforHandlingAsbestosandMan-MadeVitreousFibers)-http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp

ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING

PURPOSE:To establish guidelines for providing a safe work environ-ment through atmospheric monitoring.

APPLICATION:Any area where the work environment is, or may become hazardous due to the presence of combustible or toxic gas, orwhentheoxygencontentislessthan19.5%,orgreaterthan23%byvolume.

DEFINITION:AtmosphericMonitoringincludes: • O2Monitors • H2SDetectors • CombustibleGasDetectors • ToxicGasDetectors • CarbonDioxideMonitors

PRECAUTIONS:Some atmospheric monitoring equipment requires minimum oxygen content in order to perform according to manufacturer specifications. The O2 reading must be taken priortoanLELreadingtoverifythatthemonitorcanreadproperly.

Asb

esto

sA

tmos

pher

ic M

onito

ring



148


149

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Lackofoxygen • CombustibleGas • ToxicGas:H2S,benzeneandothertoxic • Substances

PROCEDURES: • DetectionEquipment:

• Allworklocationsmusthavecombustiblegas,toxic gas and oxygen detection equipment available, as required, for monitoring the atmosphere, prior to and during work proce-dures.

• Allworksitelocationsthathaveportableand permanent atmospheric monitor-ing equipment must develop site specific procedures that govern instrument use, care, maintenance, function testing, calibration and documentation, repairs and training.

• Allsurveyequipmentusedfortestingconfinedspaces, hot work or any other permit required testing should be function tested prior to each use.

• CombustibleGasTesting:

A combustible gas test shall be taken when Hot work is performed within 8 meters of any well, process vessel, tank or related equipment, where combustible gas is, or may be present.

• H2SGasDetectors:

H2S gas detectors are used to measure the concentra-tion of H2S in a work area. There are two basic types of detectors:

• DragerandGastecSamplingTubes.NOTE:When monitoring in an unknown concentra-tion,SCBA/SABAmustbewornbytheindividual

Atm

osph

eric

Mon

itorin

g


148



149

[See: H2S Safety] [See: Respiratory Protection] • Thismethodisconsideredtobeaccurate

plusorminus25%whenpropersamplingprocedures are used

• ElectronicSensor.Electronicsensorsmeasurethe airborne concentration of H2S on an elec-tronic circuit. The signal, which can also be used to set audible and visual alarms at specific concentrations, identifies the H2S level on a gauge. The advantage of this type of unit is that monitoring can be continuous. The unit maybecarriedonabelt(personalmonitor),or permanently mounted in areas where H2S could accumulate

• MonitoringUnits:

AllbuildingswhereH2Smayexceed100PPMshould have fixed monitoring units set to give an audibleandvisualalarmat10PPM.H2SvisualalarmwillbeabluebeaconandLEL/Generalvisualalarm will be a red beacon. Safe operating procedures must be written and followed should circumstances preclude such installation.

• Confined-SpaceEntry:

Combustible gas, toxic gas, and oxygen-deficiency tests must be performed prior to a confined-space entry and at frequent intervals during the work period. Respira-tory protection must be worn while the initial tests are being performed.

[See:Confined-SpaceEntry] [See: Respiratory Protection] •HotWork:

All hot work requires monitoring of the atmosphere for combustible gas prior to and at frequent intervals dur-ing the work. If the hot work is being performed within a confined space, continuous monitoring is required for combustible gas, toxic gas, and oxygen deficiency. .If there is a potential for the atmosphere to change un-

Atm

osph

eric

Mon

itorin

g



150


151

predictably after a worker enters the confined space, the atmosphere must be continuously monitored. Re-entry to a worksite must be accompanied by gas detection before work resumes.

[See: Safe Work Permits] •Precautions:

Some atmospheric monitoring equipment requires minimum oxygen content in order to perform accord-ing to manufacturer specifications. The O2 reading mustbetakenpriortoanLELreadingtoverifythatthemonitorcanreadproperly.Equipmentspecificationsshould be verified for equipment operating conditions prior to installation and use.

•OilSpills:

Additional atmospheric monitoring may be required at spill sites.

[Contact Safety Coordinator or Industrial Hygienist for advice, as necessary]

TRAINING:All personnel that use or are responsible for atmospheric monitoring equipment shall be properly trained in the operation and use of the equipment and the site specific procedures that were written for the particular equipment.

BENZENE:For information on benzene, contact your P.U. Industrial Hygienist. Refer to the sites-specific Code of Practice and BP Guidelines for Handling Benzene.

A

tmos

pher

ic M

onito

ring


150



151

CANADIAN NUCLEAR SAFETY COMMISSION (CNSC) REGULATED ISOTOPES

PURPOSE:To establish the requirements for the safe handling of CNSC isotopes.APPLICATION:All worksites where Canadian Nuclear Safety Commis-sion(CNSC)regulatedisotopesmaybehandled,i.e.radiographic inspection of vessels, piping and pipelines, radioactive isotope use, wireline logging, etc

POTENTIALHAZARDS:Exposuretoradioactivesources.

PREPARATIONS: • CNSCCertification:

Contractors must have a valid license issued by the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission to per form all work involving CNSC regulated isotopes.[See:BPCanadaWeldingQualityControlManual

for radiographic inspection requirements] • WorkPlanning

Work planning for use of CNCS licensed isotopes must include consultation with the CNCS licensed

Contractor. • Pre-JobSafetyMeeting:

Mustbeconductedpriortocommencementofoperation.[See:SafetyMeetings][See:TDG-PackagingandSafeTransportofRadioac tiveMaterial] [See: Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission Act and regulations]PROCEDURES:

CN

SC

Isot

opes



152


153

Safe handling procedures should include: • Specificjobprocedurestobefollowed • AcertificationofthetypeandquantityofCNCS

licensed radioactive sources furnished and used • Theexpectedeffluentconcentrationsandmeth-

ods of control if applicable • Thepersonincharge,responsiblefortheopera-

tion. Equipmentandworksitemustbeproperlyprepared(i.e.isolated,depressured,madeaccessible,etc.)Theworksiteshouldberopedoff.Radiationwarningsignsmustbeposted, and unauthorized entry of personnel banned, in the areaaffectedbythework.

In no event shall a pregnant employee be allowed in the vicinityofCNSCLicensedradioactiveoperations.

CNCS licensed radioactive source shall not be left unat-tended at the jobsite unless it has been isolated to prevent any accidental exposure.

PRECAUTION:RadioactiveisotopesmayaffectsomeLELmonitorsandfiredetection systems. Station shutdown could result when us-ing a highly energetic radioactive source in the vicinity of a detector. A risk assessment must be performed to determine the scope and risk from radioactive sources. Fire detection systems sensitive to radiation may have to be by-passed when radioactive sources are in use in the immediate area. Care must be taken to reactivate the detection system when the work is completed.[See:EquipmentShutdownSystems]Radiation survey meters are not explosion proof, thus a Hot Work Permit is required.

RESPONSIBILITIES:

CN

SC

Isot

opes


152



153

The BP Canada Representative is responsible for ensuring that only CNSC licensed operators are used when handling CNSC licensed radioactive sources and that all procedures are supplied and followed.The CNCS licensed Contractor performing work with licensed isotopes is responsible for ensuring that safe handling procedures and contingency plans have been de-veloped which comply with all government regulations. He is also responsible for ensuring that all applicable protective equipment, instruments, rescue and decontamination facilities are on hand and in operable condition before the job commences.

DRAINING AND DEPRESSURING

PURPOSE:To provide safe precautions for the draining and depressur-ing of toxic or combustible materials.

APPLICATION:All plant and field operations.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • StaticElectricity-[See:Electricity] • CombustibleandToxicFluids • EnvironmentalImpact

PRECAUTIONS:DrainingandDepressuringshouldbecarriedoutinacontrolled fashion. Valves should be opened slowly. • Depressuring:

Caution should be exercised to ensure that any vessel, line, or piece of equipment to be depressured, has been completelyisolated.Depressuringshouldbedoneonly by qualified personnel. Valves that are blocked in should be tagged. Pressure gauges should not be relied

Dra

inin

g &

Dep

ress

urin

g



154


155

onforassuranceofcompletedepressuring.[See:EnergyIsolation]

• Draining:

When draining a vessel, certain precautions must be followed:

1. Before draining, the worker must know where the material is going, and the situation at that area (i.e., welding in the vicinity, or if it is a liquid,howitisbeingcontained).

2. Pressured vessels should not be drained through hose. Temporary, secured piping or existing drain lines should be used.

3. Whendraining,theworkershouldnotleavethe area. If it is necessary to leave, he should close the valve.

ELECTRICAL

PURPOSE:To provide a general understanding of the hazards associ-ated with electricity.


POTENTIALHAZARDS:Static Electricity:

Sparks resulting from the accumulation of static electricity often cause fires. A static charge can be generated from friction resulting from the passage of oil through a pipeline, the pouring of liquid from one container to another, or steam passing through a hose. Static electricity can also be causedbytheflowofair,vapor,steam,water,movingbeltsofflywheelsorrubbingclothing.Thehazardismoreseverein dry cold weather than in humid weather when most surfaces are coated with a film of moisture, making them

Ele

ctric

al


154



155

goodconductorsanddrainingoffstaticcharges.

Steam, a blast of sand, or hydrocarbons rushing through hose or pipe, or issuing from open end pipes, can generate a large static charge. The operator should refrain from open-ing sample lines or drains any wider than necessary.

Another source of potential static electricity is the use of portableplasticflammableliquidcontainers(1-5galloncontainers used for removing, filling, storing on a plastic pickupboxliner).

PROCEDURES:Mostpowertoolsandportableelectricaltestequipmentarenot rated for use in hazardous areas, and are equipped with standard U-ground plugs. It is necessary, in many instances, to use a “short cheater” cord to adapt for explosion-proof electrical receptacles, or extension cords to the non-explo-sion-prooftoolortestequipment.Duetothehazardsofarcing electrical equipment or connections, the following procedures must be followed: • Allelectricalequipmentnotapprovedforusein

hazardous areas, must be treated as “hot work”, taking the necessary gas checks and obtaining Hot Work Permits - [See: Safe Work Permits]

• Allextensioncordsusedmusthaveexplosion-proofends(connectors)

• All“cheatercords”mustbelessthan2feetinlength with one male explosion-proof end and one female standard U-ground plug, and must be used only at the immediate location of the tool or test equipment

• AllconnectionsatstandardU-groundplugsmust be made and adequately taped (to prevent themfrompullingapart),beforepluggingintothe explosion-proof receptacles

• Whenthejobiscompleted,connectionsmustbe

Ele

ctric

al



156


157

broken at the explosion-proof receptacle first • Allportableelectricalequipmentthatisapproved

for use in hazardous areas (such as some pumps and air movers driven by explosion-proof mo-tors)musthavecordsequippedwithexplosion-proof ends. This cord must be rated for extra hardusageaspertheCanadianElectricalCode(re:rule18-122)Whereanelectricalhazardexists because of dampness (i.e., boilers being cleaned),portablelightingunitsshouldbeused.Portable lighting units must have heavy-duty extension cords with ground fault interrupter, or that permitted by local regulations. Suitable guards must be provided for portable lamps

Grounding/Bonding:

The terms “bonding” and “grounding” should not be used interchangeably, because the two processes have distinctly differentfunctions.Bondingeliminatesadifferenceinpo-tentialbetweenobjects,butdoesnoteliminateadifferencein potential between these objects and the earth. Ground-ingeliminatesadifferenceinpotentialbetweenanobjectand ground. The usual precaution to avoid static electricity sparking is proper bonding and grounding: • Bondingandgroundingareeffectiveonlywhen

applied to conductive bodies. Bonding and grounding systems should be inspected regularly for good mechanical condition.

• Beforeloadingorunloadinganyfluid/materialbyhoseorpiping,thetruck/equipmentmustbegrounded and bonded.

• Whensamplesaretakeninacontainer,theoperator must ensure the container is in contact with the filling nozzle or bonded by cable. When drawing samples in a glass bottle, the filling nozzle must be in contact with the liquid in the bottle.

Ele

ctric

al


156



157

• WhenDrainingorDepressuringfluid/materialinto a container, the container must be bonded to the drain and depressuring valve.

• Allequipmentandbuildingsmustbegroundedaccording to the applicable electrical regulations.

Cathodic Protection:

The nature of a cathodic protection system is to put an electrical charge on the pipe or equipment in question, to prevent external corrosion. As a result, the cathodic protec-tionmustbeshutoffordisconnected,andtheequipmentbonded and grounded before work is started.

Work in the Vicinity of Underground Power Cable:No person shall commence excavation work until the vicinity has been checked and underground electrical power cables located.

Electricalpowercablesshouldbeshut-offwheneverpossible, prior to commencing work. All underground power cables shall be located by hand digging method or Hydrovacing methods.

PRECAUTION: • ElectricalGrounding: Serious harm can result from electricity with rela-

tively low voltages if equipment is not properly grounded. • PortableLighting: Where an electrical hazard exists because of damp-

ness(i.e.,boilersbeingcleaned),portablelighting units should be used. Portable lighting units must

have heavy-duty extension cords with ground fault interrupter, or that permitted by local regulations.

Suitable guards must be provided for portable lamps.

Ele

ctric

al



158


159

• Batteries: Batteriesusedand/orstoredinenclosedspacesmust

be vented to remove hydrogen gases. Sealed, maintenance free batteries are excluded from this

requirement. • Inspection: Thermography(infra-redscan)isarecommended

practice on electrical equipment to locate potential problems. This should be done on a routine basis or

before any major shutdowns. • Identification: All electrical panels should be identified as to the

equipment they control. Appropriate signs should be posted on electrical

switch gear cabinets, sub-stations and rooms to warn personnel of electrical danger. Danger–An“EquipmentStartsAutomatically”sign

must be displayed on equipment which starts automatically.

Above Ground Clearance:

PRECAUTION:Minimumclearancefromanoverheadpowerlineisasfollows:The employer must accurately determine the voltage of any energized electrical equipment or conductor and the mini-mumdistancefromitrequiredby19.24(2)subsection(1).

Safe limit of approach distances from overhead power lines for persons and equipment

Ele

ctric

al


158



159

Alberta-RefertoOH&Ssections225,226schedule4forfurther information

BritishColumbia-RefertoOH&STable19-1forfurtherinformation

Ontario: Over750Vto150kV:3mOver150kVto250kV:4.5mOver 250 kV: 6m These clearances apply to any direction, vertical or hori-zontal. If it is necessary to work closer than the minimum distance, authorization shall be obtained from the utility

Ele

ctric

al

Operating voltage between conductors of overhead power line

Safe limit of approach distance for persons and

equipment

0-750 volts

Insulated or polyethylene covered conductors

300 millimetres

0-750 volts Bare, uninsulated

1.0 meter

Above 750 volts Insulated conductors

1.0 meter

750 volts – 40 kilovolts

3.0 meters

69 kilovolts, 72 kilovolts

3.5 meters


4.0 meters


5.0 meters

500 kilovolts

7.0 meters

Minimum distance

Voltage Phase to phase

Meters Feet

Over 750 V to 75 kV

3

10

Over 75 kV to 250 kV

4.5

15

Over 250 kV to 550 kV

6

20



160


161

company. When utility company approval or authorization is required, the operating line voltage must be verified by a designated, competent individual from the utility company. The area directly under or adjacent to an overhead power line shall not be used for storage of material, or equipment.No excavations or similar operation shall be carried out in the vicinity of overhead power lines that would reduce the originalsupportofthepowerline.Earthorothermaterialshall not be placed under or adjacent to an overhead power line in such a manner that the minimum ground clearance would be reduced.Vehicle load clearance shall not be of a height that would be in violation of the safe limits of approach from overhead power lines.

RESPONSIBILITIES:Only company-authorized personnel may work on electri-cal equipment. [See:ElectricalProtectionBranchRegulations]

TRAINING: Only the following trained and BP authorized personnel willbeallowedtodoElectricalworkonBPFacilitiesandPipelines: a) JourneymanElectricians b) ElectricianApprentice c) RefertotheProvincialElectricalregulations.OnlyJourneymanElectriciansor,ApprenticesunderthedirectsupervisionofJourneymanElectrician,mayworkonequipment rated at more than 750 volts.

Any person who knows of a fire of electrical origin or sus-pected electrical origin shall, as soon as practicable, report the accident, contact or fire to a technical Administrator for the electrical discipline or to a safety codes officer and the safety codes officer shall notify a technical Administra-

Ele

ctric

al


160



161

tor for the electrical discipline. After an accident described insubsection(1),nopersonshallremoveorinterferewithanything in, on or about the place where the accident oc-curred until permission has been granted by a safety codes officer in the electrical discipline, unless it is necessary to do so to prevent death or injury, to protect property or to restoreservice.RefertoSafetyCodesActSection16(1-3)for further information.

ELECTRICAL STORMS

GUIDELINESTOSTAYSAFEDURINGELECTRICALSTORMS: • Eachmorningchecklocalweatherwebsitesfor

severe weather forecasts. Plan your day. • Ifapotentialelectricalstormisapproaching,

outside work must cease until safe to resume. • Ifyoucanhearthunderyouarestillinthestrik-

ing distance of lighting. • Ifpossible,goindoorsorasasecondoptioninto

anonconvertiblevehicle...Mosthomes,office,business and process buildings are grounded as per regulatory requirements.

• Onceindoors,stayawayfromwindowsanddoors.

• Donotusecordedtelephonesexceptforemer-gencies.

• Ifpossibleunplugelectronicequipmentbeforethe storm arrives and avoid contact with electri-cal equipment or cords during the storm.

• Avoidcontactwithplumbing,includingsinks,baths and faucets.

• Ifoutdoors,gotoalowpoint.Lighteninghitsthe tallest object. Get down if you are in an exposed area.

• Stayawayfromtrees.

Ele

ctric

al



162


163

• Avoidmetalobjectssuchasgolfclubs,fishingrods, metal tools,...

• Ifyoufeelatinglingsensationoryourhairstands on end, lightning may be about to strike. Crouch down and cover your ears.

• Stayawayfromallsourcesofwaterorwetgrass. • Don’tstandclosetootherpeople-spreadout. • VictimsoflightningstrikesshouldbegivenCPR

if necessary, and seek medical attention.

EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN SYSTEMS, TEMPORARY BY-PASS OF

PURPOSE:To provide for the safe use of temporary bypasses of shutdown systems.

APPLICATION:AllProductionEquipment

DEFINITION:Equipmentshutdownsystemsare: a) Electrical b) Pneumatic c) Mechanical

POTENTIALHAZARDS:If equipment shutdowns are left disabled, the potential for damage to equipment or injury to personnel exists.

PROCEDURES:Equipmentprotectiondevicesmustnotbealtered,tam-pered with, adjusted or repaired, except by qualified persons designated by the supervisor in charge.

Equ

ipm

ent S

hutd

own


162



163

Equipmentshutdownsystems,whetherelectrical,pneu-matic, or mechanical should not be by-passed. The piece of equipment should be taken out of service to make necessary repairs. However, there are situations where it becomes impractical or impossible to work with a piece of equip-ment without some manner of by-passing or jumping the shutdown system temporarily.In all areas the potential hazards must be evaluated and a site-specific procedure developed to maintain safe opera-tion.

RESPONSIBILITIES:Responsibility lies with the Supervisor and employees in-stalling, operating, or repairing equipment, while shutdown systems are by-passed.

EYEWASH STATIONS & DELUGE SHOWERS

PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for the provisions and placement of eyewash stations and deluge showers in BP Canada worksites.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada worksites where personnel exposure to injurious chemicals exists.

PREPARATIONS:Eachworksitemustbeevaluatedtodeterminetheneedforemergencyeyewashstationsandsafetyshowers.Minimiz-ing exposure through the use of alternative chemicals, enclosed systems or bulk storage should be the first line of defense.Where the exposure cannot be eliminated, the risk should be categorized as high, moderate or low in accordance with BC Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 5.88:

Eye

was

h S

tatio

ns



164


165

• High:riskofirreversibletissuedamagetotheeyes or skin or of serious illness resulting from rapid absorption of a toxic substance through the eyes or skin, or where the risk of igniting cloth-ing is present.

• Moderate:riskofirritationorotherreversibleharm to the eyes or skin, or of illness resulting from absorption of a toxic substance through the eyes or skin.

• Low:riskofmildeyeorskinirritation. • Emergencyeyewashandshowerfacilitiesmust: o Bedesignedsothatonceactivated,theflowof

water will continue without requiring the use of the operator’s hands.

o Clearly identify their location and provide directions for use.

o Be protected from all potential chemical contamination, freezing and from high heat exposure.

o Where specified, provide tempered water (15–30°C)unlessnon-temperedwaterisrecommendedbyaDoctortoreducetheriskof worker injury.

Personal protective equipment must be supplied. The use of this equipment is mandatory.

Note: Special care must be exercised in the selection of personal protective equipment at worksites where large volumes of water are not readily available.

PROCEDURES:Location:

High Risk

Temperedcontinuousfloweyewashstationsanddelugeshowers must be placed within 5 seconds walking distance

Equ

ipm

ent S

hutd

own


164



165

butnogreaterthan6m(20ft)fromhigh-riskareas.Forhigh risk corrosive gases such as ammonia or chlorine, the facilities must not be located in the gas storage or use area, but rather adjacent to it.Showers may be located further than 6m if: • Anon-tempereddrenchhoseiswithin5seconds

walking distance but no greater than 6 m. • Atemperedshowerfacilitycanbereachedwithin

5 minutes of the accident.

Moderate Risk

Tempered emergency eyewash and shower equipment must be within 10 seconds walking distance but no further than 30m(100ft)unless: • Firstaidservicesaremaintainedtostarttreat-

ment within 5 minutes of an accident. • Adrenchhoseislocatedwith10secondswalk-

ingdistancebutnogreaterthan30m.

Low Risk

Effectivemeanstoflushtheeyesandskinwithin10secondswalkingdistancebutnofurtherthan30m(100ft).Volume of Water Required: • Safetyshowersand/oremergencyeyewash

stations must meet the requirements of ANSI standardZ358.1-1981.

• Safetyshowers,emergencyeyewashstationsandportable self-contained units must be capable of delivering sufficient water for not less than 15 minutes (or more if required by the nature of the material).

• Eyewashstationsmustbecapableofdeliveringaminimumof1.5L/minofwaterwithapressurenotexceeding175kPa(24psi)andwithaspraypatterndesignedtoeffectivelyflushbotheyes.

• Drenchhosesmustbecapableofdeliveringa

Eye

was

h S

tatio

ns



166


167

minimumof11.4L/min.If potable water systems are available, eyewash and showers should be permanently installed.Where potable water systems are not available, approved portableorself-containedsafetyshowersand/oreyewashunits are recommended.

Eyewash Bottles:

As a minimum, emergency eyewash bottles, one liter size, should be available at all worksites. This may require a bottle in each vehicle.Upon opening or breaking the seal of the one liter eyewash bottle, the entire contents must be used or disposed. Only bottles with an identified expiration date are approved for use at BP Canada worksites.Employeesshouldimmediatelygotothenearestavailablesourceofpotablewatertocontinueflushingforaminimumof 15 minutes, and to obtain medical help as soon as possible.

PRECAUTIONS:Alarm devices should be considered for remote or large worksites. This precaution will signal others that the shower or eyewash unit has been activated. Back-up personnel can then proceed to the location.Eyewashandshowerstationsshouldbe: • Testeduponinitialinstallationinaccordance

with manufacturer’s instructions. • Checkedweeklytoensureaccessisnotblocked

by material or equipment. • Permanentlyplumbedeyewashstationsshould: • Useonlypotablewater. • Beflushedweekly(noteBC–requiresmonthly)

foraminimumof5minutestocompletelyflushthe branch of water line supplying the unit. This will verify they are operational, and ensure a

Eye

was

h S

tatio

ns


166



167

clean supply of water. • Portableorself-containedeyewashorshower

units should: • Useonlypotablewateroranisotonicsaline

flushingsolution. • Havethewaterreplacedregularlyorasper

manufacturers’ specifications, to ensure a clean supply of water.

Alloperationalchecksandflushesshouldberecorded.

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Supervisor in charge, and all employees, to assess the need and provide emergency eyewash or safety shower units where required.

TRAINING:Employeesinchargeofhandlingorworkingwithinjuriouschemicals must be instructed in the proper use and location of all emergency eyewash and safety shower units.

FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

PURPOSE:To provide information on reliable fire suppression equip-ment, specific work areas with the proper type of protection relative to classification, and a method of inspection and training to ensure that equipment is properly maintained and functional at all times.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada field locations.

PROCEDURES:Classification of Fires:

• Class A Fires–Occurinordinarycombustible

Fire

Pro

tect

ion



168


169

materialssuchaswood,cloth,andpaper.Extin-guishing agents most commonly used are water andtypeABCdrychemicalagent(AnsulForay).

• Class B Fires–Occurinthevapor-airmixtureoverthesurfaceofaflammableliquidsuchasgrease, gasoline, or oil. BC type dry chemical (AnsulPurple-K),foam,carbondioxide,andwater fog may be used as extinguishing agents.

• Class C Fires–Occurinelectricalequipment.Non-conducting extinguishing agents must be used. Carbon dioxide is the most suitable extinguishingagent.Drychemicalagentscanbe used, but require extensive clean-up of equip-ment after the fire.

• Class D Fires–Occurincombustiblematerialssuch as magnesium, titanium, zirconium, and sodium. Specialized techniques, extinguishing agents, and extinguishing equipment have been developed to control and extinguish fires of this class.ThemostcommonlyusedagentisMET-L-X.

Location and Placement of Extinguishers:

Fire extinguishers must be placed in accordance with local fire regulations, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)guidelines,andtheguidelinesincludedinthechartlater in this section.

Recharge:

All fire extinguishers must be recharged with the proper chemical immediately after use. Only a certified technician can recharge a fire extinguisher in non emergency situ-ations. Chemicals must never be mixed, as the resulting chemical reactions may damage the extinguisher, as well as create a safety hazard. Fire extinguishers that are of the external cartridge type or wheeled units must be recharged by personnel trained in recharging. Chemicals used for

Fire

Pro

tect

ion


168



169

recharging must be of the type used by the manufacturer of the extinguisher. • ABCExtinguishers–Foray • BCExtinguishers–Purple-K

LOCATIONANDPLACEMENTOFFIREEXTIN-GUISHERSRECOMMENDED

Inspection and Maintenance:

All maintenance must be performed by a competent person in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. (A competent person is one who has been trained in the re-quiredmaintenanceprocedure.)Thefollowinginspectionsare the minimum requirement. The findings of inspections must be documented and retained on file at each BP Canada location.

Monthly Inspection Requirements:

1. All units must be in the designated location and visible.

2. All units must be checked to ensure operational reliability (i.e., seals in place, nozzle and hoses unobstructed,easyaccesstounits).

Annual Inspections must be performed as per manufactur-er’s specifications and applicable government regulations.

TRAINING:Theeffectivenessoffire-fightingequipmentmayincreasebyasmuchas40%whenitisusedbyatrainedemployee.Regular fire training is a requirement under occupational health and safety legislation, and is also in the company’s best interest to prevent loss to people, property, and process.[See: Training]

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of BP Canada to ensure that

Fire

Pro

tect

ion



170


171

adequate, properly maintained fire protection is available at each worksite.The contractor is responsible for the proper operation, inspection and maintenance of their fire protection equip-ment according to Government Regulations.

FIRE RESISTANT WORKWEAR PRACTICE

1.0 Scope

1.1 This practice applies to all BP Canada Gas Perfor-manceUnit(CGPU)andCanadianNaturalGasLiquidsBUemployees,contracters,andothervisitingpersonnel doing work on BP premises and work sites.

2.0 Purpose

2.1Thefireresistantworkwear(FRW)programisdesignedto emphasize and enhance employee safety, through ensuring the use of appropriate personal protective workwear in potentially hazardous areas, by reducing the risk of thermal burns.

3.0 General Provisions

3.1 Fireresistantworkwearmustnotbeusedasasubsti-tute for proper job planning or minimizing potential hazards.

3.2 Thispolicyisbasedonmaterialcontainedwithinthe Canadian General Standards Board, **CGSB 155.20, “Work Wear for Protection Against Hydrocarbon Flash Fire” and **CGSB 155.21, “Recommended practices for the Provision and Use of Work Wear for Protection Against Flash Fire”, and the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r


170



171

(CAPP),ConsumerGuidelinefortheSelectionofFire Resistant Work Wear for Protection Against Hydrocarbon Flash fires.

3.3 Theoutermostgarmentsmustbefireresistantandshallhavereflectivestripingasperthespecificationsoutlined in Appendix IV of this policy. BP Canada requires that all employees, contractors wear fire resistant/retardantouterwearwithreflectivestripingwhile working on BP worksites. Visibility is a safety requirement.SeeAlbertaOH&SGSRSection18,orB.C.WCBOH&Sregulationssection8.24,8.31.,andSaskatchewanandOntarioApplicableRegulations. FRW coveralls are prone to damage from sparks, welders and welder’s helpers may wear FRWCarHartsorLeathersbuttherecommendedgarmentforweldersisFRWExcelBrownDuck.Regulation851IndustrialEstablishmentssection84,andRegulation213ConstructionProjects,sections21 and 25

4.0 Limitations of Fire Resistant Work Wear:

4.1Theprotectivegarmentsaddressedin**CGSB155.20,and outlined in Appendix II of this policy, provide a measure of protection against unplanned exposure to hydrocarbonflashfire(approximately84kw/m2)forrelatively short periods of time, typically three seconds or less. Protective garments may serve to reduce the severityofburninjuryasaresultofaflashfireandmay not completely prevent an injury. Garments thatcontinuetoburnafteraflashfireincidentarehazardous.

5.0 Use of Protective Work Wear

5.1 The protective work wear should provide a good functional fit for maximum protection and comfort

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r



172


173

on the job. Users should be aware that the fit of the garmentcouldhaveadirectinfluenceonhowmuchprotection can be provided by a particular garment. For example, a garment that is too loose or too tight willnotoffermaximumFRprotection.

5.2 The protective work wear must be worn properly. Thezippermustbewornclosedandsleevesandcuffsworn down and secured. For maximum protection collar should be worn closed.

5.3Singlelayerprotectivegarmentsaremoreeffectivewhen worn over an additional layer of clothing (See AppendixI)

5.4Protectiveneck,head,handandfootcoveringsshould be worn if the occupational hazard warrants their use.

5.5 Certain synthetics or synthetic blends worn as undergarments may not be appropriate for use under fire resistant work wear, as the transferred heat from aflashfiremaycausethemtomelt.Undergarmentswith melt resistant properties are required (e.g. cot-ton,aramid,wool).SeeAppendixI.

5.6 Rainwear, high visibility vests and garments shall be in accordance with applicable sections of **CGSB155.20.

5.7 Applications where disposable garments could be used are to protect regular FRW from extremely dirty jobs(e.g.,tankcleaning,equipmentteardown),orotherfabricdegradingjobs(e.g.,painting).

WARNING:Disposablegarmentsshallonlybewornoverfireresistantgarmentsandmustmeettheflameresistant

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r


172



173

test and be approved as outlined in**CGSB 155.20. They are not intended to be the primary garment for workers.NOTE: The outer most primary garment in any protective ensemble shall not be made of any fabric that burns, melts, or drips. The use of a garment that burns, melts, or drips that is worn over a Fire Resistant garment may contribute to the severity of a burn injury.

6.0 Where Fire Resistant Workwear Is Required

6.1 Fire resistant work wear shall be worn whenever an employee enters a BP worksite where there is foresee-ableexposureforahydrocarbonflashfireoranexplosion from combustible gas or natural gas liquids is present.

6.2 These foreseeable hazardous areas include but are not limited to:

• Servicerigoperations • Gasplants • Pipelines,pumpstations • Oilbatteries • Naturalgasliquidsfacilities • Aircraftrefuelingoperations • Laboratories • Wellheads • Constructionsites • Drillingrigoperations

6.3If,followingadocumented(e.g.MOC)site-specific hazard evaluation, by the BP representative or designate in charge, it is determined that there is no foreseeable exposure to an accidental release of explosive,orflammablemixtures,(e.g.anofficeset-tingorwhiledrivingcompanyvehicles),theseareas

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r



174


175

or tasks of exception where fire resistant work wear is not required, will be exempt.

7.0 Fire Resistant Work Wear Material Selection and Ordering

7.1 BP Canada identifies the preferred material and gar-ment selection for its workers, through contractual agreements with a garment manufacturer. (See AppendixII).

7.2 All fire resistant work wear selected for use must meet or exceed the requirements established in the Canadian General Standards Board, **CGSB 155.20, “Work wear for Protection Against Hydro-carbon Flash Fire”.

7.3 UseformGHSSERMF90001toorderworkwear.Obtain appropriate approval prior to faxing to sup-plier.

8.0 Fire Resistant Work Wear Provisions

8.1Management,eitherlocalorwithinaPerformanceUnit, must develop a site specific policy that ad-dresses the following points:

• EmployeeeligibilityforFRW • Typeofgarments(SeeAppendixII) • Quantityofgarments • Frequencyofreplacementandprocessforhandling • ApprovalprocessforpurchasingFRWgarment(s) • Howgarmentswillberepairedintheirarea • Handlingofgarmentmaintenance,and • Othersectionsofthispolicyasapplicable

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r


174



175

9.0 Employee Responsibilities

9.1Ensuresthatallworkisconductedinaccordancewithapproved procedures, equipment and training.

9.2Maintainsassignedfireresistantworkwearinapropermanner, e.g. sleeves rolled down, to ensure maximum protection.

10.0 Employee Training

10.1 As an important part of using personal protective equipment employees must be familiar with:

• WhenandwhyFRWisrequiredtobeworn • ThecapabilitiesandlimitationsofFRWuse • Propergarmentcare • Theproperwearingofthegarments • Th epotentialhazardsassociatedwiththeuseof

non-fireresistantworkwearinaflashfiresittion

10.2 As with all employees’ training, this should be documented on individual training records or safety meeting attendance minutes.

11.0 Contractor and Visitor Requirements

11.1 Contractors are required to wear fire resistant work wear at all times and under the same conditions as thatofBPstaff.

11.2 Fire resistant work wear worn by contractors must meet or exceed the requirements of **CGSB 155.20, or as outlined in local area site-specific requirements for contractors.

11.3UnlesspriorcontractualarrangementsaremadewithBP, contractors are required to have a fire resistant

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r



176


177

work wear policy that complies with the applicable safety regulations as detailed in Operating Policy.

11.4Unlessdefinedinthesite-specificfireresistantworkwear policy, a visitor is defined as a person who nor-mally is not employed at the specific work location.

11.5 Visitors unless otherwise instructed by a local area site specific fire resistant work wear guideline, must wear fire resistant work wear at all times.

12.0 Maintenance of Protective Work Wear

12.1 To ensure proper repair and maximum garment longevity, repairs and approved alterations to fire

resistant work wear will be handled on a local basis, as required, at company expense.

12.2 Repairs should only be made with components, which comply with the original garment’s specifica-tions and construction.

12.3 Adequatedecontaminationofprotectiveworkwear,according to the manufacturer’s recommendations, by laundering or dry-cleaning is imperative in order tomaintainflameresistanceandthermalprotection.Where oily soil is present, periodic dry cleaning of garmentsmaybenecessaryinordertoremoveflam-mable contaminants or contaminants which may impairtheflameresistance.Thesite-specificFRWpolicy should also address this item.

12.4 Whenlaunderingprotectivegarments,laundersuf-ficiently to prevent build up of hard to remove stains, whichcouldreduceflameresistance.Pre-treatoilystains by either rubbing liquid detergent or powdered detergent mixed with water into the stain or use a

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r


176



177

pre-wash product recommended for oil stains. Use a heavy-duty liquid or powdered laundry detergent and the hottest water recommended on the garment label. It is harder to remove oily soil with cool wash water

12.5 Follow all laundry precautions on the garment. Thereareproductswhichwilllessentheeffectivenessoftheflameresistance,inparticular:

a) Whethertheuseofchlorinebleachisadvisedor should be avoided

b) Whetheraheavy-dutysoapcanbeusedorlaundering must be limited to a heavy-duty synthetic detergent

12.6 Unless otherwise decided by local management, the responsibility for keeping issued FRW reasonably cleanandfreeofflammableorcombustiblematerialsthat could degrade the fire resistant characteristics of the clothing will remain with the employee. All cleaning must be done in accordance with manufac-turer’s specifications.

12.7 SeeStaticElectricitysectionforadditionalmainte-nance recommendations.

13.0 Static Electricity

13.1Themajorstatichazardisthebodywhichcanstorealarge static charge. It is imperative that in situations

where static electricity poses a significant hazard that the body be grounded regardless of the type of cloth-ing worn. Clothing can generate static electricity of sufficient energy to ignite combustible atmospheres. It is important to minimize the build up of static electricity on workwear in order to prevent the

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r



178


179

clothing from becoming a source of ignition for a flashfire.

13.2Workersshouldbegroundedbeforeenteringahigh-risk area to minimize the possibility of static build-up and discharge.

13.3 Workersshouldalsoavoidremovinganygarmentswhile in the high-risk area. Friction of one fabric against another may contribute to the generation of electrical charge.

13.4 Oneapproachtoreducethestaticbuildupongarments is to use an antistatic treatment during laundering. This treatment works by trapping water on the fabric to distribute the static charge through conductivity. The antistatic treatment must be added during each laundering according to the manufactur-ers directions.

13.5 Overdryinginthedryershouldbeavoidedtomini-mize static build up.

Appendix I

Clothing Worn Underneath Fire Resistant Work Wear

Other material worn in conjunction with fire resistant work wear(e.g.clothingwornunderneath)shouldnotcontributetotheinjuryofaworkerinahydrocarbonflashfiresitua-tion. While the outermost layer of work wear worn must be of fire resistant material clothing worn underneath shall be of a nonfusible type. That is, clothing that does not melt.Examplesofacceptablenonfusiblematerialsthatcanbeworn underneath fire resistant outerwear include:

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r


178



179

Appendix II

Fire Resistant Work Wear Supplier

BulwarkProtectiveApparelInc.,locatedinEdmonton,Alberta supplies all Fire Resistant Work Wear to BP Canada GasPUandNGLBUemployees.UseformgHSSErMF90001 to order work wear.

Thematerialgarmentselection(seebelow)andcontractualarrangements have been approved by BP’s Fire Resistant WorkWearCommittee(seeAppendixIII).

Approved Material and Garments

ListedbelowaretheBluecoloredgarmentsthatcanbepurchased as standard issue garments. Any other garments purchased must have management approval.

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r

Linen WoolCotton

Kermel Viscose Leather

Nomex Proban



180


181

Appendix III

BP Canada’s Fire Resistant Work Wear Committee:

Chairman–DennisSteciw Office 403-233-1292 Cell 403-803-3085Members-JasonGroot Office 403-233-1981 Cell 403-815-7215Bill Adam Office 403-233-1426 Cell 403-874-4375

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r

Product Style Fabric One Gas Monitor Pocket Mesh or Solid Unlined Coverall CLB6RB Excel FR Royal Unlined Coverall CNB6RB Nomex IIIA Royal Insulated Coverall CLC8RB Excel FR Royal Insulated Bib Coverall BLC8RB Excel FR Royal Button Front Shirt SLU2LB Excel FR Light Blue Button Front Shirt SLU2NV Excel FR Navy Button Front Shirt SND6RB Nomex IIIA Royal Button Front Shirt SND6NV Nomex IIIA Navy Pant Jean Style PLJ8NV Excel FR Navy Pant Jean Style PNJ8NV Nomex IIIA Navy Pant Jean Style PNJ8RB Nomex IIIA Royal Insulated Parka JLP8RB Excel FR Royal Insulated Bomber Jacket JLR8RB Excel FR Royal Insulated Bomber Jacket JNR8RB Nomex IIIA Royal Lined Bomber Jacket JLJ8RB Excel FR Royal Lined Bomber Jacket JNJ8RB Nomex IIIA Royal Men’s Navy Fleece Hooded Jacket SEH6NV Excel FR Navy Insulated Vest LNS2NV Nomex IIA Navy Shopcoat KEL2LB Excel FR Light Blue Hard Hat Hood HLH2RB Excel FR Royal Hard Hat Liner HNL2NV Nomex IIIA Navy Hard Hat Face Mask HNM2NV Nomex IIIA Navy Balaclava HNB2NA Nomex IIIA Natural Brown Duck Unlined Bib Overall BLF8BD Excel FR Brown Duck Brown Duck Lined Bib Overall BLN4BD Excel FR Brown Duck Brown Duck Lineman’s Coat JLC2BD Excel FR Brown Duck Traffic (orange) or Visitor (blue) vest KNV20RB Nomex IIIA Royal Mock styled neck long sleeved FRW shirt

SEL2NV Excel FR Navy

Regular Style Neck Long Sleeved FRW Shirt.

SEK2NV Excel FR Navy


180



181

Appendix IVRefer to the table below for the minimum configuration for reflectivestripingonoutermostgarmentsforusebyworkersworking for BP or on behalf of BP.

WorkerinOntario:Regulation213ConstructionProjects,section 69.1BCWCBStandardProtectiveEquipmentStandard2-1997–HighVisibilityGarment-http://www2.worksafebc.com/Publications/OHSRegula-tion/WCBStandards.asp?ReportID=30947ABOH&SPersonalProtectiveEquipment–FlameResis-tant Clothing Part 18- http://employment.alberta.ca/documents/WHS/WHS-LEG_ohsc_2006.pdf

Welders

OntarioRegulation213ConstructionProjects,section69.1-Retro-reflectiveandfluorescentgarmentrequirementshttp://www.e-laws.gov.on.caDuetothefactthatwelderswearleathersontheupperportion of the chest, their garments will need to have an additional band of striping around the waist of their gar-ments. This will ensure that the minimum required amount of striping shows when they are wearing leathers.

Fire

Res

. Wor

kwea

r

Type of Worker: Minimum Striping Requirements based on legislation below: Alberta BP Employee Workers Compensation Board of British Columbia Alberta Full Time Equivalent Workers Compensation Board of British Columbia Contractor working in BC Workers Compensation Board of British Columbia Contractor working in AB Occupational Health and Safety



182


183

FIRST AID EQUIPMENT AND MEDIC

PURPOSE:To establish practices and provide equipment and emer-gency conveyance to ensure that adequate medical first aid treatment is available at all BP worksites. APPLICATION:All BP Canada worksites where employees or other workers are present on a temporary or permanent basis.

PROCEDURES:Equipment: • Standardfirstaidequipmentrequirementsmust

be available and maintained for each worksite in accordance with provincial regulations

• Emergencyconveyancemustfollowprovincialregulations

• Eachworksiteshouldhaveaccesstooccupationalmedicaladvice,i.e.,off-sitecommunications

• Theattendantmustnotbeassignedorundertakeactivities that will interfere with the attendant’s ability to receive and respond to a request for first aid

• Theattendantshouldbepresentintheareaserved, during all working hours

• Theserviceandattendantshouldbeaccessiblewhere the attendant can reach injured workers within 10 minutes walking time or driving time to render first aid. (BC First Aid Regulation G3.18(2))

RESPONSIBILITY:ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPEmployeeinchargetoensurethatadequateFirstAidEquipmentisavailable,andstrategically located for ease of availability. As per provincial regulations employees must be familiar with their location

Firs

t Aid

Equ

ipm

ent


182



183

and adequately trained as per provincial regulations to render first aid. In Ontario, minimum requirements are set out in Regulation 1101 First Aid, under the Workplace Safety and Insurance Act.

GAS AND LIQUID SAMPLING

PURPOSE:To provide a guide for the safe sampling and handling of gas and liquids samples.APPLICATION:All facility and field operations.

POTENTIALHAZARDS:The sampling of gases and liquids represents a danger to personnelandequipmentduetothenatureofthefluidsand the conditions of temperature and pressure present. StaticElectricity–[See:Electrical]

PRECAUTIONS: • Priortosampling,theapprovedcontainer

must be checked to ensure that it is of suitable construction for the gas or liquid being handled, and has a pressure rating sufficient to handle the working pressure.

• Specificproceduresarenecessarywhensamplingpropane and butane in special sampling “bombs.” They must not be completely liquid-filled, as they are not designed to withstand the extreme pressures of liquid expansion.

• Allsamplecontainersmustbeproperlylabeled. • Applicablepersonalprotectiveequipmentshall

be worn while sampling. • Whensamplingorcheckingisbeingdoneata

bleed valve, the valve should be opened slowly.

Gas

& L

iqui

d S

ampl

ing



184


185

Ifnoflowoccurs,ablockagecouldblowloosewhen the valve is opened wide, resulting in a sudden release of energy. This could result in fire and/orinjuryduetotheescapeofgasathighpressure.

• Site-specificproceduresshallbedevelopedtoidentify the hazards associated with sampling. (i.e.,sourgas)

[See: Respiratory Protection] [See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment] [See: Permits] [See: Safety Standby] • TransportationandHandling: • Thehandlingandtransportationofsamplesmust

comply with Government regulations for the transportationofdangerousgoods(TDG)andtherequirementsofWHMIS.

TRAINING:Only properly trained personnel should be taking samples.

GUARDS

PURPOSE:To provide safe work practices for protection of personnel from rotating equipment and heat sources.

APPLICATION:Allplant/fieldactivitiesandequipment.

POTENTIALHAZARDS:All rotating equipment, belts, pulleys, grinder, etc., that present a hazard to personnel must be guarded.Any openings that could present a hazard to personnel must be guarded.

Gua

rds


184



185

All piping and equipment operated at a temperature that could cause personnel injury, must be insulated, clad, guarded or otherwise protected.PREPARATIONS:Before any guards are removed from rotating equipment, the equipment must be locked out and tagged.[See:EnergyIsolation]

PROCEDURES:The guarding requirements and design for various aspects ofoilandgasoperationsarecoveredinProvincialOH&SRegulations.Guards should be re-installed prior to start-up.

PRECAUTIONS:Under some maintenance circumstances, equipment may have to be operated without guards in place. In this case, the equipment must be marked and suitably illuminated to identify and minimize the hazard. Guards must be replaced as soon as possible.

HAND PROTECTION PRACTICE


1.1 This practice is applicable to all Canada Gas Perfor-mance Unit employees, contractors, sub-contractors and visitors to CGPU work sites.

1.2 The purpose of this practice is to ensure that all reasonable precautions will be taken to protect the safety of personnel who are or may be required to work with their hands.

1.3 Therequirementsetforthinthispracticewillactas the minimum requirements. Specific contractors,

Han

d P

rote

ctio

n



186


187

manufacturers or plants may have more stringent requirements. In event of any discrepancies, the more stringent requirements will prevail.

2.0 Purpose

PersonalProtectiveEquipment(PPE)isintendedtoprotect, shield or isolate personnel from chemical and physical hazards. This practice outlines the type of gloves that personnel must wear when performing jobs that expose the hands to absorption of harmful substances, cuts or lacerations, abrasions, punctures, chemical or thermal burns andharmfultemperatureextremes.OthertypesofPPEforhands include barrier creams, finger guards, thimbles, cots and palm pad mitts alone or in combination with Gloves. This practice addresses the proper selection of gloves for activities. Selection of hand protection is based on evalu-ation of the task being performed, conditions present, and duration of exposure, potential hazards identified and performance characteristics of glove material.

3.0 Glove Selection

• GeneralPurpose-LeatherPalmGloves For general construction work, not including any

hotwork(i.e.welding),chemicalhandling,sheetmetal handling and electrical work, leather palm gloves will serve as the minimum requirement forall(BPCanada)employees,contractors,subcontractorsandvisitorsonany(BPCanada)controlledsites.Leatherpalmgloveswillprovideprotection against abrasions, scrapes and cuts associated with the day-to-day activities on constructionsites.DrillingandWellServiceactivities are granted an exception to use cotton GreenKinggloves.

• ChemicalResistant-Neoprene/NitrileGloves/ NaturalRubber/PolyvinylAlcoholPVA/Polyvi

nylChloridePVC/Viton

Han

d P

rote

ctio

n


186



187

When working with chemicals, ensure that the applicableMaterialSafetyDataSheet(MSDS)is available, has been read, understood and the protectivemeasuresasprescribedbytheManu-facturer is followed. Important things to keep in mindwhenselectingglovesarecuffstyle,length,lined vs. unlined, chemical compatibility and gauge. Additional information on the proper selection and use of chemical resistant gloves is available from the chemical manufacturer, glove manufacturer and occupational hygiene.

• Abrasion/CutResistant-Kevlar/Kevlar-Com-posite Gloves

In applications where the potential for cuts and abrasions to the hands are high, i.e. sheet metal handling and insulating, use of utility, banana, or lock blade knives, abrasion and cut resistant gloves shall be worn. (jack knife blades that do notusealockblademechanismarenotallowed).

• ElectricalWork-RubberGloves Important to ensure the gloves being used has

the correct voltage rating for the specific task. • Heat/TemperatureResistant-WeldingGloves Important considerations when selecting welding

gloves are not only the heat protection it pro-vides, but also the dexterity and sensitivity that the gloves provide.

NORM (Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material) - WhenworkinginareaswhereNORMcouldbepresentgloves should provide protection from physical hazards not chemical and most importantly must be disposable. Other

Some specific tasks might require special and specific protection i.e. jack hammering, requires gel padded anti-vibration gloves.

Han

d P

rote

ctio

n



188


189

Table 1 gives examples of job tasks and the proper selection of gloves for that task

4.0 Tasks not normally requiring hand protec-tion

While this practice requires the use of hand protection while conducting work it is recognized that some job tasks must be performed without an individual wearing hand protection. Although a thorough evaluation of the types of hand protection available should be carried out prior to making this decision.

Han

d P

rote

ctio

n

Table 1 Glove Selection

Example Job Tasks / Work Activities Requiring Hand Protection

Leather

Chemical Resistant (per MSDS)1

Welders / Thermally Insulated

Cut Resistant (e.g., Kevlar®)

Voltage Rated (per NFPA 70E)2

Abrasive Blasting Biological Substances – Chemical Handling (e.g., paints, solvents, additives, lubricants, engine oils, hydrocarbons, & fuels)

Compressor / Pump / Engine / Crane – Maintenance

Chipping, Chiseling, Grinding, Hammering, Scraping or

Electrical Work on Energized Equipment

Heaters / Reboilers – Lighting of

Housekeeping (moving equipment & debris)

Ladders – Use of

NORM – Exposure to

Pigging - Launching / Retrieving - If

retrieving

Pipe / Tubing Handling, Cutting, Threading

Pressure Washing If using

chemical additives

Process Equipment Modifications –

Pressuring / de-pressuring lines & line breaking

Inserting / removing blinds, sight glasses, & gauges

Operating valves, orifice meters & controllers


188



189

The justification is two fold. First the task being performed isconsideredlowriskwithrespecttohand/fingerinjurypotential.Secondthetaskbeingperformedrequiresmicro/precise movement of hands fingers and the use of gloves cause a loss of dexterity. In order to comply with this practice, the minimum required hand protection defined in this practice must be wornbyallemployees,contractorsandvisitorsto(CGPU)sites unless a properly performed and documented hazard assessment shows that hand injury hazards can be elimi-nated or controlled.

Examplesofjobtasksthatmaynotrequiretheuseofglovesare listed in Table 2

Han

d P

rote

ctio

n

Table 1 Glove Selection

Example Job Tasks / Work Activities Requiring Hand Protection

Leather

Chemical Resistant (per MSDS)1

Welders / Thermally Insulated

Cut Resistant (e.g., Kevlar®)

Voltage Rated (per NFPA 70E)2

Respirable Fibers – Handling of

Rigging

Scaffolding – Erection and use of

Sharp Objects / Materials – Exposure to or

Tank Gauging

Temperature Extremes – Exposure to or

Tool Use (non-powered and powered)

Welding / Cutting / Brazing Fitters & Helpers Welders

Table 2: Example Job Tasks / Work Activities Not Normally Requiring Hand Protection Specific Examples

Activities conducted inside of living quarter, control room and break room settings

office work, eating, smoking, etc.

Working with small hardware and equipment

¼” bolts/nuts/screws/pins, tube fittings and ferrules, Teflon tape, wiring connections, adjusting programmable flow meters, etc.

Using fine instruments and electronics

multi-meters, Pride Route meters, gas meters, cameras, two-way radios, computers etc.

Donning PPE

hearing protection, fall protection, cleaning safety glasses, SCBA's, respirators, etc.



190


191

5.0 Hazard Assessments OH&SRegulationsrequirethatanemployershallensurethat a known hazard which cannot be readily controlled or eliminated and that has the potential for causing serious injury be identified and brought to the attention of workers who may be exposed to the hazard.

Hazard Assessments may be performed on tasks to deter-mine if hazards may be present that necessitates the use of specific hand protection.

For individual jobs the hazard assessment may be approved by the permit issuer.

For repetitive jobs the hazard assessment will be approved bytheplant/facilitysupervisor. Step 1-Determinewhatspecificjobtaskshazardsare present. Step 2-Developproceduresthatwilleliminateor control identified hazards to the hands. If identified hazards cannot be adequately addressed, the minimum requiredhandprotectionmustbewornbyallaffectedpersonnel. Step 3-Documentandmaintainthehazardassess-ment at the work site (Attachment 1 or similar forms may beusedfortheassessment).

Complete hazard assessment below and maintain document on site

Han

d P

rote

ctio

n

Location: Date: List the tasks to be performed: Identify and list the hazards associated with the task: List the control measures (if any) taken to reduce the risk of hand injuries: List the hand protection required: List of personnel performing task(s), attach a list if necessary: Name, signature and title of personnel conducting assessment: Reviewed by BP Project Manager or Designate: Date: Approved Not Approved


190



191

6.0 Key Responsibilities

Operating supervisors are responsible for implementing and enforcing this practice, whereas all personnel are responsible for complying with it. It is the responsibility of the job team lead to reference this practice while developing and reviewingJobSafetyandEnvironmentalAnalyses.

7.0 Scope of Forms


GUIDELINES FOR FIELD VISITS


1.1 This procedure identifies the steps needed to pro-moteHSSEissuesduringfieldvisitsbyCGPUstaff.

1.2 This procedure applies to all Gas Performance Unit activities.

2.0 Responsibility

2.1 Itistheresponsibilityofeachteamleaderorhis/her designate to review this procedure as part of employee training and awareness.

2.2 It is the responsibility of each employee to follow this procedure when preparing for a field visit.

3.0 General Procedures

3.1 HSSEissuesatasitelocationwillvarybasedonthedaily activities. Communication topics should be adjusted to focus on the scope of work for the day andthesitespecificHSSEissuesassociatedwiththeproject.

Fiel

d V

isits



192


193

3.2 Priortothevisit,contacttherelevantHSSEcoor-dinatorand/orprojectmanagerand/orOCMand/orforemantoidentifyanyfunctionalgroupHSSEissues,sitespecificgHSSErnotificationsoralertsandanycurrentHSSE.

3.3 PriortothesitevisitensureallpeopletravelingtothesitehavetheappropriatePPE,HSSEtools(SOCcardsiftrainedinSOC,HSSEopportunitycards),safetytrainingticketsasrequired(e.g.H2Salive)andproof of indoctrination. Take time to ensure familiar-itywithHSSEawarenessprograms(e.g.stop,think,go;greenhand;ISO14001).

3.4 Itisrecommendedtoreviewthe8goldenrulesofsafety and identify relevant issues for the scope of work at the location before proceeding to the loca-tion.

3.5 Whileatthesite,don’tstoptheregularflowofwork.If you wish to participate in a meeting with the work group, consult the person in charge of the site prior to your visit to determine what time pre-job opera-tionsorHSSEmeetingsareheld.

3.6 Togetherwiththeforemanorthesitesupervisor,conduct a site walk around that can include any of the following components:

• Evaluatehousekeeping • Talktoworkersabouttheiractivities • CarryoutSafetyObservationConversations(SOCs) • Reviewcompliancewithoneortwopracticesor

relevantHSSEissuesasidentifiedbythegroupHSSEcoordinator

• ReviewstatusonfollowupofactionsongHSSErnotifications and alerts for that location

Fiel

d V

isits


192



193

• Reviewcompliancewithapplicablepermitconditions

3.7 Holdadebriefmeetingwiththeforemanorsitesupervisor to discuss your findings and suggestions before leaving the site.

3.8 LeavecompletedHSSEopportunitycardsandSOCcards with the foreman or site supervisor or provide totheHSSErepresentativeinCalgarytoensureinclusioninthemonthlyHSSEstatistics.

3.10 Presentyourfindingstothefunctionalgroupman-agerorOCMasappropriateuponreturningtotheoffice.

4.0 Documentation

4.1 SafetyObservationConversation(SOC)cards(C-15)andHSSEOpportunitycards(C-1518)should be utilized during field visits. They are avail-ablethroughallHSSErepresentativesinCalgary.

HOUSEKEEPING

PURPOSE:To outline the requirements for housekeeping from the point of view of safety of workers.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada employees, contractors and facilities

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Slipping

Hou

seke

epin

g



194


195

• Tripping • Fire • Falls • Crushing • CaughtBetween(Pinned)

PROCEDURES: • Poorhousekeepingpracticesareresponsible

for many accidents in the work place. With a littleeffort,thisproblemiseasilyeliminated

• Goodhousekeepingpracticesincludekeepingtools, materials, equipment, buildings, and properties clean and in good order

• Goodhousekeepingistheday-to-dayrespon-sibility of all employees and is a continual process. Periodic cleanups, or cleanups when time permits, is not considered to be adequate

• Toolsandmaterialsshallnotbescatteredaround the walking or working surfaces while the job is in progress. Haphazardly scattered tools, equipment and materials are an invita-tion to an accident

• Nojobiscompleteuntiltoolshavebeencleaned and properly stored, scrap and waste materials disposed of, and the equipment and work location is in good orderly condition, and approved for continued operation

• Sharpandpointedtoolsshallbestoredprop-erly.Leavingsuchtoolslyingaroundloosecreates an unnecessary hazard

• Slickspotsonthewalkingsurfacecausedbywater, oil or other substances shall be cleaned up immediately. Allowing this condition to exist, even for a short period of time, is dangerous

• Wasterags,trash,etc.,mustnotbepermittedto accumulate. All of it should be properly disposed of as soon as possible

Hou

seke

epin

g


194



195

• Materialsorequipmentdeliveredtothejobsite shall be kept well away from the working area until needed

• Protrudingnails,straps,orwireshallnotbepermitted to exist in the work place. They shall be removed immediately when found

• Materialwhichistobestacked,shallbecross-tied or otherwise secured so it will not fall over. Rolling stock such as pipe should be secured so it cannot roll onto an employee

• Aislewaysandwalkingsurfacesshallalwaysbekept clear of materials and equipment

• Itiseachworker’sresponsibilitytotakeactionand manage slipping hazards including that of mud, ice and snow build up. Worker’s must use caution in these conditions and apply immediate mitigating hazard controls such as: keeping walkways and stairs clean, spreading de-icer/sand/nutplugtoimprovetractionandorbarricadingoffunsafeareastopreventworkers from entry.

HOT AND ODD BOLTING PRACTICE

1.0 Purpose/Scope

The purpose of this document is to describe the require-ments and limitations for hot bolting and odd bolting in E&PoperationsfortheNorthAmericanGasSPU.

1.1 GeneralTheremovalandreplacementofflangeboltsonliveequip-ment is practiced for several reasons including: • Repairingcorrodedordamagedbolts • Upgradingthematerialspecification/gradesof

bolts • Minimizingtimespentfreeingboltsduringplant

shutdowns

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g



196


197

Note: Hot and Odd bolting can be performed safely if planned, engineered, and executed properly. The risk as-sociated with performing Hot and Odd bolting should be evaluated against the risks associated with the start-up and shut-down of process equipment that would be required to depressuretheflangeinquestionandthelowerriskoptionselected.

1.2 Potential Hazards 1.2.1 Hot Bolting In hot bolting there is a potential risk of leakage caused by: • Reducedgasketcompressionduringbolt

removal • Gasketfailurefromover-tighteningofbolts

on replacement • Failureofboltsduetotheincreasedstress

resulting from adjacent bolt removal 1.2.2 Odd Bolting In odd bolting there is a potential risk of leakage caused by: • Reducedgasketcompressionduringbolt

removal • Inadequatetighteningonboltreplacement • Inadvertentre-pressurizationoftheequipment

during and subsequent to odd bolting. Note:ThescopeofapplicationiscoveredinSection3.0ofthis document.Warning: Removing, replacing or retightening bolts on live piping and equipment is potentially hazardous but canbeperformedsafely.Extremecautionneedstobeexercised when assessing, planning, and carrying out these operations.Duetothepotentialrisk,PerformanceUnitLeadersshouldcarefullyconsiderwhethertoallowHotandOdd Bolting in their operating areas and retain the right to prohibit Hot and Odd Bolting.2.0 Definitions

• AccountablePersonisthepersonintheorganiza-

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g


196



197

tion that has the ultimate responsibility. This personisusuallytheOperationsCenterManagerortheDecommissioningManager

• CompetentPerson(CP)istheon-siteBPrepresentative that is competent to supervise the Hot/OddBoltingoperation.TheCPshallhavea demonstrated knowledge and understanding of theprocesssystemthatistobeHot/OddBolted.The CP shall be designated by the Accountable Person

• DocumentControlManagementSystemisanestablished means of controlling the issue, use and updating of documents used in the manage-ment of a site

• Hotboltingisthesequentialremoval,cleaning,lubrication and refitting, or replacement of one boltatatimeinaflangedjoint,whenthesystemispressurizedoriftheflangeactsassecondarycontainment

• Oddboltingisthesequentialremovalofalter-nateboltsfromaflangedjointwhenthesystemis shut down, isolated and at low pressure or depressurized but not necessarily gas-free

• Thewordsbolt(s)orboltingincludesbolts,studbolts, studs, nuts and washers, as appropriate

• ResponsiblePersonisasuitablytrainedandexperienced individual who has been formally as-sessedascompetentinHot/OddBoltingandhasbeen given specific actions or areas of responsibil-ity by an Accountable Person

• SubjectMatterExpertisanacknowledgedexpertin mechanical engineering. This person is usually theSPUMechanicalEngineeringTechnicalAuthority

• Technical Reviewer is a facility engineer or subject matter expert competent in the design, maintenance, and operation of mechanical pres-sure systems

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g



198


199

3.0 Applicability

3.1Applicability This procedure applies to hot and odd bolting

activities on piping systems and piping connections at vessels that:

• Arestandardjointtypesonweldneckflangessuchasraisedface(RF)orringtype(RT)joints in accordance to Tables 1 and 2

• HavesteelflangesmeetingtheapplicableANSI or API specifications

• Meetthepipesize,pressurerating,flangetype, and bolt count specified in the Tables 1 and2.Olderflangesmayhavealowerratingthan those in Tables 1 and 2, and for these flangesthelowerratingshallbeused

• Haveanoperatingtemperaturegreaterthan0°F(-18°C)andlessthan140°F(60°C)

• Contain hydrocarbon liquids, sweet natural gas, produced water, glycol, or other non-toxic gases

3.2SpecificExclusions This procedure specifically excludes hot and odd

bolting activities on piping systems and piping con-nections at vessels that:

• Containsteam,toxicoilorgas(sourgas),toxic chemicals, or asphyxiates

• Areincryogenicservice • Involveclampedflanges(e.g.Grayloc,Victau-

lic,etc.) • Arenon-standardflangedjointsand/orall

those found on heat exchanger head, tube sheet or shell joints. These joints shall be subjected to a full engineering assessment

• Areassociatedwithtransmissionpipelinesor

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g


198



199

regulated gathering lines due to regulatory restrictions and the potential for high external loadings

3.3 Restrictions • Onlyonehotboltingoperationmaytake

place in a facility at a time unless approved by the Accountable Person or his designee. AnapprovedSIMOPSplanandMoCsystemmust be in place

• Iftheflangehasaninsulatingkit,areplace-ment kit must be available onsite prior to the commencement of work, in the event of an insulationwasher/sleevefailure

• Flangesthathavebeensealedorpatchedshallnot be hot or odd bolted

• Nohotboltingshallbedoneatpressureshigher than those listed in Tables 1 and 2

4.0 Control of Work and Exception Process

4.1ControlofHotBoltingWorkthatConformstotheAllowable Guidelines within this Practice

The overall practice of Hot and Odd Bolting is prohibited in a PU until approved by the Perfor-manceUnitLeader(PUL)usingtheManagementofChangeprocess.APULmaydecidetoprohibitHotand Odd Bolting in their area.

TheHot/OddBoltingWorkForminAttachment1 shall be used to verify and approve work in confor-mance with this practice.

4.2ApprovalforHotBoltingOutsideoftheGuidelinesor any Odd Bolting

In circumstances where the Accountable Person believes that hot bolting might be safely performed

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g



200


201

outsideoftheapplicabilitycriteriainSection3.0and/oroutsideoftherequirementsspecifiedwithinSection 5.0 and where there is no other practicable alternative,anMoCisrequiredthatincludes:

• Afullengineeringassessmentoftheflange • ARiskAssessmentoutliningrigorouscontrol

measuresmustbeconducted(i.e.SIMOPSplan, mitigation measures, drains, emergency responseplan,firehosesetc.)

• ArecommendationfromtheSubjectMatterExpertandapprovalfromtheAccountablePerson

5.0 Procedure/Process

Hot Bolting allows for the replacement of one stud at a time until all the studs have been replaced on a weld neck flange.Priortoremovinganystuds,allexistingstudsshallbecheckedfortightnessbytorquingtheflangedjointtothe manufacturer specifications. Bolts should then be removed and replaced one at a time in accordance with aspecifiedcrossboltingsequence/pattern.Allnewstudsand nuts shall be torqued according to the manufacturer specifications. Careful consideration must be given to corroded studs, nuts,andflanges.DegradationduetocorrosionmustbeassessedbytheSubjectMatterExpertbeforetheprocedureis allowed to continue.Hot bolting of corroded nuts and studs is prohibited. Hot boltingandhotworkarenotallowedwithin100ft(30m)of each other. A BP Competent Person shall be present during all hot bolting activities. Working on live piping and equipment should normally only be contemplated when the advantages have been as-sessed against the risk. The risk assessment should include: a) As-builtdesignoftheflangedjointincluding

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g


200



201

bolting and gasket specifications. b) Contentsofthepipingorequipment(e.g.the

flammabilityand/ortoxicityoftheprocessfluid). c) Designandactualoperatingpressuresand

temperature conditions - check that the pressure inthepiping/equipmentwillbeatthespecifiedreduced value and that the process conditions can be held stable for the duration of the hot bolting operation.

d) Thepossibilityofprocessupsetsoccurring,theconsequences of the upset and control measures thatcanbeputinplacetominimize/eliminateprocess upsets.

e) Thelocationandconditionofthenearestup-stream and downstream isolation valves relative to the joint should be identified, documented and discussed with all involved personnel prior to commencing the work.

f ) Positionandfunctionalityofpipesupportsrelativetotheflangedjoint-Fromamechanicalstandpoint, it must be established that there arenounacceptablyhighexternalloadsand/orbending moments acting on the joint. There should be no significant vibration of the piping at the joint.

g) Positionandtypeofflexibleexpansionjointaffectingtheflangedjoint.

h) Maintenancehistoryofthejoint. i) Personnelaccessandegressaspartofacom-

pletedEmergencyResponsePlanforthisworkactivity.

j) Methodofremovingseizednuts-Hotworkcutting or burning of seized bolts is prohibited onflangesinhydrocarbonserviceduetotheflammabilityhazardand/orthetoxicfumeshazard when cadmium or zinc coated fastenings are burned. Cold cutting is permissible with the

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g



202


203

appropriate permit to work. k) Possibledegradationofthebolts,e.g.corrosion,

stress corrosion cracking, fatigue. l) Possibledegradationofthegasket. m) Hiddenorunseenanomaliesorcorrosion. PotentialHazards–Inhotboltingthereisapotential

risk of leakage caused by: • Reducedgasketcompressionduringbolt

removal • Inadequatetighteningonboltreplacement • Gasketfailurefromover-tighteningofbolts

on replacementThe practice of hot bolting shall only be allowed for those flangesindicatedinTable1(ANSIclassflanges)andTable2(APIclassflanges).NOTE:Someflangesrequireadecreasedpressureratingduringhotbolting(from9%to72%lessthannormalpressurerating)orarenotallowedatall(ANSI150classflanges).UseTable1andTable2inconjunctionwithlocalhot-bolting safety practices to enhance personnel safety and insure code compliance.

5.1 Hot Bolting Procedure Cold cutting of bolts on non-hydrocarbon lines can

be used, but the blowout potential of the gasket and its ability to be retightened should be considered and included in the work plan.

Bolt removal, examination, and replacement shall be as follows:

(1) Beforetheworkstarts,authorizedpersonnelshallcheck that:

a. All necessary materials, equipment, and personnel are onsite

b. All relevant procedural requirements have beenmetincludingallrelevantHSSErequire-ments.

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g


202



203

c. Appropriate safeguards are in place d. The pressure in the piping and equipment is at

the specified pressure and that process condi-tions are stable.

e. TheworkformforHot/OddBoltingisprepared(seeAttachment1).

(2)Theauthorizedpersonnelshallcheckthat: a. Eachoftheexistingboltsistighttothecorrect

torque to ensure that bolts have not relaxed in service.

b. Any abnormal conditions, such as loose bolts, shall be reported to the Competent Person.

(3) Hotboltingshallbecarriedoutononlyoneboltat a time, in a sequence specified in Figure 1, or by other approved job-specific instructions.

(4) Eachboltcompletewithnutswillberemovedand examined. Nuts and bolts found to be in re-usable condition shall be cleaned and lubricated priortoreuse.Damagedboltsandnutswillbedisposed of and replaced by new items of the correct specification. If there is any doubt as to the integrity of the bolting, it shall be replaced. Exposedflangesurfacesmustbecleanedandthearea under the nuts thoroughly lubricated.

(5) Theboltshallbecorrectlytightenedandtensioned to specified torque figures obtained prior to starting the task. The torque figures shall beconsistentwiththeflangedesign,bolttype,material, and condition. Initial retightening of the bolts shall not introduce additional local compression of the gasket.

(6) Afteralltheboltshavebeenreplaced,afinaltightness check will be carried out in the se-quence specified in Figure 1.

(7) TheCompetentPersonshallinspectthecom-pletedjobandsigntheHot/OddBoltingformand other required permits. Any comments shall

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g



204


205

be attached to the form. (8) Oncompletionofwork,thecompletedHot/

Odd Bolting form should be filed within the DocumentControlManagementSystem.

5.2 Odd Bolting Procedure Bolt removal, examination, and replacement shall be

as follows: (1) Beforetheworkstarts,authorizedpersonnelshall

check that: a. All necessary materials, equipment, and

personnel are onsite b. All relevant procedural requirements have

beenmetincludingallrelevantHSSErequire-ments.

c. Appropriate safeguards are in place (2) Normally,oddboltingisprecededbyhotbolting

(to ensure that bolts to be removed are in good conditionandreasonablyfreetomove).TheCompetentPersonshouldcheckthesignedHot/Odd Bolting form for any comments that could be relevant to the odd bolting activity.

(3)TheCompetentPersonshallensurethat: 3.8.1Thepressureinthepipingandequipment

is at the specified pressure and that process conditions are stable.

3.8.2Eachoftheexistingboltsistighttothecorrect torque to ensure that bolts have not relaxed in service.

3.8.3Anyabnormalconditions,suchasloosebolts, shall be reported to the Competent Person.

(4) Boltremovalshallbecarriedoutaccordingto the methods specified in the approved job procedure.

(5) Thesequenceofboltremovalwillbespecified

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g


204



205

as in Figure 2 or other job specific instruc-tions.

(6) TheCompetentPersonshallinspectthecompletedjobandsigntheHot/OddBoltingform. Any comments should be attached to theHot/OddBoltingform.

(7) Oncompletionofwork,thecompletedHot/OddBoltingformshouldbefiledwithintheDocumentControlManagementSystem.

Table 1 (ANSI Class Flanges)FlangePressureRatingsDuringHotBolting(1)(TemporaryRemoval(2)ofOnlyOneBoltataTime(3)UnderOperatingPressure)

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g

Normal Pipe Size

ANSI Class

Flange Type

(4)

Normal Bolt Count

Normal PSI Max

Hot Bolt PSI Max

Hot Bolt

Allowed

Comments

2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2”

150 300 600 600 900 1500 2500

RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ RJ

4 8 8 8 - 8 8

285 740 1480 1480 - 3705 6170

- 740 1480 1480 - 2850 3700

No Yes Yes Yes - Yes Yes

Insufficient gasket-seating force Not available. Use 2ANSI 1500 23% pressure reduction 40% pressure reduction

3” 3” 3” 3” 3” 3” 3”

150 300 600 600 900 1500 2500

RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ RJ

4 8 8 8 8 8 8

285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705 6170

- 740 1325 1325 1975 575 3680

No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Insufficient gasket-seating force 10% pressure reduction 10% pressure reduction 10% pressure reduction 30% pressure reduction 40% pressure reduction

4” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4”

150 300 600 600 900 1500

RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ

8 8 8 8 8 8

285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705

- 740 1350 1350 2220 3705

No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Insufficient gasket-seating force 9% pressure reduction 9% pressure reduction

6” 6” 6” 6” 6” 6”

150 300 600 600 900 1500

RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ

8 12 12 12 12 12

285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705

- 740 1480 1480 2220 3705


Insufficient gasket-seating force

8” 8” 8” 8” 8” 8”

150 300 600 600 900 1500

RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ

8 12 12 12 12 12

285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705

- 740 1325 1325 2220 3705


Insufficient gasket-seating force 10% pressure reduction 10% pressure reduction

10” 10” 10” 10”

150 300 600 600

RF RF RF RJ

12 16 16 16

285 740 1480 1480

- 740 1480 1480

No Yes Yes Yes


12” 12” 12” 12”

150 300 600 600

RF RF RF RJ

12 16 20 20

285 740 1480 1480

- 740 1480 1480

No Yes Yes Yes




206


207

Table 1 (ANSI Class Flanges) -Continued

FlangePressureRatingsDuringHotBolting(1)(TemporaryRemoval(2)ofOnlyOneBoltataTime(3)UnderOperatingPressure)

1.RatingsareforANSIB16.5flangesmadeofAmericanSocietyforTestingMaterials(ASTM)A-105 material at

-20°Fto200°F,andwithA193Grade.B7bolts.CalculationsareinaccordancewithANSIB31.3.

2. Temporary is defined as no more than 10 hours at any one time and no more than 100 hours per year, per ANSI

B31.3codefor“OccasionalVariations”. 3.Onlyasingleflangeboltcanberemovedata

time. 4.RFisraisedfacetypeandRJisringjointtype.

Allflangesareweldneck.

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

gH

ot &

Odd

Bol

ting

Normal Pipe Size

ANSI Class

Flange Type

(4)

Normal Bolt Count

Normal PSI Max

Hot Bolt PSI Max

Hot Bolt

Allowed

Comments

16” 16” 16” 16”

150 300 600 600

RF RF RF RJ

16 20 20 20

285 740 1480 1480

- 740 1350 1480

No Yes Yes Yes

Insufficient gasket-seating force 9% pressure reduction

18” 18” 18” 18”

150 300 600 600

RF RF RF RJ

16 24 20 20

285 740 1480 1480

- 740 1250 1480

No Yes Yes Yes


20” 20” 20” 20”

150 300 600 600

RF RF RF RJ

20 24 24 24

285 740 1480 1480

- 740 1300 1480

No Yes Yes Yes


24” 24” 24” 24”

150 300 600 600

RF RF RF RJ

20 24 24 24

285 740 1480 1480

- 740 1300 1480

No Yes Yes Yes



206



207

Table 2 (API Class Flanges)

FlangePressureRatingsDuringHotBolting(1)(TemporaryRemoval(2)ofOnlyOneBoltataTime(3)UnderOperatingPressure)

1.RatingsareforAPI6B&6BXflangesmadeofAmericanSocietyforTestingMaterials(ASTM)A-105material(forAPI6Bflanges5Kratingorless)orAIS4130(forAPI6BXflanges10K&15Krating)at-20°Fto200°F,andwithA193Grade B7 bolts. Calculations are in accordance withANSIB31.3.

2. Temporary is defined as no more than 10 hours at any one time and no more than 100 hours per year, per ANSI

B31.3codefor“OccasionalVariations”. 3.Onlyasingleflangeboltcanberemovedatatime. 4.RJisringjointtype.Allflangesareweldneck.

6.0 Key Documents, Tools, References

BPGoMSafePracticesManualUKCS-SOP-075,HotandOddBoltingProcedure(April2005,Issue2)D/UTG/054/00,BPAmocoPipingJointshandbook

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

gH

ot &

Odd

Bol

ting

Normal Pipe Size

API Class

Flange Type

(4)

Normal Bolt Count

Normal PSI Max

Hot Bolt PSI Max

Hot Bolt

Allowed

Comments

1-13/16” 1-13/16”

10K 10K

RJ RJ

8 8

10000 15000

4100 5700

Yes Yes

59% pressure reduction 62% pressure reduction

2-1/16” 2-1/16” 2-1/16”

5K 10K 15K

RJ RJ RJ

8 8 8

5000 10000 15000

2900 3350 4650

Yes Yes Yes

42% pressure reduction 67% pressure reduction 69% pressure reduction

2-9/16” 2-9/16” 2-9/16”

5K 10K 15K

RJ RJ RJ

8 8 8

5000 10000 15000

3150 3350 4400

Yes Yes Yes


3-1/8” 3-1/8” 3-1/8”

5K 10K 15K

RJ RJ RJ

8 8 8

5000 10000 15000

2850 3300 4400

Yes Yes Yes


4-1/16” 4-1/16” 4-1/16”

5K 10K 15K

RJ RJ RJ

8 8 8

5000 10000 15000

2750 2800 4400

Yes Yes Yes


5-1/8” 5-1/8”

5K 10K

RJ RJ

8 12

5000 10000

3075 3100

Yes Yes

39% pressure reduction 69% pressure reduction

7-1/16” 7-1/16” 7-1/16”

5K 10K 15K

RJ RJ RJ

12 12 16

5000 10000 15000

3300 3400 4650

Yes Yes Yes




208


209

Figure 1: Hot bolting removal and tightening sequence.

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g


208



209

Figure 2: Odd bolting removal and tightening sequence.

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g



210


211

Attachment 1

HOT / ODD BOLTING WORK FORM

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

gStandard Safety Practices Manual

212



213

Attachment 1

HOT / ODD BOLTING WORK FORM

Hot

& O

dd B

oltin

g

PERSON Signature Date

FINAL INSPECTION: COMPETENT PERSON Signature Date

(1) DESIGN CONDITIONS (from P&ID’s, Piping Specs, Maintenance History, Current Operations)

Line/Vessel Number Line/Vessel Contents Normal Operating Pressure (psig)

Normal Operating Temperature (�C/�F)

Line/Vessel Service/Fluid Flange Standard/Rating Joint Location(s) Piping Specification

Gasket Type/Specification Location Sketch Attached: YES / NO

Number of Joints to be Hot Bolted Grade of Bolt Material Number of Bolts in Flange Torque Loading (max/min Bolt Diameter

(2) SITE INSPECTION (If NO is the correct answer (condition status) of any of the below items, then a full Engineering Assessment shall be completed as per Section 4.1 of the Procedure with the appropriate approvals prior to proceeding. The BU Management of Change Procedure shall befollowed to document the exception process required by Section 4.1.

YES NO YES NO Number of bolts as per Table in Section 5.0

Pipe supports inspected and found satisfactory

Joint inspected and found satisfactory and free from leaks. (No visual damage or signs of bending stress in joint)

Adequate access for safe work

Joint free from vibration Pressure of system at or below specified value as per Section 5.0

Operating Temperature <140�F (60�C) Operating Temperature > 0�F (-18�C) Flange type as per Section 5.0 Ambient Temperature > 0�F (-18�C) Flange rated as per Section 5.0 Risk assessment completed as required by

Section 5.0 Applicability requirements in Section 3.1 are met

Applicability exclusions in Section 3.2 are not violated

3) PREPARATION CHECKLIST (If NO is the correct answer (condition status) of any of the below items, the work shall NOT proceed)

YES NO YES NO Bolt removal sequence issued Provision for bolt cutting (if allowed) – Hot

cutting is NOT permitted on hydrocarbon service.

Bolt removal methods issued Emergency Response Plan prepared

Bolt tightening procedure issued Equipment/materials available at site

All requirements of Procedure met

(4) CONDITION CONFORMANCE TO SPU HOT / ODD BOLTING PROCEDURE

TECHNICAL REVIEW COMPLETE: TECHNICAL REVIEWER

Signature Date

APPROVAL TO PROCEED: RESPONSIBLE


210



211

HYDRATES, IDENTIFICATION AND REMOVAL

PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for the proper identification and safe removal of gas hydrates.

APPLICATION:All BP plant and field facilities.

DEFINITION:Gas hydrates are solid compounds formed by the reaction of a gas with water. Some of the light hydrocarbons that are components of natural gas, form hydrates under pressure at temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. These hydrates form as crystals and look like snow. In pipelines, they can pack solidlytoformarestrictionresultinginpartialornoflow.This is referred to as “line freezing.”

POTENTIALHAZARDS:Caution must be exercised when a line where hydrates are suspected, is being de-pressured and opened; the hydrates may plug the line and trap pressure as well as dissolve and release hydrocarbons and toxic gases after de-pressuring: • Highpressure • Propelledsolids • Explosiveforces • Flammablefluids • Toxicproducts

NOTE:

1. Hydrates may occur as single or multiple plugs. 2. Hydrated lines should never be totally depres-

sured. Pressure should only be reduced to a point below the hydrate curve.

Hyd

rate

s



212


213

PROCEDURES:Identification:

Static pressure spiking on pipeline systems is the first indi-cationthathydratesarebeginningtoform.Adropinflowshould not be solely attributed to liquid hold-up; hydrates must be considered as the possible cause. The same applies toflowingwells,particularlyifthewellheadtemperatureand pressure are dropping.A pipeline system should not be run when hydrates are forming,unlessmethanolisbeinginjectedortheflowingtemperature is being increased over a short period of time.

Removal:

Prior to removal, a site specific procedure must be devel-oped following the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers guidelines for the safe handling of hydrates.Site specific procedure must include, but not be limited to the following: 1. All hydrates must be considered to be safety

hazards. 2. Supervisor or designate must be notified when a

hydrate is identified. 3. Allpiping/equipmentusedforde-pressuring

will meet BP Process Piping specifications; all threadedpipingistobenomorethan1/2”NPT.Depressuringvalvesmustbeneedleorglobevalves.

4. Whende-pressuring,thehydratemustbede-pressuredfrombothendswiththedifferentialpressure on both sides of the hydrate not to exceed10%.Ifpressureisrelievedononlyoneside of the hydrate, a potential exists for sudden rapid movement of the hydrate which may result in damage to piping or vessels.

Hyd

rate

s


212



213

Hyd

roge

n S

ulfid

eHYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) SAFETY

PURPOSE:To set out safe work practices for the safe handling of hydrogensulfide(H2S)gasbyidentifyingthepotentialsources, training of employees, and developing and apply-ing special work procedures.

APPLICATION:All personnel who may be exposed to Hydrogen Sulfide gas.

PROCEDURES:Properties and Toxicity of Hydrogen Sulfide: • AllpersonnelenteringafacilitywhereH2Smay

be present must be aware of the properties and toxicity of hydrogen sulfide gas. They must be able to recognize its presence, and know how to protectthemselvesfromitslethaleffects.Thetwo tables on the following pages show the properties and toxicity of hydrogen sulfide

Identification of Sour Sites: • AteachBPCanadaworklease,allsourcesand

concentrations of H2S must be identified. All areaswhereconcentrationsmayexceed10PPMmust have a sign posted at the lease entrance showing the poisonous gas symbol. A sign stating the legal description of the surface location, name and telephone number of the licensee or operator must also be posted. The lease must be fenced in accordance with the applicable govern-mentregulations.Entranceroadstotheleasemust be considered part of the lease for posting purposes.

• AllleaseswhereH2Sexistsmusthaveaformofwind direction indication.



214


215

PROPERTIES: • Color-Colorless • Odor-Veryoffensive,similartorotteneggsin

small quantities • Vapor-Density1.189(air1.0)H2Sisheavier

than air (thus low-lying areas may be more severelycontaminated)

• BoilingPoint-60DegreesC • ExplosiveLimits:4.3–46.0percentbyvolume

in air • AutoIgnitionTemp260DegreesC • WaterSoluble Yes(4volumesgasin1volume

waterat0DegreesC) • Flammability Formsexplosivemixturewithair

or oxygen

TOXICITY

Indoctrination Requirements for Work on Sour Sites:

• AtlocationswhereH2Sispresent,H2SAlivecertification is required.

Hyd

roge

n S

ulfid

e


214



215

EntrytoSourWorkSites: • Beforeanypersonenterstheimmediatearea

where a system contains H2S in sufficient con-centration such that the occupational exposure limits could be exceeded, all of the following conditions must be satisfied:

1. The atmosphere in and around all buildings and equipment located on a worksite must be controlled within the occupational exposure limits. The exposure limits are as follows:

15PPM–ceilingexposurelimit.Thislimitcannot be exceeded at any time without respi-ratory protection

2. All employees who work in operations where they may come in contact with hydrogen sul-fide gas in excess of the occupational exposure limits should be equipped with a personal hydrogen sulfide gas detector that is capable of alarmingat10PPMunlesscontinuousatmo-spheric monitoring is conducted or checked according to a site-specific procedure.

3. Continuousmonitoringequipmentispresentin all buildings to be accessed, or it has been checked according to a site-specific procedure.

4. Anydutiesotherthanroutineshallbeaccord-ing to a site-specific procedure.

5. Communication monitoring, entry and work procedures are in place.

Complete risk assessment to determine if respiratory protection and emergency back-up personnel are required.

[See: Respiratory Protection] [See: Safety Standby]

H2STRAININGDEVIATIONWorkers that are required to perform work in potential

Hyd

roge

n S

ulfid

e



216


217

H2S atmospheres require current H2S Alive training. Workersthatarepartoftours/inspectionsthatwanttoenter potentially low risk conditions for H2S exposures and are not expected to engage in physical work activities may be provided with a temporary deviation to enter the site without having H2S Alive Training.

A completed hazard and risk assessment with deviation form must be filled out in its entirety and signed by the OCMorhis/herdesignatepriortoentry.Theworkerbeing provided with the deviation is required to be ac-companied with a BP representative for the duration of time on lease. The deviation must also be supported with theindividualbeingescorted100%ofthetimeonsitewitha worker with valid H2S training.

RefertoFormMF91001–DeviationfromStandard/Practice Form

INCIDENT/ACCIDENT REPORTING

PURPOSE:Toprovideincident/accidentreportingrequirements.(RefertoBUspecificreportingguidelines)

APPLICATION:All employees involved in, or witness to, an incident resulting in, or having the potential to result in injury or property damage.

PROCEDURES:When an incident occurs, the employees involved in, or witness to the incident, are responsible to: • Preventfurtherinjuryandpropertydamageif

this can be accomplished without endangering their safety

Inci

dent

/Acc

iden

t


216



217

• Reportimmediatelytosupervisorordesignate • Logallpertinentdataforinclusionininci

dent/accidentreport • Secureevidence

If the BP Canada Supervisor or designate in charge of the worksite believes further action is needed to prevent lossoflifeorproperty,he/shewillinitiatetheEmergencyResponse Plan.

Site-Specific Procedure:

• EachPerformanceUnit/ServiceUnitshallhaveawrittenincident/accidentreportingprocedure.

[See:gHSSErMS430]

Note:ContactyourHSSErepresentativeforassistancewithincident investigation and report preparation.

LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDING – PORTABLE

PURPOSE:To outline precautions for the safe usage of portable ladders andscaffolding.

APPLICATION:All plants, field, pipelines facilities or work locations where work is being conducted on behalf of BP Canada.

PROCEDURES:Storage:

• Laddersmustberemovedandproperlystoredaftereachuse.Leavingladdersleaningagainstequipment, vessels, etc., is not acceptable.

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing



218


219

Inspection:

• Laddersandscaffoldingshallbeinspectedpriortoeachuse.Defectiveladdersorscaffoldinginneed of repair must be removed from service, tagged and replaced.

Maintenance:

• Laddersandscaffoldingmustbeproperlymain-tained to allow safe and trouble-free use.

PRECAUTIONS:Portable Ladders:

• Anemployermustensurethataportableladdercomplies with:

o CSAStandardCAN3-Z11-M81(R2001),PortableLadders

o ANSIStandardA14.1-2000,AmericanNa-tionalStandardforLadders–Wood–SafetyRequirements

o ANSIStandardA14.2-2000,AmericanNa-tionalStandardforLadders–PortableMetalSafety Requirements, or

o ANSIStandardA14.5-2000,AmericanNationalStandardforLadders–PortableReinforcedPlastic–SafetyRequirements

o Laddersmustbeequippedwithnon-slipfeetand be secured against movement

o Extensionladdersmustbeequippedwithsuit-able extension locks

o Wooden and fiberglass ladders may be used only when working near or with electrical circuits.Metalladdersmustnotbeusedinthis application

o When in use, the ladder must extend 1 meter past any platform or landing, and be secured from movement. It must be positioned so that

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing


218



219

it is no more than one quarter of its height away from the well or structure against which it stands, and is secured and placed on a base that is level and stable

o The ladder should be moved as the work progresses

o When on ladder the worker muster ensure three-point contact while climbing or station-ary

o When working from a ladder at a height over 2 meters, the top must be secured, and the worker must have fall protection

o Both hands should be free when climbing up or down ladders. If material must be trans-ported, it should be handled with a rope

o Only one person shall be on a ladder at a time • Forheightsover6.5meters,aladdermustnotbe

used;scaffoldingmustbeinplace • Aworkermaynotworkfromthetop2rungs,

steps or treads of a stepladder unless: (a)Thestepladderhasarailedplatformatthe

top, or (b)Themanufacturer’sspecificationsforthe

stepladder permit • Aconstructedportable/temporaryladderwill

meet all material and construction specifications outlinedintheAlbertaOH&SCodeSection134

Scaffolding:

• StandardsandApplications: o CAN/CSAS269:approvedscaffoldingmust

be used when constructing and erecting scaf-folding structures to work from.

o In applications between 2 and 6.5 meters, scaffoldingisrecommendedasanalternative

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing



220


221

to a ladder. o Scaffoldingmustbeconstructed/installedin

accordance with all applicable regulations and asoutlinedinOH&SCodePart23.

o Scaffoldsmustbeconstructedinaccordancewith the manufacturer’s specifications.

o Scaffoldsmustbetaggedappropriatetothecurrent inspected usable condition, with ap-propriate documentation and time of inspec-tion

o Nopersonshallutilizeascaffoldingunitthatdoes not indicate by tagging safe for use or, tagging has expired, or there is no tagging present.

o Scaffoldmustbeequippedwithacceptableaccess and egress.

o AllWorkconductedfromscaffoldingwillrequire Toe boards, top rails, midrails and ladder well protection specifications prior to work commencing.

o Scaffolderectionandconstructionwillbeconducted by a certifier competent person.

[See: Working from heights] [See: BP Golden Rule ‘Working at Heights]

LADDERS, STAIRS AND PLATFORMS - FIXED

PURPOSE:To provide direction for the design and installation of fixed ladders, stairs and platforms.

APPLICATION:All plant, pipeline, rigs and field facilities.PROCEDURES:

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing


220



221

The design and usage of fixed ladders, stairs and platforms shall comply with government regulations.andBPEngineeringSpecifications.Priortothedesignofapermanent installation these documents should beconsulted.[See: Canadian Standards Association][Occupational, Health and SafetyRegulations][See:BPEngineeringSpecifications]LeaseSpacingRequirements(Referenceonly)

PURPOSE:To outline the guidelines for working with fixed ladders and platforms on all facilities.

SPECIFICATIONS:Stairways:

o Facilities with Stairways utilized for access must ensure:

a. The width of the treads and the height of the rise of a stairway are uniform throughout its length, and

b. The treads of a stairway are level. c. A stairway with 5 or more risers has the ap-

propriate handrail required by this Code, and d. A stairway with open sides has a handrail and

an intermediate rail or equivalent safeguard to each open side.

o Facilities utilizing stairs with 5 of more risers must ensure the stairway is equipped with a handrail that :

a. Extendstheentirelengthofthestairway b. Is between 800 millimeters and 920 millime-

ters above the front edge of the treads, and c. Is substantial and constructed of material with

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing



222


223

propertiesthesameasorbetteroflumber38millimeters by 89 millimeters

d. Post supporting a railing are spaced not more than3metersapartattheirverticalcenters.Afixed walkway, service stair or stile shall be at least 55 cm in width.

Fixed Ladders:

o Designcriteria: a. Fixed ladder shall meet the requirements of

PIPStandardSTF05501(February2002),FixedLaddersandCages,publishedbytheConstruction Industry Institute.

b. If a fixed ladder is made of a material other than steel, the facilities must ensure that the design is certified by a professional engineer as being as strong as or stronger than that required by PIP Standard STF05501.

c. Facilities shall ensure that a self-closing double barsafetygate,orequallyeffectivemeans,isprovidedatladderwayflooropeningsandplatforms of fixed ladders, this does not apply at landings.

Work Platforms: o Covering Openings : a. When working on a platform with an open-

ing or hole through which a worker can fall personnel shall be protected by:

a. A securely attached cover designed to support an anticipated load, or

b. Guardrails and toes boards. b. If personnel remove a cover, guardrail or toe

board, or part of them, protecting an opening or hole for any reason, then they must ensure a temporary cover or other means of protec-

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing


222



223

tion replaces it immediately. c. If a temporary cover is used to protect an

opening or hole, an employer must ensure a warning sign or marking clearly indicating the nature of the hazard:

a. Is posted near or fixed on the cover, and b.Isnotremovedunlesseffectivemeansof

protection is immediately provided.

Guardrails:

o Facilities must ensure that a guardrail required by this Code has:

(a)Ahorizontaltopmemberinstalledbetween920 millimeters and 1070 millimeters above the base of the guardrail,

(b)Ahorizontalintermediatememberspacedmid-way between the top member and the base,

(c)Verticalmembersatbothendsofthehori-zontal members with intermediate vertical supportsthatarenotmorethan3metersapartat their centers, and

(d)Despitesubsection(1),atemporaryguardraildoes not require a horizontal intermedi-ate member if it has a substantial barrier positioned within the space bounded by the horizontal top member, toe board and vertical members that prevents a worker’s falling through the space.

(e)Aguardrailissecuredsothatitcannotmovein any direction if it is struck or any point comes into contact with a worker, materials or equipment.

Toe boards:

o An facility must ensure that: (a)AtoeboardrequiredbythisCodeisnotless

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing



224


225

than140millimetersinheightabovethesurface of the work area, and

(b)Thespacebetweenthebottomofthetoeboard and the surface of the work area is not more than 6 meters high.

o An facility must ensure that toe boards are installed at the outer edge above the work area ifaworkermaybeunderapermanentfloor,mezzanine, walkway, ramp, runway or other permanent surface where guardrails are installed, or materials can fall more than 1.8 meters

o A facility must ensure that toe boards are installed at the outer edge above the work area of temporaryscaffoldingoratemporaryworkplat-formifmaterialscanfallmorethan3.5meters

o A facility must ensure that toe boards are installed around the top of a pit containing a machine with exposed rotating parts if workers may be working in the pit

o This section does not apply to the entrance of a loading or unloading area if the employer takes other precautions to ensure that materials do not fall from the permanent surface while loading.

Rest platform exemption: o If each worker working on a drilling rig or

service rig on a fixed double ladder is equipped with and wears a climb assist device that com-plies with the manufacturer’s specifications or specifications certified by a professional engineer, an employer is not required to:

a) Providetheladderwithrestplatforms,or b) Tohavethesiderailsextendnotlessthan

1050 millimeters above the point at which the workersgoonoroff.

Ladd

ers/

Sca

ffold

ing


224



225

LINE THAWING PRACTICE


1.1 The purpose of this practice is to establish a safe means to provide a sufficient heat source to thaw frozen liquids inside of steel piping.

1.2 This practice is applicable to all Canada Gas Perfor-mance Unit employees, contractors, sub-contractors and visitors to CGPU work sites.

1.3Thepurposeofthispracticeistoensurethatallrea-sonable precautions will be taken to protect the safety of personnel who are or may be required to participate in these types of activities.

1.4Therequirementsetforthinthispracticewillactastheminimum requirements. Specific contractors, manufac-turers or plants may have more stringent requirements. In event of any discrepancies, the more stringent requirements will prevail.

2.0 Purpose

Thawing of frozen liquids in steel pipe is a high risk task thatshouldneverincludetheuseofanopenflamesuchasa“tiger torch” to transfer direct heat to the steel pipe. Frozen hydrocarbon lines may have reduced pipe wall integrity and when the frozen hydrocarbon is heated and changes state to a gas; may provide a most dangerous fuel source for an openflame.Thispracticeoutlinesthetypesofsaferheatmediums available to assist in thawing lines and the hazards associated with each application. Also included in the prac-tice are considerations to prevent freezing in steel piping as

Line

Tha

win

g



226


227

well as options to consider during construction to assist in thawing lines once the lines are put into winter service.

3.0 Pre-work required prior to heating of frozen steel lines

• Priortoapplyingaheatmediumtoafrozenline; workers must ensure that the line does nothaveadifferentialpressuregreaterthen2800kpa(g)

• Operationsshouldattempttocarefullydepres-surize both sides of the frozen section of the line

• Usingmethanolcarefullypressurize(manuallyoperatedBakerpump)theupstreamsideoftheiceplugwithoutexceedingtheMOWPofthelineor2800kpa(g)differentialacrosstheiceplug.ConsultthemethanolMSDStoverifyproperPPE

• Considerationmustbemadetoallowforliq-uid and vapor expansion as the ice plug begins to change state. If at all possible the upstream product feed valve should be isolated

• Theworkareamustbeflaggedofftopreventunauthorized workers from entry

• Sensitiveinstrumentationandnonsteelfit-tings must be protected prior to applying heat to a steel line

4.0 Type of heat mediums available for thawing frozen lines

Electrical Heat Trace – Portable generator or purchased power

Agoodoptionistostripinsulationoffofthefrozenline and install electrical heat tracing. The heat trace

Line

Tha

win

g


226



227

mustbeinstalledasperbothCSAandtheElectricalCoderequirements.Therearedifferentoptionswiththetypesof electrical heat trace being that it is available in both AC andDCsupplies.Aftertheinstallationoftheelectricalheat trace the line is wrapped with insulation to maintain the heat to the pipe wall. Hazards include electrical energy, sharp or damaged insulation, insulation fibers (glass foam, fiberglassorsilicate),andifusingaportablegeneratormaintaining to the hot work permit and 8 meter rule for potential ignition sources. When utilizing purchased power the electrical connections must be explosion proof for a Class1Division1area. Prior to construction, selective piping should be evaluatedduringtheHAZOPstudytoconsiderinstallingelectrical heat trace lines before to the insulation is installed. If the heat trace is installed it does not have to be put into service and will provide an excellent option for assisting in thawing the line in the event of future freezing. There is minimal cost of doing this at the time of construction ver-sus having to remove the insulation to apply a heat source.

Saturated steam – utility low pressure

With the availability of mobile steamer units (field operations/wellservicing)andonsitelowpressureboilers(drillingrigs/largeservicerigoperations)provideagoodoption to provide heat for the thawing of frozen lines. The frozen line must have the insulation removed prior to applying steam to the bare pipe. Caution must be used if applying steam vapor near insulation as moisture directed inside the insulation may in fact lead to external pipe corrosion. A recommendation rather then applying steam directly to the pipe is to use heat conduction by strapping stainless steel tubing to the suspected section of frozen pipe, re-bundle the coupled lines with quick-wrap insulation, and connect the stainless tubing to the steam supply and then carefully controlling the discharge out of the tubing with a control valve. Caution with regards to hot burner surfaces

Line

Tha

win

g



228


229

and steam burns must always be controlled in addition to thehazardoftheopenflameignitionsourceoftheboiler(hotworkpermitandadheringtothe8meterrule.) Hot air - supplied by a Herman Nelson type of heater

Another option for heat medium is using hot air directed from a gas fired heater unit. The hot air is directed offofthedischargeoftheheaterwiththeutilizationofaseriesofflexibleheaterducts.Withthisoptionitismorechallenging to direct heat directly to the surface of the pipe without wasting heat. Hazards include: hot surfaces of the heaterandopenflameignitionsourcesaswellasrefuelingrequirements. The heater unit must again be positioned a minimum 10 meters from any process piping or building. OperationsmustmaintainacontinuousLELmonitorupstreamoftheunit(whentheheaterisinoperation.) Hot engine exhaust – Internal combustion engine

Another option that may be available is using the hotexhaustoffofaninternalcombustionenginesuchasafieldtechnician’struck.Aflexiblerubberexhausthoseisconnected to the tailpipe and directed to the frozen line. This type of application is dangerous and can only be used in open spaces and never used inside buildings due to the carbon monoxide concern. An additional hazard is ensur-ing that the vehicle is safely parked outside of the 8 meter minimum.5.0 Hazard Assessments

OH&SRegulationsrequirethatanemployershallensurethat a known hazard which cannot be readily controlled or eliminated and that has the potential for causing serious injury be identified and brought to the attention of workers who may be exposed to the hazard. Step1-Determinewhatspecificjobtasks

Line

Tha

win

g


228



229

hazards are present. Step2-Developproceduresthatwill

eliminate or control identified hazards when required to

thaw frozen lines. Step3-Documentandmaintainthehazard

assessment at the work site. 6.0 Key Responsibilities

Operating supervisors are responsible for implementing and enforcing this practice, whereas all personnel are responsible for complying with it. It is the responsibility of the Area Authority to reference this practice while developing and reviewingJobSafetyandEnvironmentalAnalysis.

7.0 Scope of Forms


MANUAL LIFTING AND HANDLING HEAVY OR AWKWARD LOADS

PURPOSE:To establish guidelines for lifting, moving or handling of any item.APPLICATION:This policy applies to all BP employees, contractors and third parties who have a responsibility for ordering or carry-ing out manual handling activities.

DEFINITION:The identification of manual handling activities that pose a risk to health and safety and the development of workplace

Man

ual L

iftin

g



230


231

modifications are achieved through implementation of the procedure‘IdentifyingandAssessingManualHandlingRisk’.

ManualLiftingandmovingforcesshouldnotexceed20kgor4.5kgduringseatedwork.However,thismaximumforce limit standard may be lowered to account for indi-vidual physical characteristics. These weight restrictions only apply to ideal lifting conditions such as smooth lifts, weight held close to the body, unrestricted lifting posture and a good grip.

PREPARATIONS:All work involving manual lifting or moving must be evaluated before work begins. The evaluation should include identifying any manual lift or carrying tasks that have a potential to injure, perform a risk assessment and identify risk control measures that includes considering job redesign,mechanicalliftingequipmentand/ortraining.PPEshouldalsobeconsideredsuchasgloves,protectionfrom chemicals, etc.For help on identification, risk assessments and risk mitiga-tion,refertoGuidanceforAssessorsManualHandlingProgramme:HSSEGroupResourceOccupationalHygieneandEnvironmentalHealthTeam.

PROCEDURES:SOC’sand/orCriticalTaskAnalysisshouldhavebeencom-pleted for common and routine manual lifting and moving tasks.Examplesofcommon,routinetasksare:barrelmoving, small pump lifting, valve replacements, furniture moving, shipping and receiving goods on pallets. Refer to the site specific procedure, if available.

If it is not a routine task and procedures are not available, perform a risk assessment before commencing work and detail risk reduction methods on the Safe Work Permit.

Man

ual L

iftin

g


230



231

Answer the following questions: • Istheitemtobemovedgreaterthan20kg? • Isitanawkwardshapeorhaveroughorsharp

edges? • Doesithavetobecarriedgreaterthan10me-

ters? • Doesitinvolvetwistingofthebody? • Doyouhavetobenddownorreachforitwhen

picking it up or putting it down?If the answer is yes to any of the questions, consider using the proper moving equipment. If circumstances are such that is not possible to use equipment to lift heavy or awkward loads, then an alternative documented plan using a hazard assessment and site specific procedure must be developed to ensure an adequate level of safety to prevent injuries.

PROPERLIFTINGTECHNIQUES:All workers should use mechanical means to lift objects heavier than 20 kg. Safe manual lifting requires the following steps: 1. Plan the lift. Get help for difficult loads. 2. Check your path is clear to where the object will rest. 3. Bendyourlegshalfway,asiftosit. 4. Keepyourbackstraightbutinclinedforwardfar

enough so that your arms can lift vertically. 5. Keepyourfeetflatand30-40cmapartfora

solid stance. 6. Grasp the object firmly. 7. Take a deep breath. 8. To lift, straighten legs and body, moving arms to

acomfortableposition.Donottwistyourbackwhile lifting the load.

9. Keeptheobjectclosetoyourbody.Knowyourlimits.

Man

ual L

iftin

g



232


233

NOTE:

• Allmanualliftsshouldbeplannedtoelimi-nate any twisting of the back during the lift.

• Whenindoubt,usemechanicalmeanstomake the lift or move.

METER PROVING

PURPOSE:ToprovideguidelinesforsafeMeterProvingoperations.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada Plant and Field locations.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • StaticElectricity[See:Electricity] • Combustible/ToxicFluidsPREPARATIONS: • SafeworkPermitsshouldbeissuedforallmeter

proving • Attentionshouldbepaidtoleaselay-outtopro-

vide safe and accessible prover connections.[See: LeaseDesign]

• Undermostconditions,respiratoryprotectionwill not be required. However, the meter prover operator must wear breathing apparatus when crude or products containing poisonous gases are handled, if tests indicate such protection is needed. A safety standby may be required.[See: RespiratoryProtectionEquipment],[See:SafetyStandby]

• Appropriatepersonalprotectiveequipmentmustbeworn.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]

• Provinglinesandconnectionsmustbeproperlyidentified according to government regulations,

Met

er P

rovi

ng


232



233

Man

ual L

iftin

g

i.e.,WHMIS.TDG

PROCEDURES: 1. Eachportablemeterprovermustbeequipped

withaminimumof1–30#LTKB.C.drychemical fire extinguisher. When proving meters, the fire extinguisher should be removed from its holder and placed on the upwind side, and in position for immediate use.

2. A bonding and grounding cable shall be pro-vided for each meter prover. In order to protect against the build-up of static electricity, the bonding and grounding cable shall be properly placed so that the meters and prover are bonded together and grounded. This shall be the first thing hooked up at the beginning of a proving and the last thing disconnected at the end of the proving operation.

3. Whenusingflexiblehosestoconnecttheproverto the meter unit, be sure the hoses are rated to stand the operating pressure. They must be visu-ally inspected prior to use and replaced if their condition indicates a possibility of failure.

4. Itisrecommendedthatthevehicleshouldnotbeleft idling while proving operations are under-way. Also the wheels shall be chalked with park brake set.

5. Always open the proper valves to relieve the pres-sure on dust covers before attempting to remove thesecovers.Extremecareshouldbeusedwhenbreaking connections or purging hoses and pip-ing.[See:DrainingandDepressuring]

6. Connections should not be drained on the ground. Catch all drainings in a suitable con-tainer for proper disposal.

7. In all cases, when using a prover that employs an electronic counter system, all electrical connec-



234


235

tions shall be made before the power is turned on. After the meters have been proved, the power shallbeturnedoffbeforetheelectricalconnec-tions are disconnected.

PRECAUTIONS:When meter prover leveling jacks are used, they should be supported with blocks or firm footing, so that the ad-ditional weight of the liquid will not unbalance the trailer frame, making it a possible hazard to the operator.

RESPONSIBILITY: 1. The BP Canada employee in charge is re-

sponsible for ensuring that safe meter proving operations are conducted.

2. For BP Canada-owned proving units, the prover operator is responsible for the safe operation of the meter proving unit.

3. TheServicecontractorisresponsibleforensur-ing that equipment, personnel, and job proce-dures adhere to all applicable government and BP Canada regulations and practices.

TRAINING:MeterProverUnitoperatorsmustbeproperlytrainedinthe safe operation of their equipment.

MOBILE STEAMERS

PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for safe use of mobile steaming equipment.

APPLICATION:All BP Field facilities and leases.

POTENTIALHAZARDS:

Mob

ile S

team

ers


234



235

• CombustibleFluids • SteamBurns • ChemicalsHazards:Anychemicalsusedwiththe

watermusthavetheapplicableMSDSavailableon-site and the appropriate labeling requirements mustbemet,i.e.,WHMIS.

• StaticElectricity[See:Electrical]

PREPARATIONS:Where steaming could generate a hazard to personnel or equipment, an authorized BP Canada Representative must be on-site. He must conduct and document a pre-job safety meeting, and an appropriate work permit must be obtained.[See: Permits]

PROCEDURES: 1. The steamer must be positioned a minimum of

25 meters from any wellhead, tank, or process vessel, and pointed towards the access road for quick exit. Any operation within 25 meters must be treated as Hot Work.[See: Service Rig Safety]

2. The Steamer should be upwind of any potential source of combustible gas, where possible. Caution must be exercised with respect to the expansionofmetalsandtrappedfluid.

PRECAUTIONS: 1. All protective equipment required by govern-

ment regulations and BP Safety Requirements must be worn during all steaming operations.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]

2. Caution must be exercised to ensure that cata-lytic heaters, gas, fire and H2S detection heads, instrument recorders, instrumentation panels, and electrical or sensitive equipment are not steamed. This equipment should be protected prior to steaming to prevent damage.

Mob

ile S

team

ers



236


237

MOVING HEAVY EQUIPMENT ON BP WORKSITES

PURPOSE:This safety practice provides guidelines for the safe moving of heavy equipment on BP Canada worksites.

APPLICATION:BP Canada Plants, Field Operations, Construction Sites and areas of heavy traffic.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Seriousinjuryordeath[See:PersonalProtective

Equipment] • Contactwithpipingorstationaryequipment

[See:GroundDisturbance] • Contactoverheadpowerlines[See:Electrical

Equipment] • Lackofco-ordinationwithotheroperations[See:

Permit to Work]DEFINITION: 1. HeavyEquipmentincludespumptrucks,rig

trucks,pickers,trackedequipment(i.e.Dozers),graders, etc.

2. Heavy traffic areas include highways and second-ary roads and construction sites.

PREPARATIONS:All routine job procedures and practices must be followed before the heavy equipment is moved on to BP property.

PROCEDURES: 1. Face to face communication with the person in

charge of the site must occur before the pick up or unloading of equipment on the job site. If no one is at the site, the supervisor in charge or

Mov

ing

Hea

vy E

quip

.


236



237

designate must be notified. 2. The pre-job meeting and a safe work permit

must detail the specific instructions of where the equipment is to be loaded or unloaded on the job site and the potential hazards on the job site i.e. power lines, pipelines, wellhead, etc.

3. Therightofwayorleaseboundarymustbewellflaggedorotherwisedefinedsuchthattheequipment operator will not enter into a trespass situation.

4. Ifunloadingorpickingupequipmentindarkness, all lights on the equipment must be operational or there is an alternate light source available.

5. Before operating powered mobile equipment, the equipment operator must complete a visual in-spection of the equipment and the surrounding area to ensure that the powered mobile equip-ment is in safe operating condition and perform inspections periodically in order to ensure the continued safe operation of the equipment.

6. Equipmentoperatorsmustwearprovidedseat-belts in equipment when equipment is in motion or engaged in an operation where the equipment may become unstable.

7. If the equipment operator is using a ground guide, the communication hand signals at the end of this section should be used (See: Heavy EquipmentHandSignalsattheendofthissec-tion.)andthegroundguidemustbevisibleatalltimes.

8. All employees must establish eye contact and have conformation of contact from the equip-ment operator (i.e. nod, hand wave, call on a radio…)priortoenteringthehazardarea

9. EverypieceofmovingequipmentshallhaveonlyONEindividualdirectingitontheworksite.ThispersonwillbewearingdistinguishablePPE

Mov

ing

Hea

vy E

quip

.



238


239

PRECAUTIONS: 1. Workersontheworksitemustwearreflective

striping on the FRC that are visible day and night while working around heavy equipment.

2. Heavy equipment operators should be able to prove their competency operating the equip-ment.

3. Equipmentmustmaintain8metersseparationform wellheads and facilities, unless under the direction of a ground guide.

RESPONSIBILITIES:Responsibility lies with the BP supervisor on site to ensure the above procedures are followed.

Heavy Equipment Hand Signals

Note:ThesesignalsareIntendedforAllHeavyEquipmentOther Than Cranes. Standard Riggers’ Signals are to be Used for Cranes.

Mov

ing

Hea

vy E

quip

.

1. Raise Attachment (bowl, blade)

2.Lower Attachment (bowl, blade)

Fingers Curled with Thumb Pointing Up.

Fingers Curled with Thumb Pointing Down.

3. Push 4. Pull

First of One Hand Smacking into the palm of the Other.

Both Fists Clenched Together Initially. Move Fists Apart in a Lateral Motion.

5. Lower the Load 6. Raise the Load

Elbow at 90° Index Finger Pointing Down Making Circular Motion.

Elbow at 90° Index Finger Pointing Up Making Circular Motion.

7. Slow Down 8. Unload

Palms of Hands Turned Down with a slight Up and Down Motion

Quick Motion of the Arm with Fingers Curled and Thumb Extended.

9. Stop 10. Emergency Stop

Raise Hand to Head Heights with the Palm of Hand Towards the Machine.

Hands Spread Sideways.


238



239

NOISE EXPOSURE & HEARING CONSERVATION

PURPOSE:To prevent the occurrence of occupational noise induced hearing loss. All employees whose noise exposures equal or exceed the allowable exposure levels shall be included in the Hearing Conservation Program. Refer to the BP Canadian Gas Hearing Conservation Code of Practice for more details.

APPLICATION: • AllBPoperatingfacilitiesandassociatedpersonnel • Selectedcontractorsmaybeincludedinaudio-

metric testing and noise exposure monitoring • Allothercontractorsareexpectedtocomply

with provincial regulations regarding Hearing Conservations Programs

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Noiselevelsinexcessoftheallowable85dBA

time-weightedaverage(TWA)foran8-hourshift or 82 dBA TWA for a 12-hour shift

• KeyPerformanceIndicators • Thehearinglossratetargetforeachworkgroup

iszeroconfirmedabnormalshiftsand7%con-firmed early warning shifts

PROCEDURES: 1. AreaSoundSurveys:(FormatSection) • Allfacilitieswillhaveaninitialsoundlevel

survey conducted to establish a baseline. The sound level data shall be plotted on a diagram to generate the noise map of the surveyed area which includes buildings and outdoor areas. This noise map must be reviewed with onsite personnel and be posted at a prominent loca-

Noi

se E

xpos

ure



240


241

tion and accessible for worker review. • Areasshallbere-surveyedataminimumof

every five years or shortly after a change in production process, equipment or controls whichmayincrease/decreasethenoiselevels.

2. EmployeeDosimetryMonitoring: • Arepresentativesampleofemployees,whose

work tasks may be exposed regularly to high noise sources, may be monitored to determine thetime-weightedaverage(TWA)noiseexposure of a work shift.

• Iftheemployee’sexposureequalorexceedthe8-hour TWA of 85 dBA or 12-hour TWA of 82 dBA, the employee shall be included in the Hearing Conservation Program.

• Dosimetrymonitoringshallberepeatedwhenever a change in production, process, equipment or controls increases the noise exposures.

3. IdentificationofHighNoiseSources: • Wherenoiselevelinanylocation(buildings,

units,etc.)oroutdoorareasthatexceeds82dBA, must be marked with signs that identify it as a high noise area and requiring the use of appropriate hearing protection.

• Allemployeesorcontractorswhoenterareaswhere the sound levels are 82 dBA or greater shall wear appropriate hearing protection. Areas where sound levels equal or exceed 100 dBA, appropriate double hearing protectiondevices(earmuffsoverearplugs)arerequired.

4. TemporaryWorksites: • ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanadasu-

pervisor in charge, or his designate, to ensure adequatehearing protection is worn on all temporary worksites where noise levels exceed

Noi

se E

xpos

ure


240



241

82 dBA, i.e. rig operations. • NoiseReductionReviews:Aformal,docu-

mented Noise Reduction Review must be conducted for all existing areas where noise levels exceed 100 dBA. A formal review must be completed for all new facilities expected to have noise levels exceed 100 dBA in the facil-ity design phase. This review must include representatives from operations, engineering andHSSE.Anacousticalengineermustalsobe included.

5. HearingProtectionEquipment: • Earplugsand/orearmuffsmustbemade

available at all worksites. Contact Safety Coordinator or Industrial Hygienist to ensure appropriate hearing protectors are selected, fitted and used.

Audiometric Testing:

• Allnewemployeesmusthaveabaselineaudiogram(hearingtest)inconjunctionwiththeir pre-employment medical or, at the latest, within six months of their hiring date.

• AllemployeeswhoareincludedintheHear-ing Conservation Program and are exposed to noise levels equal to or exceed 82 dBA TWA for a 12-hour shift or 85 dBA TWA for an 8-hour shift must have an audiometric testing every two years, or as per jurisdiction regula-tions.

RESPONSIBILITIES: • Itistheresponsibilityofeachsupervisorand

site Safety Coordinator to ensure that noise controls and hearing conservation are imple-mented and enforced

• Contractorsarerequiredtocomplywiththese

Noi

se E

xpos

ure



242


243

noise controls and hearing conservation mea-sures with the exception of the Audiometric testing and noise monitoring. These should be part of their Safety Program

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

PURPOSE:To outline the requirements for the selection, care, and use of personal protective equipment.

APPLICATION:All personnel working on BP Canada worksite.

POTENTIALHAZARD: • Exposuretophysicalandchemicalhazards

can occur through contact of the skin, eyes, inhalation, and ingestion

• AllworkersonBPCanadaworksitemustwearapproved personal protective equipment as identified as needed in the hazard assessment that is appropriate to the work being done, and the nature of the hazards involved. [See: MSDSforhazardousmaterialrequirements.]

PREPARATIONS:TheLocalAreaManagermayexemptcertainoffices,control rooms, vehicles, other non-hazardous areas, field tours, and casual visitors from some provisions of this section. These exemptions must be communicated to all applicable worksites, as required and a deviation from standard completed.

PROCEDURES:

Per

sona

l Pro

tect

ive

Equ

ip.


242



243

Head Protection:

Approved industrial protective headgear must be worn by all personnel on field worksites. For further information see applicable provincial regulations.

NOTE: • Metalhardhatsmustnotbeworn • Ifhairisdeemedtobeofexcessivelengthand

may constitute a safety hazard, a hair net or other means of confinement for the hair must be used

Eye Protection:

• C.S.A.-approvedsafetyglasseswithC.S.Aapproved side shields must be worn by all per-sonnel at BP worksites where required. When the nature of the work might result in an eye or facial injury, additional protection, such as a face shield or goggles, is required. Prescrip-tion glasses must meet C.S.A. specifications. Types of eye protectors are shown in the table at the end of this section

• Employeeswearingcontactlensesmustwear all applicable safety eye protection. An employer must ensure that, if wearing contact lenses poses a hazard to the worker’s eyes dur-ing work, the worker is advised of the hazards and the alternatives to wearing contact lenses. Permeable contact lenses are recommended over non-permeable

Respiratory Protection:

An employer must determine the degree of danger to a worker at a work site and whether the worker needs to wear respiratory protective equipment if:

(a)aworkerisormaybeexposedtoanairbornecontaminant or a mixture of airborne

Per

sona

l Pro

tect

ive

Equ

ip.



244


245

contaminants in a centration exceeding their occupation exposure limits, or

(b)theatmospherehasormayhaveanoxygenconcentration of less than 19.5 percent by volume.[See: BP Canada Respiratory Protec-tion Program]

Hearing Protection:

Whenever noise hazards exist at BP Canada worksites, all personnel entering will be pro-vided with and must wear appropriate hearing protection.

[See:NoiseExposureandHearingConservation]

Fire Resistant Clothing:

Fire resistant work wear shall be worn on all BP worksites. See FRW Practice.

Whenever special clothing is required for han-dling dangerous chemicals or for fire-fighting, it will be provided by BP Canada and worn only by trained and competent personnel.

Hand Protection:

See Hand Protection Practice.Chemical Protective Clothing:

• ChemicalProtectiveClothing(CPC)includeschemically resistant gloves, aprons, boots and suits(bothpartiallyandfullyencapsulating).CPC shall be selected specifically to provide protection for the particular chemical or chemicalmaterialinuse.RefertoMaterialSafetyDataSheetforrecommendedCPC

• InsituationswhereCPCisrequired,decon-tamination procedures must be utilized that enhances the removal of the particular chemical

• ProceduresshouldreflectthetypeofCPCneeded • Worksitesshoulddetermine,inconsultation

with the CPC manufacturer, when CPC

Per

sona

l Pro

tect

ive

Equ

ip.


244



245

should be replacedFoot Protection:

• C.S.A.-Grade1(greentriangle)approvedfootwear must be worn by all workers entering field worksites.

• Bootstyleisrecommendedminimum150mm(6”)high,fromthebottomoftheheeltothetop of the boot to provide ankle support.

• Anaggressivetreaddesignedforsnow/iceorthe use of boot grippers are required in winter conditions to reduce the risk of slipping on ice or snow pack. The use of boot grippers is onlyrequiredforOperations.DrillingandCompletionsmoveontoandoffofmetalsurfaces very frequently and are permitted to use sanding.

• Solepunctureprotectionisrequired • Safetyfootwearmustbemaintainedingood

safe working condition. (i.e. no holes in upper materialorsoles,nosteeltoesexposed)

JEWELRY

Wearing exposed jewelry on BP worksites is prohibited with the exception of office buildings. Rings, bracelets, watches, neck chains and exposed body piercing are considered jewelry.MedicAlertdevicesarenotconsideredjewelry.

Personal Floatation Device:

• Allpersonnelworkingfromaboat,barge,orin an area where a fall into water could result indrowningmustwearapersonalfloatationdevice, i.e. life jacket that meets the Canadian GeneralStandardsBoardSpecifications65.7-M88or

• 65.11-M88.Additionalsafetyequipmentsuchas safety harnesses and lifelines should be used when working on ice or near cold, fast moving water

Per

sona

l Pro

tect

ive

Equ

ip.



246


247

RESPONSIBILITY:It is the responsibility of all BP Canada employees to ensure potential exposure hazards are identified, and the appropri-ate protective equipments are worn by all (i.e. employees, contractorsandvisitors).

Chemical Protective Glove Selection Chart

Per

sona

l Pro

tect

ive

Equ

ip.

Tas

k C

hem

ical

s G

love

Mat

eria

l T

ype

of G

love

B

rand

Nam

e A

ckla

nds O

rder

Num

ber

Lu

be o

il

Gly

col

C

onde

nsat

e

Gas

olin

e/D

iese

l Fue

l

MID

EA/D

EA

Fr

ac O

il/In

ver M

uds

1.

Vilt

on

2.

Nitr

ile

3.

Vito

n/N

eopr

ene

Thin

glo

ve

(4-5

mil)

Bes

t N

-Dex

G

love

s(N

itrile

) (B

EM 7

23)

A

nsel

l E

dmon

t T

ouch

an

d T

uff

(Nitr

ille

pow

der

free

)(A

NL

92-6

00-1

0)

Fine

wor

k re

quir

ing

light

gl

oves

Engi

ne o

verh

auls

Hea

d ch

ange

s

Pist

on/li

ner r

epla

cem

ent

Se

al

chan

ges/

pum

p re

pairs

Sam

ple

colle

ctio

n

Orif

ice

plat

e ch

ange

s

M

etha

nol

1.

Vilt

on

2.

But

yl

Nat

ural

R

ubbe

r (la

tex)

Thin

Glo

ve

(5 m

ils)

A

nsel

l E

dmon

t D

urat

ouch

Sh

eer

(late

x) (A

NL

34-5

25)

Lu

be o

il

Gly

col

C

onde

nsat

e

Gas

olin

e/D

iese

l Fue

l

MD

EA/D

EA

Fr

ac O

il/In

vert

Mud

s

1.

Vilt

on

2.

Nitr

ile

3.

Vito

n/N

eopr

ene

Sum

mer

W

inte

r

B

est

Ans

wer

Nitr

ile l

amin

ated

(B

EM 2

735)

Bes

t N

itri-P

ro

Nitr

ile

coat

ed

(BEM

716

6)

A

nsel

l E

dmon

t H

ycro

n G

ener

al P

urpo

se g

love

s N

itrile

co

ated

(AN

L 24

-805

-10)

Ans

ell E

dmon

t H

ycro

n N

itrile

co

ated

jer

sey

linin

g –

Win

ter

(AN

L 52

-590

-10)

Rou

gh o

r ab

rasi

ve w

ork

requ

irin

g he

ave

glov

es

M

anua

l m

ater

ial

hand

ling

Pu

lling

or

st

ringi

ng

join

ts

Li

ne p

iggi

ng

V

ac tr

ucki

ng

Fr

ac o

r will

com

plet

ions

M

etha

nol

1.

Vilt

on

2.

But

yl

Nat

ural

R

ubbe

r (la

tex)

Sum

mer

Bes

t N

itty

Gri

tty

natu

ral

rubb

er c

oate

d (B

EM 6

5NFW

)


246



247

Chemical Protective Glove Selection Chart

Per

sona

l Pro

tect

ive

Equ

ip.

Subm

ersi

on o

f ha

nds

into

ch

emic

al

Fi

lter c

hang

es

Pa

rts w

ashi

ng

Pi

ston

/line

r rep

lace

men

t

Lu

be o

il

Gly

col

C

onde

nsat

e

MD

EA/D

EA

Fr

ac O

il/In

vert

Mud

s

Var

sol

G

asol

ine/

Die

sel

V

ilton

Nitr

ile

V

iton/

Neo

pren

e

Flui

d at

ro

om

tem

p Fl

uid

at

hot/c

old

tem

p

A

nsel

l E

dmon

t So

lvex

So

ft Li

ned

Che

mic

al

Res

ista

nt

Glo

ves N

itrile

(AN

L 37

-175

)

MA

PA S

tans

olv

Nitr

ile H

eavy

W

eigh

t Z

Grip

(PI

P 48

0420

) (g

ood

for s

olve

nt w

ash)

MA

PA

Stan

solv

K

nit

Line

d N

itrile

Glo

ves

– co

ld/h

ot t

emp

(PIP

381

410)

M

etha

nol

1.

Vilt

on

2.

But

yl

Nat

ural

R

ubbe

r (la

tex)

Flui

d at

ho

t/col

d te

mp

A

nsel

l Edm

ont

Lin

ed N

atur

al

Lat

ex

Che

mic

al

resi

stan

t G

love

s (A

NL

208-

10)



248


249

PIGGING OF PIPELINES AND FLOWLINES

PURPOSE:To provide safe practices for pigging operations of pipes, pipelines,andflowlinesfortheremovalofwax,othersoliddeposits,andtrappedfluids.

APPLICATION:AllBPCanadaFieldoperationsareaffected.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Combustible/ToxicFluids • MayhaveToxicVapour[See:Benzene,Hydro-

gen Sulphide] • MayhaveNORM,dependingonproductline

[See: Radioactive or Normal Occurring Radioac-tiveMaterials(NORM)]

• HighPressure • StaticElectricity[See:GroundingandBonding] • Hydrates[See:Hydrates]

PROCEDURES: 1. A safe work permit must be issued before pigging

begins. 2. Pigging operations in gas and oilfield operations

represent a serious hazard. 3. Inallareasasite-specificproceduremustbeused

and it must address the following: 4. Characteristicsofthefluidtobepigged. 5. Proper isolation and depressurization. 6. Drainingandventilation. 7. Thehazardofpotentialpluggingofthebleed-off

valves and gauges. 8. Proper receiving and launching techniques,

Pig

ging

of P

ipel

ines


248



249

stressing potential hydraulic shock. 9. Routine inspection of the cap, barrel and seals. 10. Individual marking or identification of pigs and

logging with respect to launching and receiving times.

11.Purging–[See:Purging]

NOTE: Proper disposal methods must be used for pigging waxandfluids.[See:BPEnvironmentalGuidelines]

PRECAUTION: a. Where the receiver is vented to a proper drain

orflaresystem,thebarrelmustbeventedtoatmosphere prior to opening the receiver or launcher.Ensureventvalveisfreeandclearbysome means.

b. No worker shall position themselves in front of the pig launchers or receiver at any time during the pigging operation. All quick opening closures on pig launchers and receivers must be equipped with a pressure interlocking warning device with asafetycatch.[See:ASMECodeVIII,ParagraphUG.35]

POSITIVE AIR SHUT-OFF REQUIREMENTS (PASO)

PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for the requirement of positive air shut-offsondieselpoweredequipment.

APPLICATION: • Alldieselpoweredequipment,ContractororBP

owned, including those used to load or unload flammableliquidsorgasesatallBPCanadasites.

• Alldieselpoweredequipmentincludespickup

Pos

itive

Air

Shu

t-of

f



250


251

trucks, and diesel powered heavy machinery used within 25m of a wellhead OR where there are piping, process vessels or tanks containing combustiblefluidsorgassesthatmayreleasehydrocarbons to atmosphere within 25 m of dieselpoweredequipment.(E.g.theyareopenorbeingworkedonorwith)

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Uncontrolledengineoperationresultinginan

explosion. • Personalinjuryfromexplodingenginesor

exploding hydrocarbon mixtures. • Equipmentdamagebecauseofengineoverspeed.

DEFINITION:Apositiveairshutoff(PASO)isadevicethatcutstheair supply to diesel engines resulting in immediate engine shut down.

PROCEDURES: • Whenloadingorunloadingflammableliquid

or gas products at all BP facilities using diesel-powered equipment, this equipment must be equipped with a PASO.

• Allpositiveairshutoffsmustbeingoodwork-ing condition and tested monthly.

• PASOoperationmaybeeitherautomaticormanual.

• ManualPASO’smusthavethecapabilitytobeoperated from normal workstations around the vehicle, e.g. pump control panels.

• RequirementsforPASO’sshouldbeincludedinpre job meetings.

Pos

itive

Air

Shu

t-of

f


250



251

RESPONSIBILITIES: • Responsibilityforinstallation,maintenanceand

testing of PASO’s lies with the owner of the equipment with a PASO.

• AccountabilityforverificationiswiththeBPsitesupervisor or designate.

PRACTICE FOR WORKING IN A COMBUSTIBLE GAS ENVIRONMENT


1.1 ThispracticeappliestoallBPCanadaEnergyCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contracted employees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and work sites.

1.2 This practice applies to any work area where person-nel have the potential to be exposed to combustible gas.

1.3 Thepurposeofthispracticeisto: 1.3.1 Toestablishpracticesforprovidingasafework

environment while working with or around combustible gas.

1.3.2 Providerequirementsforthetrainingandqualifications of personnel conducting com-bustible gas tests, as well as regulatory require-ments for the maintenance and calibration of portable gas test equipment.


2.1 Competent person - one who has completed training, as per manufacturer specifications and site specific procedures.

2.2 Function (Bump) Test - A test conducted by

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.



252


253

introducingaknownconcentrationofgas(Pentane)to the sensor of the combustible gas detector. The detectormustreadwithin+or-20%ofknowncon-centrationandtoensurethatthe10%LELalarmonthe detector is functioning properly.

2.3 LEL-TheLowerExplosiveLimit(LEL)isthelowest concentration of combustible gas in air at which an explosion could occur. The percentage ofLELrepresentstheamountofcombustiblegaspresentbetween0and100,100%beingtheLowerExplosivelimit.WithMethaneapproximately5%inairisequalto100%oftheLEL.

2.4 Atmospheric Release - For the purpose of this Prac-ticeanatmosphericreleaseisdefinedas20%LEL8inches(20cm)fromthesourceaspertheGCBUReportingPracticegHSSErMS430.


3.1 Aproperfunctioningapprovedcombustiblegasdetector will be used for every task being performed on a BP CGPU site that has potential exposure to a combustible gas environment.


• Regulardocumentedsurveys(“sweeps”)areconducted annually of all facilities including wells and pipeline risers to detect excessive LELlevelsandmeetEUBDirective60LDARrequirements.

• Anyexcessiveatmosphericreleasegreaterthanorequalto10%isdetected,ropedoffandwill be repaired as soon as possible following a proper risk assessment

• ForanyLELreadinggreaterthanorequalto20%,theequipmentshouldbeshutdownuntil repaired

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.


252



253

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir. • AnyLELreadingexceeding20%LELisanincident classified as an Atmospheric Release underCGPUReportingPracticegHSSErMS430andfollowedupwithanincidentinvestigation to prevent re-occurence. Oth-erwise,anygasreleaseexceeding10%LELisreportedasanHSSEopportunity

• Allworkershavereadandfollowasafebuild-ing\leaseentryprocedure.(SeeSampleLeaseentryprocedure)

• Allworkershavereceivedinstructioninthe use of combustible gas detection equipment and understand the hazards associated with combustible gases. (Appendix 2 Training and Exposuresectionsofthisdocument)

4.0 Scope of General Expectations

4.1 Onlypersonnelwhoaretrainedorhavereceivedinstruction may conduct gas tests.

4.2 Thepersonconductingthegastestingforpermitingmust sign or initial the permit and the results must be kept on file for a minimum of 1year (see Permit to WorkPracticegHSSErMS880).

4.3 OnlyCSAapprovedcombustiblegasdetectionequipment(seeappendix1)shallbeused.

4.4 ContinousgastestswillbeconductedwhereeverCGPU employees, contracted personnel, contractors and other visiting personnel will be entering an area that has the potential for the atmosphere to contain combustible gas.

4.5 ThegasdetectiondevicesmusthaveadocumentedFunction(Bump)Testatthebeginningofeachshift.If the detector fails the bump test, the detector must be taken out of service, tagged as defective and sent for calibration. The detector must have a current calibrationstickertobeinuse.Detectorsmustbe



254


255

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir. calibrated as per manufacturers specifications.4.6 CombustibleGasMonitoringmustbeconducted

before any work taking place within 8 meters of any well, process buildings, vessel, tank or related equip-ment, where combustible gas is, or may be present.

4.7 PortableCombustibleGasDetectoralarmsmustbesetat:Lowalarm10%LELandHighAlarm20%LEL.Fixedcombustiblegasdetectorsshouldalarmat10%LELandshutdownatgreaterthanorequalto20%LEL.

4.8 Ifwhileworking,thecombustiblegasdetectoralarms, personnel must leave the area immediately to determine the appropriate action.4.9 Beforeenteringaleasewherecombustiblegasmay

be present, a gas test must be done (see attached lease entryprocedures).Thetestmustalsobedonebeforeand during entry into lease buildings. The detector is to be kept in the work area while personnel are conducting their work to ensure that personnel are notexposedtoover10%

5.0 Scope of Occupational Exposure Limits

LEL (Lower Explosive Limit) Hazards

% of Lower Explosive

Limit Guidelines

LEL 0% Area may be entered. Other toxic contaminates such as benzene or H2S may exist in concentrations above the exposure limits

LEL >0 - <10% Entry into these areas is permitted. A risk assessment must be conducted to determine appropriate action.

LEL>10% Evacuation of personnel, no entry into area permitted.


254



255

• Combustiblegascontaininglighthydrocar-bons may cause symptoms such as dizziness, headaches, and errors in judgment and in some cases loss of consciousness. These symp-tomsknownasa‘narcoticeffect’mayoccurat10%oftheLEL

• Combustiblegasconcentrationsmaycontainother potentially harmful substances such as hydrogen sulfide H2S and benzene. If the streamconcentrationisgreaterthan0.2–0.4%H2SthegreaterhealthriskisH2SastheexposurelimitwillbeexceededbeforetheLELconcentrationsreaches10%.Ifthestreamconcentrationisgreaterthan0.1%benzenethe greater health risk is benzene as the exposurelimitwillbeexceededbeforetheLELconcentrationreaches10%

• LELdetectionequipmentmustnotbeusedtotry to determine H2S or benzene concentra-tions


APPENDIX1-EquipmentTypeandCare APPENDIX2-Training APPENDIX3-LeaseEntryProcedure


7.1 AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationsAR448/83asamended7.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulations and

Guidelines296/97asamended7.3 gHSSErMS880-PermittoWorkPractice

8.0 Forms

• gHSSErMF34004-Pre-jobRiskAssessment • gHSSErMF88001-BPCanadaEnergyCompany-

ColdWorkPermit/HotWorkPermit

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.



256


257

Appendix 1

Equipment Type and Care

Approved Equipment

GasdetectionequipmentmustincludeaLELdetectorandoxygen sensor and should include a carbon monoxide and hydrogen sulfide sensor.All gas detection equipment must be CSA approved.

Equipment Testing and Care

Eachareamustensurethataninspectionandtestingprogram is implemented whereby all combustible gas detection equipment is inspected by a qualified technician on a frequency consistent with manufacturers requirements and with prevailing regulation requirements (minimum everythree(3)months.Atagmustbeattachedtothegasdetectorsshowingthelatestinspection/duedate.Recordsofall calibrations must be maintained.Gas detection devices must be “Bump Tested” before each daily use and documented in a bump test log, and after 12 hours of continuous use. A test would also be required if the detector comes in contact with water is over ranged or sufferstraumaie:droppingthedetector.

Precautions:

The bump test must be conducted by introducing a known concentrationofgas(Pentane)tothesensorofthecombus-tiblegasdetector.Thedetectormustreadwithin+or-20%ofknownconcentrationandtoensurethatthe10%LELalarm on the detector is functioning properly

All gas detection equipment requires a minimum oxygen content in order to perform according to manufacturers specifications. The oxygen reading must be taken prior to anLELreadingtoverifythatthemonitorcanreadproperly

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.


256



257

Appendix 2

Training

All employees and contractors must be knowledgable on the hazards of combustible gas and the use of detection equipment being used.EachareaintheCGPUisresponsibletoensurethatallBPandFullTimeEquivalenceworkershaveasatifactorycourse available to teach the proper methods in the use of combustible gas detection equipment including: • Operation • Calibration • Storage • Limitations • Alarmsettings • SitespecificproceduresPersonnel training records will be maintained on site. Trainingistobeconductedevery(3)yearsandisexpectedto include passing a documented test to ensure personnel are qualified.

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.



258


259

Appendix 3

LeaseEntryProcedure

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.

Step

H

azar

d C

ontr

ol

1. V

erify

per

sona

l mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent i

s op

erat

iona

l onc

e pe

r sh

ift.

H2S

or h

ydro

carb

on e

xpos

ure.

-

Bum

p te

st p

erso

nal

mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent

prio

r to

the

begi

nnin

g of

the

shift

. - C

alib

rate

mul

ti-he

ad g

as m

onito

r as

per

man

ufac

ture

’s in

stru

ctio

ns

2. S

top

at le

ase

entry

and

con

duct

a

visu

al in

spec

tion

of a

rea

Hig

h H

2S o

r LEL

co

ncen

tratio

ns, o

xyge

n de

ficie

ncy,

exp

losi

ons,

fire

or

spills

Bef

ore

ente

ring

leas

e:

1.

Vis

ual i

nspe

ctio

n 2.

C

heck

win

d di

rect

ion

3. C

heck

for

H2S

and

LE

L al

arm

and

fla

shin

g be

acon

3.

Reg

iste

r per

sonn

el e

nter

ing

the

site

thou

gh th

e us

e of

an

auto

mat

ed

syst

em (V

MS

) or b

y no

tifyi

ng th

e co

ntro

l roo

m.

H2S

or h

ydro

carb

on e

xpos

ure

- E

nsur

e th

at s

yste

m a

ccep

ts t

he i

nput

or

that

con

trol

room

sta

ff re

cord

s th

e tim

e of

en

try in

the

log.

S

TOP

-TH

INK

-GO

4. I

f sa

fe f

or v

ehic

le e

ntry

, pr

ocee

d to

the

MC

C /

RTU

(Sca

da) b

uild

ing.

(IF

NO

RTU

OR

MC

C IS

PR

ESEN

T G

O T

O S

TEP

6.)

Hig

h H

2S o

r LEL

co

ncen

tratio

ns, f

ire, e

xplo

sion

s or

spi

lls

Bef

ore

ente

ring

leas

e:

1.

Vis

ual i

nspe

ctio

n 2.

C

heck

win

d di

rect

ion

3.

Che

ck f

or H

2S a

larm

an

d fla

shin

g be

acon

LEA

SE E

NTR

Y PR

OCE

DU

RE


258



259

LeaseEntryProcedure

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.

Step

H

azar

d C

ontr

ol

5. U

se m

ulti-

head

gas

det

ecto

r to

ch

eck

for

high

LE

L or

H

2S

gas

leve

ls i

n th

e vi

cini

ty o

f M

CC

/RTU

. E

valu

ate

risk

of o

ther

atm

osph

eric

ha

zard

s su

ch

as

benz

ene,

su

lfur

diox

ide

or c

arbo

n m

onox

ide.

H2S

or

LEL

expo

sure

, ox

ygen

de

ficie

ncy,

exp

losi

ons

or fi

re.

H2S

> 1

0 pp

m

LEL

> 10

%

19.5

% >

O2

> 23

%

SO

2 >

2 p

pm

CO

> 2

5 pp

m

Ben

zene

> 1

ppm

- Per

sona

l mon

itor

- Mul

ti-he

ad G

as M

onito

r - C

ontin

uous

Gas

Mon

itor (

if a

pplic

able

) - B

enze

ne, S

O2,

CO

mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent

(if a

pplic

able

)

6. If

H2S

or L

EL g

as li

mits

are

with

in

Pra

ctic

es,

vehi

cles

m

ay

now

pr

ocee

d on

to

the

leas

e an

d pa

rk

appr

opria

tely

.

H2S

or L

EL

expo

sure

, oxy

gen

defic

ienc

y, e

xplo

sion

s or

fire

- P

erso

nal m

onito

r - M

ulti-

head

Gas

Mon

itor

- Con

tinuo

us G

as M

onito

r (if

appl

icab

le)

- p

ark

vehi

cle

faci

ng th

e le

ase

exit

for

ease

of

egr

ess

- the

veh

icle

can

be

driv

en d

irect

ly o

ff th

e si

te- c

ompl

y w

ith th

e “8

met

er ru

le” f

rom

pro

cess

eq

uipm

ent a

nd p

ipin

g - C

heck

win

d di

rect

ion

and

park

upw

ind

- C

heck

bea

cons

or a

larm

s

LEA

SE E

NTR

Y PR

OCE

DU

RE



260


261

LeaseEntryProcedure

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.

Step

H

azar

d C

ontr

ol

7.

Whe

n ex

iting

ve

hicl

e,

stat

ic

elec

trici

ty s

houl

d be

con

side

red

and

pers

on s

houl

d gr

ound

them

selv

es to

m

etal

ob

ject

be

fore

op

enin

g bu

ildin

gs.

Hig

h le

vels

of

H

2S

or

LEL'

s re

sulti

ng in

exp

losi

on

- G

roun

d ba

re h

and

to m

etal

sur

face

to

disc

harg

e st

atic

ele

ctric

ity.

8. O

pen

build

ing

door

whi

le u

sing

m

ulti-

head

mon

itor.

Oxy

gen

defic

ienc

y, L

EL o

r H2S

, ex

posu

re e

xplo

sion

s or

fire

-

App

roac

h bu

ildin

g us

ing

caut

ion

& t

ake

hesi

tatio

n st

ep a

fter o

peni

ng d

oors

-

chec

k en

tranc

e ar

ea

usin

g M

ulti-

head

he

ad m

onito

r to

ensu

re re

quire

d O

2, H

2S &

LE

L lim

its

- Per

sona

l mon

itor

- Con

tinuo

us G

as M

onito

r (if

app

licab

le)

9. If

H2S

or L

EL li

mits

are

exc

eede

d -

D

O N

OT

EN

TER

. H

2S o

r LE

L ex

posu

re,

oxyg

en

defic

ienc

y, e

xplo

sion

s or

fire

- P

erso

nal m

onito

r - M

ulti-

head

Gas

Mon

itor

- Con

tinuo

us G

as M

onito

r (if

app

licab

le)

- ope

n do

ors

and

vent

s us

ing

caut

ion

10.

If le

vels

do

not

clea

r co

ntac

t ba

ck

up

pers

onne

l an

d no

tify

supe

rvis

or.

H2S

or

LEL

expo

sure

, ox

ygen

de

ficie

ncy,

exp

losi

ons

or fi

re

- Per

sona

l mon

itor

- Mul

ti-he

ad G

as M

onito

r - C

ontin

uous

Gas

Mon

itor (

if a

pplic

able

) 11

. O

nce

back

up

has

arriv

ed

on

loca

tion,

ga

s le

ak

can

be

inve

stig

ated

and

/or r

epai

red

H2S

or

LEL

expo

sure

, ox

ygen

de

ficie

ncy,

exp

losi

ons

or fi

re

- bre

athi

ng a

ir eq

uipm

ent

donn

ed

- Per

sona

l mon

itor

- Mul

ti-he

ad G

as M

onito

r - C

ontin

uous

Gas

Mon

itor (

if a

pplic

able

)

LEA

SE E

NTR

Y PR

OCE

DU

RE


260



261

LeaseEntryProcedure

Com

bust

ible

Gas

Env

ir.

Step

H

azar

d C

ontr

ol

12. I

f gas

leve

ls c

an n

ot m

eet

Pra

ctic

e re

quire

men

ts a

fter

inve

stig

atio

n an

d/or

repa

ir,

equi

pmen

t sho

uld

be s

hut-i

n.

H2S

or L

EL

expo

sure

, oxy

gen

defic

ienc

y, e

xplo

sion

s or

fire

- P

erso

nal m

onito

r - M

ulti-

head

Gas

Mon

itor

- Con

tinuo

us G

as M

onito

r (if

app

licab

le)

- shu

t in

usin

g si

te s

peci

fic s

hut d

own

proc

edur

es.

13. I

f no

gas

leve

l pre

sent

pro

ceed

in

to b

uild

ing

usin

g ca

utio

n, w

hile

m

onito

ring

gas

leve

ls w

ith m

ulti-

head

gas

mon

itor.

Pro

ceed

thro

ugh

the

entir

e bu

ildin

g sw

eepi

ng fo

r gas

be

fore

com

men

cing

wor

k.

H2S

or L

EL

expo

sure

, oxy

gen

defic

ienc

y, e

xplo

sion

s or

fire

- P

erso

nal m

onito

r - M

ulti-

head

Gas

Mon

itor

- Con

tinuo

us G

as M

onito

r (if

app

licab

le)

14. W

hen

leav

ing

leas

e no

tify

BP

pe

rson

al a

nd lo

g ou

t of a

utom

ated

or

off v

ms

syst

em. R

egis

ter p

erso

nnel

ex

iting

the

site

thou

gh th

e us

e of

an

auto

mat

ed s

yste

m (V

MS

) or b

y no

tifyi

ng th

e co

ntro

l roo

m.

H2S

or L

EL

expo

sure

, oxy

gen

defic

ienc

y, e

xplo

sion

s or

fire

- e

nsur

e V

MS

or m

anua

l log

in s

yste

m c

lear

s pe

rson

nel f

or s

ite

LEA

SE E

NTR

Y PR

OCE

DU

RE



262


263

PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES

PURPOSE: To provide instructions for adequately protecting all pres-sure systems.

APPLICATION:All pressure systems.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • SystemOverpressure. • Toxic/Combustiblefluids. • Pressureonflaresystem(whereapplicable). • Explosion:Airinflaresystemand/orpiping.

PREPARATIONS: • Site-specificproceduresarerequiredfor

removal and installation of all PSV’s. The pro-cedures must be discussed and documented prior to carrying out the work, and before the applicable work permit is issued. [See: Permits and BP PSV handling and servicing procedure (Partofownerinspectionprogram)]

• Allblockvalvesontheupstreamand/ordownstream side of a PSV must be sealed or padlocked in the open position.

• Allpressuresafetyvalves(PSV’s)mustbemaintained in operable condition, in accor-dancewithProvincialRegulations(Ref:Qual-ity management system for Boilers, Pressure VesselsandpressurepipingSection6).

• AllPSV’swillbecheckedasperprovincialregulations.

Pre

ssur

e S

afet

y va

lves


262



263

PROCEDURES:Pressure safety valve repair shops require certification ap-proval from applicable government agency per CSA B51.All PSV’s are to remain in service while the equipment that they are protecting is in service, except for repair as noted inASMECode.

PRECAUTIONS: Taking a PSV out of Service for Repair on equipment in operation: 1. No PSV may be taken out of service at any time

without approval from the Supervisor responsible for that facility.

2. No PSV may be taken out of service unless adequate protection is maintained by adjacent equipment, or by being continuously manned by a designated Operator to control the working pressureoftheequipmentasperASMESectionVIIIDiv.1AppendixM.

3. AllPSV’sremovedfromservicemustbeim-mediately logged and documented on the PSV handling and servicing procedure tracking sheet.

4. RepairstothePSVmustbemadeasquicklyaspossible with an emergency priority designation.

5. The PSV must be replaced immediately after the repair is complete.

6. When transporting a PSV for service or return-ing it to the facility the PSV must be transported intheverticalposition.[See:EnergyIsolation]

7. Returning a Pressure Safety Valve to Service 8. AfterRepaironOperatingEquipment: 9. All block valves must be opened, sealed or

padlocked. 10. The Supervisor in charge, or his designate, must

witness the installation of the seals or padlocks on the block valves connected to the pressure safety valve.

11. It is then to be logged that the PSV is in service.

Pre

ssur

e S

afet

y va

lves



264


265

RESPONSIBILITY:The BP Canada Representative in charge of the job is responsible for ensuring that safe work procedures are developed and followed.

REFERENCE: • BPQualitymanagementsystemforBoilers

and Pressure Vessels and process piping. • ASMECodeSectionVIII,latestedition. • CSAB51Boiler,PressureVesselandPressure

Piping Code. • BPPSVHandlingandservicingProcedure.

PRESSURE AND LEAK TESTING

PURPOSE:To establish pressure and leak testing safe work practices for vessels, piping, and pipelines.

APPLICATION:New installations, repairs and replacements of vessels, piping, and pipelines.

DEFINITION: There are two types of pressure tests of which hydrostatic is the preferred method. Pneumatic testing isonlypermittedunderspecialconditions,EngineeringAuthority(EA)andRegulatoryApprovalisRequired.

PREPARATIONS:[See:Purging]

POTENTIALHAZARDS:[Seepurging] • Overpressure–operatingabovethesystem

MAWP.

Pre

ssur

e S

afet

y va

lves


264



265

• Leaks–Testmediumleakingduringtest,envi-ronmental, stored energy and combustible issues.

• Explosion–Throughoverpressureorignitionofflammablegas.

Methods:

Hydrostatic:

This is the preferred method because energy release causes minimal concern: • Water/glycol–preferredhydrostatictestmedium

(minimumdanger). • Hydrocarbonbasedfluid–thepotentialfor

explosion, fire, toxicity, environment damage must be assessed and documented.

Pneumatic:

When leaks or ruptures occur energy release can be extremely dangerous and prolonged: • Inertgas–preferredpneumatictestmedium • Air/FlammableGas–mixingthesetwotest

mediums can result in explosion and fire. • PneumatictestingisnotrecommendedLeak Check:

CombustibleGascanbeusedforLeakChecktestonpiping, equipment or vessels only after the system has been properly purged.

PROCEDURES: 1. Allmechanical/integrityworkonthesystem

should be complete before the system pressure test commences.

2. When pressure testing, a low pressure test must be performed before the high pressure test to prevent failure of a component at high pressure and the resultant danger of this situation. The

Pre

ssur

e S

afet

y va

lves



266


267

pressure set points for these tests should be stated intheprocedurealongwiththesystemsMAWP.

3. Site-specificproceduresshouldbedevelopedforall hydrostatic pressure tests.

4. Anapprovedsite-specificproceduremustbedeveloped for all pneumatic pressure tests.

SIGNS:Warning signs must be positioned prohibiting the presence of workers in the immediate area of the vessel or lines while pressure testing.Consideration of the following sections may be required: • WHMIS • Purging • BlindingandBlanking(EnergyIsolation) • DrainingandDepressuring • Pre-jobSafetyMeeting • PermittoWork

PRECAUTIONS: 1. All non essential personnel should be removed

from the area being tested. 2. Pressures intended for hydrostatic test must not

be used for pneumatic tests. When changing from hydrostatic to pneumatic testing, the test pressure must be recalculated.

3. Disposaloftestmediumsshouldbeinaccor-dance with environmental guidelines.

RESPONSIBILITIES:The BP Canada Representative in-charge is responsible for ensuring that safe pressure testing practices are followed.NOTE: For pressure test design, [See: Applicable Govern-ment Regulations:]

• ASMEPressureVesselCode • ProvincialBoilersBranchorequivalent • EUBorequivalent

Pre

ssur

e S

afet

y va

lves


266



267

PURGING

PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for safely removing combustible, chemical, toxic or other hazardous materials from vessels and piping systems.

APPLICATION:Any vessels or piping systems being prepared for inspection, construction, repair, or returning to service.

DEFINITION:Purging is the removal of any undesirable medium from vessels or piping systems.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Leaksfromuncontrolledpoints. • Toxicvapor/Inertgasoxygendeficiency:

simple/chemicalasphyxiation • Combustiblematerial:explosionthesystem

contents could be in the zone between the LELandUEL

Static Electricity:

• Displacedfluids • Explosionduetocombustiblematerialbeing

vented to atmosphere • Operatingthesystemoutsideitsdesigncondi-

tions(Pressure/Temperature/Combustiblegas ininertsystems)

PREPARATIONS: a. Allmechanical/integrityworkshouldbecom-

plete before the purging operation commences. b. Steam, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or water or

combustible gas may be used as a purging me-dium. If using combustible purge medium, the explosive risk associated with the transition zone

Pur

ging



268


269

of incomplete purge must be recognized, and all potential ignition sources must be eliminated. If combustible gases are used for the purge medium theEngineeringAuthority(EA)mustapprovethe procedure.

c. The worker must know where the displaced fluids(i.e.,combustible,toxic)aregoing,andtheconditionareaissuitabletoreceivethefluids.

d. A site-specific procedure must be developed for each purging operation.

Safety Equipment:

a. The necessary safety equipment must be on hand (e.g.breathingapparatus,fireextinguishers,etc.)

b. Purge warning signs should be posted as required.

Isolating:

a. Vessels or piping must be isolated before purg-ing.[See:EnergyIsolation,GoldenRule]

b. Associated instrumentation must also be isolated. c. Flarepilots/ignitersmighthavetobeisolated.

PROCEDURES: a. Purge gas should be introduced into the system

very slowly. Inert gas should be used where pos-sible. Velocities should be kept very low to sweep the undesirable medium out of the system with as little mixing as possible, and should be done atatmosphericpressure.Lowpointdrainsshouldbe checked periodically for water removal. When purging for start-up, air must be completely displaced from the system to a level that the systemisnolongeroperatingintheflammable/explosive zone, before attempting to pressure up the system.

b. If the hydrocarbon is heavier than the purge medium, purging should be from top to bottom. If it is lighter, from bottom to top.

Pur

ging


268



269

PRECAUTIONS: a. All non-essential personnel should be removed

from the purge area. b. Some combustible gas detectors require oxygen

for analysis of the sample, and therefore will not give a true indication when a vessel or piping is checked for the removal of hydrocarbons, if the detector is inserted in an oxygen-deficient atmosphere.

c. Creating or pulling a vacuum on piping or vessel (i.e.,introducingair),whenusingsteam.

d. Makesuretherearenodeadlegsinthevesselorpiping to be purged.

e. Tests must always be made to determine if purg-ing has eliminated the undesirable medium from thevesselorpipingsystem.SCBA/SABAmustbe worn when performing atmospheric monitor-ingpriorandduringConfinedSpaceEntry.[See:ConfinedSpaceEntry],[See:AtmosphericMonitoring]

f. Vesselsorequipmentmaystillcontaintoxicand/or combustible sludge or scales after purging. Consideration should be given to the removal of this material to maintain and ensure a safe atmosphere.

g. Purge medium temperatures must be considered foraffectonthesystemtobepurged.

RADIOACTIVE OR NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM)

PURPOSE:To establish the requirements for the safe handling of Natu-rallyOccurringRadioactiveMaterials(NORM).Contact your PU Industrial Hygienist.

Rad

ioac

tive

(NO

RM

)



270


271

APPLICATION:AllworksiteswhereNORMcontaminationmayoccur.

POTENTIALHAZARDS:ExposuretoNORM.

PREPARATIONS: a. AnENFORMtrainedandqualifiedNORM

Control Coordinator must be assigned for all worksiteswherethereisorlikelytobeNORMcontamination.

b. All personnel performing work that involves NORMcontaminatedequipmentmustbetrained in personal protection and safe handling. Refer to the Code of Practice and contact your NORMControlCoordinator,SafetyCoordina-tor or Industrial Hygienist for advice on training, specificmonitoringandPPE.

Survey:

AllsitesthatmayhaveNORMcontaminationmusthavecompletedaNORMsurveyoftheapplicableequipment performed before work planning commences to ensure all hazards are identified. Work Planning: • WorkPlanningforNORMcontaminated

equipment must include provisions to ensure the personnel are trained

• thenecessaryequipmentandPPEisavailable • theneedforpersonneldecontaminationfacilities • possiblefacilitiesforequipmentdecontamination • ventilation • filteringexhaustedairorwastewaterand • wastestorage,recordkeeping,analysisand

disposalofNORMmaterialsand/orNORMcontaminatedequipmentandPPE

Rad

ioac

tive

(NO

RM

)


270



271

Pre-Job Safety Meeting:

• Mustbeconductedpriortocommencementofoperation.TheNORMControlCoordina-tor must attend all pre-job safety meetings. [See:SafetyMeetings],[See:TDG-PackagingandSafeTransportofRadioactiveMaterial,[See:CanadianGuidelinesfortheManage-mentofNORM;GuidelinesfortheHandlingofNORMinWesternCanada]

• ContacttheNORMControlCoordinator,Safety Coordinator or Industrial Hygienist for advice before any work proceeds.

PROCEDURES:Safe handling procedures should include:

• Specificjobprocedurestobefollowed • Theexpectedeffluentconcentrationsand

methods of control if applicable • Thepersonincharge,responsibleforthe

operation • Storage,testinganddisposalofNORMwastes • Equipmentandworksitemustbeproperly

prepared (i.e. isolated, depressured, made accessible,etc.)Theworksiteshouldberopedoff.Radiationwarningsignsmustbeposted,and unauthorized entry of personnel banned, intheareaaffectedbythework

• Allwomenwhoarepregnantorarecon-sidering pregnancy must declare this to the Occupational Health Centre prior to work commencing so that an exposure risk assess-ment can be completed. The risk assessment mayincluderestrictedworkwithNORMcontaminated materials.

Rad

ioac

tive

(NO

RM

)



272


273

PRECAUTION: • HighlyenergeticNORMmayaffectsome

LELmonitorsandfiredetectionsystems.Station shutdown could result when using a highly energetic radioactive source in the vicinity of a detector. A risk assessment must be performed to determine the scope and risk fromNORMandradioactivesources.Firedetection systems sensitive to radiation may have to be by-passed when radioactive sources are in use in the immediate area. Care must be taken to reactivate the detection system whentheworkiscompleted.[See:EquipmentShutdown Systems]

• NORMsurveymetersarenotexplosionproof, thus a Hot Work Permit is required.

RESPONSIBILITIES: • TheBPCanadaRepresentativeisresponsible

for ensuring that all procedures are supplied and followed.

• TheBPNORMControlCoordinatorisre-sponsibleforensuringthatallNORMcontrolprocedures meet regulations, the BP Codes of Practice and that all procedures are followed.

• TheContractorperformingworkonNORMcontaminated equipment and waste is responsible for ensuring that safe handling procedures and contingency plans have been developed which comply with all government regulations. He is also responsible for ensur-ing that all applicable protective equipment, instruments, rescue and decontamination facilities are on hand and in operable condi-tion before the job commences.

Rad

ioac

tive

(NO

RM

)


272



273

RAIL CAR LOADING

PURPOSE:To provide procedures for the safe loading of tank cars.

APPLICATION:Tank car loading at plant and field locations.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • StaticElectricity • CombustibleFluids • TankCarMovement

PREPARATIONS: a. Loadingracksandloadingracktrackagemustbe

securely and adequately grounded and bonded. All ground and bond connections should be frequentlyinspected.[See:Electrical]

b. Before loading tank cars, the loader shall check the derail, ensure that it is in a closed position, and erect the required warning signs.

PROCEDURES: a. Tank car loading encompasses similar concerns

andproblemsastransferringfluidsbytruck.However, a site-specific procedure is required, and the following general guidelines apply. [See: TankTruckLoading/Unloading]

b. Car wheels must be chocked to prevent the car from accidentally rolling.

c. The loader must attach the ground cable to each car before connecting the loading hoses.

d. Tank cars must be inspected prior to loading.Tank cars found in bad order must be reported to the supervisor immediately, and must not be loaded

Rai

l Car

Loa

ding



274


275

until repairs have been made. e. The loader must label loaded cars with the

proper placards designated for this purpose and required by regulations. Proper documentation isalsorequired.[See:TDG]

f. Leakingvalvesorloadinghosesmustberepairedor replaced immediately.

g. The loading rack must never be left unattended while loading or offloading a tank car.

h. When using a top loading spout, the spout must be chained to the tank car during loading.

i. Tank cars must be filled to the proper level as instructed, and the loader should stand by to shut offtheloadingvalveswhenthislevelisapproached.

j. When loading is complete, the block valve on loading hose and tank car must be closed, and liquid petroleum gas vented to the vent stack before loading hoses are disconnected.

k. The loading hoses must be hooked back to the loading rack when loading has been completed.

PRECAUTIONS: a. No part of the body shall be positioned over the

slip tube gauge. b. Walkways and platforms must be inspected

frequently and kept in good condition. c. Workmen must refrain from jumping from the

loading rack to the tank car or from car to car. d. Company employees must stay away from tank

cars when the train crew is coupling, switching, and spotting cars.

e. All loaders must be familiar with the location of fire-fighting equipment and must be trained in its use.

f. Extensioncordswithlightsattachedmustnotbe used at the loading rack. Only approved flashlightsforhazardouslocationsarepermitted.

Rai

l Car

Loa

ding


274



275

RESPONSIBILITIES: • ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanada

employee in-charge of the operation; to ensure that safe loading procedures are followed.

• Thetraincrewisresponsibleforensuringthatsafe tank car coupling, switching and spot-ting procedures meet applicable government regulations.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

PURPOSE:To provide safe work practices for workers in areas where there is a respiratory hazard.

APPLICATION:All personnel who are required to or may use respiratory protection to mitigate inhalation risks. This also applies to visitors to field locations who may use respiratory protec-tion. POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Toxicatmospheres • Oxygendeficientatmosphere

DEFINITION:*IDLH–Immediatelydangeroustolifeorhealth.Anyatmospherewheretheconcentrationofoxygen,flammableor toxic air contaminants would cause a person without respiratory protection to be fatally injured, or cause irrevers-ibleandincapacitatingeffectstothatperson’shealth.

PROCEDURES:[See:BPCanadaRespiratoryProtectionProgram]

Equipment for IDLH* Environment:

Res

pira

tory

Pro

tect

ion



276


277

Self-contained or supplied-air breathing apparatus (SCBA/SABA)mustbeworn. where danger exists from reduced oxygen content oftheair(lessthan19.5%oxygen),ortoxiccontaminantsexceed the allowable exposure limits, The limitation and use ofSCBA/SABAareoutlinedintheBPCanadaRespiratoryProtection Program and the Canadian Standards Associa-tionCSAZ94.4-02(Selection,Use,andCareofRespira-tors),andCSAZ180.1-00(CompressedBreathingAirandSystems).

Equipment for Non-IDLH Environment:

Air-purifying respirators filter and remove specific contaminants from the air. These respirators are never to be usedinoxygen-deficientIDLHatmospheres.

There are two main types of air-purifying respirators:

1. Particulatesfilters(P100orHEPA–HighEf-ficiencyParticulateAirfilters)

2. Chemical cartridge These respirators are limited to the uses outlined in the BP Canada Respiratory Protection Program and the CanadianStandardsAssociationCSAZ94.4-02(Selec-tion,Use,andCareofRespirators),andCSAZ180.1-00(CompressedBreathingAirandSystems).TheBPCanadaRespiratory Protection Program also includes a selection chart for the type of respiratory equipment required for specific hazards.

Fitness to Wear Respirators:

All personnel required to wear respirators must be evaluated by a Health Professional to ensure pre-existing healthconditionsarenotaffectedbyrespiratoruse.BPOc-cupational Health Centre will perform the assessment on BP employees and full time contactors. Contract companies must provide documentation that demonstrates contract employees are fit to wear respira-tors.

Res

pira

tory

Pro

tect

ion


276



277

Fit Testing:

All BP Canada employees, contracted employees, contractors, and visitors doing work on BP premises or operating sites who are required to wear appropriate respira-tory protective equipment must have quantitative or quali-tative fit testing records available for review. A quantitative or qualitative fit test shall be performed on new employees and long-term contractors within the first three months of commencing work. Repeat testing is recommended annu-ally thereafter, or not to exceed 2 years.

Individuals who are required to wear respiratory equipment must be clean-shaven where the face piece of the respirator seals with the skin of the face. Conditions such as unusual face contours, scars, skin eruptions, eyeglasses, facial surgery, injury or missing dentures might interfere with the seal. For this reason, the seal must be positive and negative tested and a satisfactory fit obtained prior to each use.Mostmanufacturersprovideinstructionsforfittesting;if these are unavailable, refer to BP’s Respiratory Protection Program or contact your Safety Advisor or Industrial Hy-gienist for guidance on how these tests should be performed and documented.

Maintenance, Cleaning, and Storage of Respiratory Protection Equipment:

Immediately after use, the equipment must be cleaned, the face piece sanitized, and the equipment stored in the proper location. The maintenance, cleaning, and storage of respiratory protection must be consistent with the BP Canada Respiratory Protection Program. The user of the equipment should perform this task.

Inspection:

A competent worker must inspect respiratory protec-tive equipment that is not used routinely, but is kept ready for emergency use, at least monthly. The inspection must

Res

pira

tory

Pro

tect

ion



278


279

ensure that the equipment is in satisfactory working condi-tion, clean, and in its proper location. Written documenta-tion of this inspection must be retained at the worksite and must include the name of the inspector and the date the inspection was performed. The supervisor in charge of the work location must designate a trained worker to complete the monthly inspection. The inspection must follow those established in the BP Canada Respiratory Protection Program. Contractors using their own respiratory equipment on BP sites must have documentation available regarding the testing, inspection and maintenance of respirators.

PRECAUTIONS: • Compressedbreathingairmustmeetquality

specifications for breathing air specified by CSAStandardZ180.1-00.

• Airfromrespiratoryaircompressorsmustbe tested annually by a qualified person to ensure analysis includes particulate and oil mists. This analysis must be performed on site. Taking an air sample in a bomb and the sending the sample to a laboratory for analysis is prohibited.

TRAINING: All workers entering a BP Canada field worksite where a respiratory hazard may exist must be: 1 Educatedonthehazardspresent. 2 Educatedonthereasonaparticularpieceof

respiratory equipment was chosen, and its capa-bilities and limitations.

3 Trainedintheproperuse,care,maintenance,and fitting of the respirators they will be using.

The frequency of training will be determined by the par-ticular job requirement. Repeat training is recommended annually,ornottoexceed3years(seeBPRespiratoryPro-tectionGuidelines).Documentationoftrainingfrequency,

Res

pira

tory

Pro

tect

ion


278



279

type, and session attendance must be retained on file at each area office.

For each confined-space entry, training in the use of self-contained, supplied-air respiratory protective equipment will be a requirement of each site-specific pre-entry safety meeting.

Task Hazard Assessment:

All tasks requiring respiratory equipment must be identified and assessed to ensure all hazards have been identified and mitigated. The mitigation measures should be documented in Work Orders and Safe Work Permits.RESPONSIBILITY: The Supervisor in charge of the work location must ensure that: • EmployeesandfulltimeContractorshave

been deemed fit to wear respirators by the Occupational Health Centre;

• Contractorshaveperformedfittestingandfitness to wear respirators medical assessment has taken place;

• Alltaskswhichhaverespiratoryhazardsare identified, evaluated, documented and included in work orders or Safe Work Permits;

• personnelaretrainedintheuse,maintenanceand inspection of the respiratory equipment,

ADDITIONALINFORMATION: 1. IndustrialHygieneManual 2. Respiratory Protection Program 3. Sitespecificcodeofpractice

Res

pira

tory

Pro

tect

ion



280


281

HSSE MEETINGS

PURPOSE:To describe the composition, responsibilities, and meetings oftheJointWorksiteSafety,HealthandEnvironmentCommittee; describe meetings; and identify the require-ments of the pre-job meetings, to be attended by both contractor and BP Canada personnel before any potentially hazardous activity is started.

APPLICATION:WorksitesandworkerswithinaDepartment/Areaasdesig-natedbytheDepartment/AreaManager.

PROCEDURES:Joint Worksite Health, Safety, Security and Environment Committee:

1. AJointWorksiteSafety,HealthandEnviron-ment Committee is a group of worker employee representatives working together to identify and solve safety, occupational health, and environ-mental problems at the worksite. The Operating CentreManagerisresponsiblefortheformationof the committee at each worksite. The commit-tees will hold regular meetings.

2. The committee shall consist of an adequate num-ber of members to provide representation for all workers, and shall include at least one supervisor or equal numbers of workers and supervisors. The term of a committee member will usually be a minimum of one year.

3. Thecommitteewilladdressthesafety,occupa-tional health and environmental concerns of both management and workers. The committee members will either address these concerns immediately or bring them to the attention of thecommitteeatameeting.Membersofthe

HS

SE

Mee

tings


280



281

committee will inspect the worksites regularly and report their findings to the committee.

4. Committeeconcernsandrecommendationsmust be documented and filed.

Committee Meetings:

The committee will hold meetings on a regular basis, at least once a month. A suggested meeting format is included at the end of this section.

General Meetings:

The BP Canada Supervisor in-charge of the work area is responsible for ensuring safety, health and environ-ment meetings are held. In most areas, there will be one meetingpermonth.Employeesshouldattendallhealth,safety, security and environment meetings but must attend a minimum of four meetings a year. An attendance record must be signed by the attendants and retained at the work-site with the minutes of the meeting.

The agenda will follow that of a regular business meeting:

1. Discussionofallincidentsandnearmisseswithin the area.

2. Discussionofincidents,andnearmissesthroughout company and industry.

3. Health,Safety,SecurityandEnvironmentcom-mittee concerns and recommendations.

4. Discussionofallbulletinsandsafetyinformation.

Education programs such as: • Reviewofregulations • Reviewofsafetypracticesandsite-specific

procedures • Seminarsonnewequipment • Hazardidentificationandtraining.

(e.g.WHMIS)

HS

SE

Mee

tings



282


283

The minutes of the meetings must be recorded and distributed, as follows:

• Acopypostedatthefacility • Acopysenttoappropriatepersonnel • CopypostedonthegHSSErwebsite

Pre-Job risk assessment:

1. Where any personnel are to undertake an activity deemed to be potentially hazardous, a pre-job risk assessment shall be held.

2. The BP Canada representative in charge of the pre-job risk assessment must review gen-eralHSSErequirementsemphasizingchecks,procedures and hazards. These include the requirements for personnel protective equip-ment, site hazards, emergency procedures and job-specific safety requirements. Where the job is complex or involves hot work, a detailed site-specific procedure must be prepared prior to, and reviewed at this meeting. The minutes of the pre-job risk assessment must be recorded. All personnel involved in the work task must sign the minutes of the meeting. This documentation must be retained on file at the worksite office for a minimum of one year.

3. Wherethepre-jobriskassessmentisbeingheldas part of ongoing rig operations, the pre-job safety meeting will involve all personnel on the lease and be noted in the morning report, and tower report.

HSSE Opportunity/Near Miss Reporting:When a worker has reason to believe that an unsafe condi-tionorpracticemayexist,he/sheshalltakeimmediatecorrectiveactionwherepractical,andreportthecondition/practice to his supervisor.HSSEOpportunity/NearMissreportswillbefilledoutandreturnedtotheonsiteHSSErepresentative.

HS

SE

Mee

tings


282



283

Suggested format for recording the minutes of joint worksite Health, Safety, Security and Environment com-mittee meetings:

1. Date,time,andlocationofmeeting. 2. ChairpersonofMeeting. 3. Listofattendees. 4. ConsecutivedayssincelastLostTimeAccident. 5. Consecutive days since last Preventable Vehicle

Accident. 6. Old safety concerns reported but not corrected

(includingspecificdetails). 7. Old safety concerns reported and corrected. 8. New safety concerns and recommendations. 9. Safety concerns corrected but not reported. 10.Discussionofaccidents,incidentsandnear

accidents (in area, throughout the company and theindustry).

11.Safetytopicsdiscussedand/oreducation program.

12.Distributionlistforminutes. 13.Mustcompleteafullworkplacelevelone

inspection per year. 14.Thiscanbesplitintosmallermonthlyones.

SAFETY STANDBY

PURPOSE:To provide procedures for a safety standby person to be used as an observer and back-up during specific work procedures.

APPLICATION:Confined-space entry, and other work tasks as specified by site-specific procedures.

Saf

ety

Sta

ndby



284


285

DEFINITION:A “safety standby” person is an employee or designate used as an observer and back-up, whenever the above work applications are being carried out. This person is not part of the work crew, and is only concerned with the safety of the workers. Safety standby personal will be identified by some type of measure as identified in the pre-job risk assessment.

PROCEDURES:Qualifications:

The safety standby person must have up-to-date knowledge of the following: • Site-specificjobprocedures • Operatingproceduresforthesafetyequip-

ment required for the job in progress • ThelocationoftheOperatorandSupervisor

in charge and be able to communicate with eitherPotentialhazards.–Training

• FirstAid • CPR • H2S,ifapplicable • Fireextinguisheruse,ifapplicable • Rescueprocedures • ApplicableGoldenRuleofSafety • BPIndoctrination • ConfinedSpaceifapplicablePre-entryorrescue • Atmosphericmonitoringifapplicable

Duties of the Safety Standby:

1. A safety standby is a person who observes a work task for the purpose of: Fire suppression

2. Monitoringatmosphericconditionsfromoutsidetheconfinedspace–Ensuringtheairsupplytosupplied-air units that are being used. [See Sec-tion:AtmosphericMonitoring]

Saf

ety

Sta

ndby


284



285

3. Providingcommunicationbetweenworkersandother operation or rescue personnel in the event of an emergency

4. Executionofemergencyrescueplanandactivationof rescue team

5. Maintainingentrylogandtoollogtoensureallpersonnel and tools are accounted for.

6. Ensuringunsupervisedentrypointsareflaggedoffindicating“DONOTENTER”ormadeinaccessible by other means.

7. Ensuringthatallworkersinvolvedinthetaskhave the proper training certification in place.

8. Other duties as identified in the pre-job safety meeting.

Note: Safety standby personnel can not leave their assigned post unless personal safety is jeopardized.

Equipment Required:

The safety standby equipment must be designated in the site-specific job procedure.

Emergency Actions:

In the event of any emergency, the safety standby must perform the following: (a) Communicatetheemergencytotheappropriate

back-up support. The call shall give the lease location,shallbeconciseandspecific:e.g.,ManDown,Fire,Explosion.

(b) Ifthereisnoimmediateresponse,repeatthemessage, and proceed with appropriate action.

Example:Inthecaseofa“Mandown”: • Callforhelpfromasafeareaandconfirmcall

Saf

ety

Sta

ndby



286


287

has been acknowledged • Assessthehazard • Puton(don)respiratoryprotectiveequipment

(SCBA)asperprovincialrequirements • Removethevictimtoasafearea • Performemergencyfirstaidasappropriate • Reportallincidentsimmediatelyandarrange

for the victim to be transported to the nearest medical support

Entry to Sour Worksites:

[See: Hydrogen Sulfide Safety] [See: Respiratory Protection]

RESPONSIBILITIES:ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanadaEmployeeinchargeand/orcontractortoaddresstheneedforaSafetyStandby during specific work procedures, and to ensure that a properly trained person is used where required.

SAND BLASTING / ABRASIVE BLASTING

PURPOSE:Provide general guidelines for safe sand blasting operations.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada Plant and Field sites.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Dustcreatedbyblastingoperations(i.e.,silica

sand,walnutshells) • Dustfrommaterialremoved

(i.e.,leadbasepaints) • Sparkscausedbytheblastingoperation

San

d B

last

ing


286



287

• Staticelectricitybuild-up • Possibilityofphysicalinjuryfromtheblasting

operation • Noiseexposure • Heatstress

PREPARATIONS: • Workareashouldbecheckedforcombustible

gas prior to commencing operation and as required throughout.

[See: Working in a Combustible Atmosphere Standard] • ASafeWorkPermitandPre-JobSafety

Meetingmayberequired,dependingontheproximity to the production facilities and the complexity of the job.

[See: Safe Work Permits][See:HSSEMeetings][See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment][See:ConfinedSpaceEntry][See: Noise and Hearing Conservation]PROCEDURES:The compressor, hose, nozzle and operator must be properly grounded to prevent build-up of static electricity. Ventilation requirements for the work area must be considered.Theequipmentoperatormustbeabletostoptheflowofmaterialimmediately,i.e.,shut-offdevicelocatedatnozzle.

PRECAUTIONS: • Ifconductingabrasiveblastingensurethat

crystalline silica is replaced with a less harmful substance.

• Minimizeanyreleaseofdust(nuisanceparticu-lates,silica,lead,etc.).

• Approvedrespiratoryprotectionmustbeusedto

San

d B

last

ing



288


289

guard against inhalation of air borne contaminants.[See: Respiratory Protection] • Safehandlingrequirementsforsandblasting

material, or material removed from surfaces must be addressed.

[See:MSDS] • ConsultSafetyCoordinatororIndustrialHy-

gienist for advice on working with silica, lead or other toxic fumes, vapors or particulates.

• Approvedpersonalprotectiveequipmentmustbeused to guard against injury to the operator.

[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]

RESPONSIBILITIES:The BP Canada Representative, or his designate, is responsible for ensuring that safe sand blasting procedures are followed.The Contractor is responsible for ensuring:

• Thatallpersonnelareproperlytrainedinthesafeuse of the equipment

• Thatthematerialhazardsareidentified • Thatapprovedrespiratoryprotectionandper-

sonal protective equipment are used.

SECURITY

PURPOSE:To protect the public, BP Canada, and contractor person-nel, property and assets from injury, loss or damage.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada locations, including plants, compressor sta-tions, offices, warehouses, batteries, wellsites, pipelines etc.

Sec

urity


288



289

DEFINITION:Security included:

• Manned–24hr.dailyoperation • Unmanned–8hr.dailyoperation

Assets included:

• Product • Equipment • LegalLiability

PROCEDURES:Physical Security:

1. Properly maintained public protection security systems contribute to visitor safety, and minimize exposure to possible litigation resulting from incidents/accidentsinvolvingnon-employeesonlocations.

2. Where the possibility exists for theft, vandalism or unauthorized entry, facilities shall be evaluated andsecuredasrequired.Livestockentryshallbea consideration.

The following are general physical security practices:

Perimeter Protection:

1. Control access to company facilities. Post appropriatesignsatALLentrancesto“guide”legitimatevisitorsand“warn-off”potentialtres-passers. Utilize gates and barriers to prevent the casualand/orcuriousfromwanderingordrivinginto facilities.

[Forappropriatesigns,See:LeaseDesign] 2. Wherelocksarerequired,approvedheavy-duty/

industrialshacklepadlocks(7/16inchdiameter)and chains will be used. (For approved padlocks,

Sec

urity



290


291

contactCorporateSecurity.) 3. Fencing,forsecuritypurposes,BPstandardsare

2.4metershigh,chainlinkedandtoppedwiththree strands of barbed wire angled outward.

4. Fencingrequirementsforsourfacilitiesorfacili-ties near populated areas can be found in Alberta Oil&GasRegulations-8.170,8.180&EUBIL90-19.

(If other than Alberta, see applicable government regula-tions.)

Building Protection:

1. Install approved heavy-duty, deadbolt locks on thedoorsandheavysecurityscreening(mesh)orbars over the windows of buildings containing vital controls and sensitive or valuable equip-ment. Overhead doors may require additional protection.

2. Buildings, offices, etc. containing vital controls, largequantitiesofvaluableequipmentand/orsupplies may, in addition, require electronic fire and intrusion detection systems. Corporate Secu-rity can provide recommendations and assistance as required.

Lighting:

Areas should have sufficient illumination for security purposes, and be in accordance with BP Canada General Specifications and applicable government regulations.

Identification:

Valuable equipment and other theft-prone items should be engraved or stamped with a company-issued, computer-registered, identification number. (Corporate Security shall issuenumbersspecifictoeachoperatingfacility/areaduring

Sec

urity


290



291

securitysurveysand/oronmanagementrequest.)

RESPONSIBILITIES:All employees must report incidents involving criminal ac-tionorlosstoCorporateSecurity,LocalManagementandPolice(ifrequired).

EMERGENCYPLANS:RefertoEmergencyResponsePlanGuide.

Forms:

• 48-220SecurityIncidentReport • C1121BombThreat/AnonymousTelephone Call Record

SERVICE RIG SAFETY

PURPOSE:To review the major areas of concern in regard to service rig safety to ensure compliance of service rigs with all appli-cable government and BP Canada regulations and practices.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated service rig operations.

PREPARATIONS:Pre-employment Meeting:

A Pre-employment meeting should be held with the service rig contractor to ensure compliance with Service Rig Safety requirements.[See: Contractor Safety Program]

Controlled Areas:

Where service rig operations are required in a controlled

Ser

vice

Rig

Saf

ety



292


293

area, that is, adjacent to airports or populated areas, ad-ditionalequipmentand/orproceduresmayberequiredtomeet government regulations.[See:ApplicableGovernmentAgency,E.U.B.inAlberta]

Notification:

The applicable government agency should be notified of all rig moves.

Signs:

Post appropriate signs at the lease entrance advising H2S, hard-hat area, overhead power lines, restricted access, etc.

PROCEDURES:Detailed Rig Inspection Report:

FormC-79(88-08)Mustbefilledoutandsenttotheappropriatesupervisoraccording to the following schedule: • Whenusingaservicerigthathasnotworkedfor

BP Canada before, or • WhenaservicerighasnotworkedforBP

Canada for a significant length of time (several jobs),or

• Onceeverythreemonthsduringcontinuousoperation for BP Canada, or

• WhenitisdeemednecessarybyBPCanadaWellsiteLeader

Note:

• Thisinspectionmustbereportedonthedailyreport and service rig tour sheets

• Forcriticalwells,thisinspectionshouldbecompletedwithinthe24hourperiodpriortoinitiating operations

Weekly Rig Inspection Report:

Ser

vice

Rig

Saf

ety


292



293

FormC-125(88-08)In addition to the detailed Rig Inspection, service rig inspections must be carried out each week, or once per well, whichever is more frequent. The report must be filled out and sent to the appropriate supervisor, and must be reported on the daily report and service rig tour sheets.

Daily Inspections:

A walk around inspection must be done on a daily basis with the contractor representative. This should be done first thing in the morning and reported on the daily report and service rig tour sheets. Ideally this inspection could be carried out in conjunction with the daily mechanical testing of the BOP equipment.Service Rig Blow-Out Prevention Drill Report:

FormC-125(88-08)Blow-out drills must be performed by each rig crew every 7 days, or once per well, whichever is more frequent. Performance and certification of the rig crew and supervi-sorsmustberecordedontheform.Drillsshouldbedoneat various stages of activity (i.e. tripping, drilling, out of hole,etc.)

Blow-out Preventers:

1. When BOP’s require winterizing, the heat source must be suitable for the electrical area classifica-tion in which it is used.

[See:ElectricalProtectionRegulations] 2. Wheneverboltsareloosenedorflangesbroken,

that section of the BOP system must be pressure-tested as if it had just been hooked up.

Accumulator:

Linesshallbetestedtothemaximumoperatingpressureofthe accumulator for 5 minutes prior to commencing opera-tions. Hose couplers within 7.0 meters of the wellbore must

Ser

vice

Rig

Saf

ety



294


295

be “lock-type” or “Hammer Union type”.

BOP Remote:

Mustbeshieldedfromthewellheadandmaybelocatedatthe accumulator.

Kill and Bleed Off System:

Wellhead casing valves must not be used as part of this system. These valves are reserved for emergency use only. Threaded BOP ports are not acceptable because of potential thread damage.If fire sheathed hoses are used, they shall be shop serviced in three year cycles and service reports made available.Rig Savers/Shut-Offs:

All diesel engines within 25 meters of a wellhead or a tank mustbeequippedwithapositiveairshut-offvalve(PASO),either automatically or manually operated. This valve must be function tested prior to commencing operations and at least once a week thereafter. Tests shall be recorded on daily reports.Vehicles,withoutairintakeshut-offs,essentialtooperationsmay operate within this distance, provided the BP Canada Representative in-charge or his designate assesses the on-site safety, i.e. Gas detection. This does not apply to where a vehicle is performing an operation on the well.

Lighting:

All rig lights must be enclosed in vapor-proof glass covers and should be controlled by an explosion-proof switch within reach of the driller while at the brake.

Rig Cleaning:

The rig should be kept clean using rigwash chemicals and water. Gasoline must not be used.

Ser

vice

Rig

Saf

ety


294



295

Hydrogen Sulfide and Combustible Gas (L.E.L.)

Monitors:

EnsureDragerorGastecH2Ssamplingdevicesareavailablewith an adequate range of dated sampling tubes. H2S elec-tronic monitors, complete with audible and visual alarms, are required on critical sour wells. The monitor must be capableofdetectingH2Sat10PPM.Themonitorshouldprovide alarms as follows: • LowAlarm–10PPMH2S • HighAlarm–20PPMH2SMonitorsmustberoutinelycalibratedandtestedbyaqualified person. A minimum of two detectors are required; onelocatedasclosetothereturnlineintherig/mudtankaspossible,andtheotherplacedundertherigfloor.[See:StandardforWorkinginaCombustibleGasEnviron-ment]

Equipment Placement:

On initial set-up, the rig should be upwind of the wellhead, based on the prevailing wind direction. The line from the tank to the wellhead should run at 90 degrees to the wind, and the pump must be upwind of the tank.[See:E.U.B.EquipmentSpacingDiagramincludedattheend of this section.]

NOTE: If the lease is too small to position equipment according to the applicable regulations, approval for exemp-tion must be obtained from the appropriate regulatory agenciespriortoperformingthework.(e.g.EUBand/orOH&S).

Power Line Spacing:

Guy lines must not cross under or over any existing power line. For minimum clearances from overhead power lines, [See:Electricity].

Ser

vice

Rig

Saf

ety



296


297

Wind Direction:

A method of determining wind direction shall be used. This should be supplemented by streamers in the derrick, guy wires and rig tank to ensure that a correct wind direction is always available.

Access and Parking:

The parking area should be as far away from the wellhead as possible, but in no case closer than 25 meters. Access to and from this area should be outside the 25 meter radius.

Sump, Swab Tank and Flare Stack:

Thesump,swabtankandflarestackmustbelocated50meters downwind of the rig based on the prevailing wind direction.Onsourwells,theflarestackmustbeequippedwith a continuous Pilot. For critical sour wells, continuous ignition is suggested as a back-up to the continuous pilot.

Anchors:

All underground piping, cable and cathodic protection beds must be located prior to driving in anchors.[See:GroundDisturbancePractice]Anchors must be properly spaced and pull tested according to the rig manufacturer’s specifications.[See:BP’sCompletionOperationsManualforfurtherdetails]

Safety Trailer Requirements:

Safety trailers are required where the H2S concentration in the vapor phase is equal to or greater than 1 percent. A safety trailer and safety supervisor is required on all wells where the H2S concentration in the vapor phase is equal to or greater than 5 percent.For wells where the H2S concentration is low and risk to personnel associated with an H2S release is minimal, the non-requirement for a safety trailer can be addressed in the work plan.

Ser

vice

Rig

Saf

ety


296



297

Electrical Grounding/Bonding:

All electrical systems must be properly grounded. Ground electrodes must have a resistance of no more than 10 ohms.Ground the service rig, pumps, pump trucks and rig tanks, etc. The electrode resistance should not exceed 7 ohms.Cathodicprotectionmustbeshutoffandthepipelineproperly bonded to the wellhead and service rig before it is disconnected.[See:Electricity]When ground electrodes are to be used, these will be driven rods or pipes.RESPONSIBILITIES:The BP Canada representative in-charge is responsible for ensuring that all personnel on-site fully understand the safety considerations and service rig safety requirements. He is also responsible for ensuring that service rig inspec-tions are performed, and that all service rigs that work for BP meet the applicable requirements.The service contractor is responsible for ensuring that his equipment and personnel comply with the applicable governmentregulationsandBPHSSEPolicies.

SIGNS AND BARRICADES

PURPOSE:To provide safe work practices to reduce hazards by the use of signs or barricades.

APPLICATION:All BP plant and field roads and facilities.

PROCEDURES:Road Hazards:

Where a hazard exists on a road, e.g., closure, bridge out, or culvert out, proper signs and barricades must be

Sig

ns &

Bar

ricad

es



298


299

used to ensure public safety. Road signs addressing dust hazards, ice, curves, hills, speed limits, etc. should also be considered.Localmanagementshouldassesstheneedonallcompany roads.

Road Maintenance:

Whenever road maintenance (i.e., sanding, grading, gravel-ling,etc.)isbeingconductedonBPCanadaroads,allsignsrequired by Provincial Transportation must be used. BP Canada roads are open to public use and must be treated as such.Temporary Hazards:

Wherever a temporary hazard exists during maintenance oroperatingactivities,(i.e.openditches,spills,wetfloors,etc.)thenecessarysignsorbarricadesmustbeinplacetoensure the safety of uninvolved personnel.

RESPONSIBILITIES:All employees and contractors are responsible to identify hazards and ensure that proper and adequate signs and barricadesareusedasrequired.Useofreflectivevestsarerequired for people involved in setting, manning signs and barricades on roadways.

SIMULTANEOUS OPERATING PROCEDURE

1.0 Purpose/Scope

1.1 The intent of this document is to provide procedures to facilitate safe operations during simultaneous Well, Operations, and Construction activities. The Canada Gas BU team is committed to maintaining a safe and environmentally sound workplace.

1.2 Pre-job planning, cooperation and communica-tion between all groups and departments during

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting


298



299

simultaneous operations are crucial to ensuring safe operations.Simultaneousoperations(SIMOPS)referenced herein apply to interactions between Op-erations, Wells, and Construction activities. Federal, provincial, and local regulations are to be followed during all operations and activities.

2.0 Key Responsibilities

2.1 The following is a list of the key Canada Gas PU Field based positions and their roles with respect to Simultaneous Operations planning. As the project develops, roles and responsibilities will change. These changes will be clearly identified and com-municated at the daily coordination meetings.

2.2 OperatingCentreManager(ordesigneesuchasPlantorFieldForemanforasitewithintheOC)isresponsible for the overall safety of personnel on site. On a continuous basis they will communicate with the operating groups to learn of the day’s activities. They will decide which activities take precedence af-ter assessing the priorities associated with each opera-tion.TheOCM(ordesignee)hastheobligationandauthority to shutdown any or all activities necessary to ensure the safety of personnel and the facility. He is responsible for organizing communications meet-ings with the respective Person in Charge from Wells, ConstructionandOperationsforSIMOPSactivities.

2.3 PersoninCharge(PIC)willbeadesignatedContractor, Alliance partner, or BP employee who is singularly accountable for compliance with this SIMOPSProcedureatagivenworklocation.Theiraccountabilities under this procedure will include notification/trainingoftheworklocationdepart-mentstaffoutlinedinthisprocedure,develop-

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting



300


301

ment of any location specific notification lists, and ongoingreportingofanyHSSEincidentsor“nearmiss” incidents. There shall be a PIC identified for each major work group on the site (e.g. Construc-tion,Wells,andOperations)whereversimultaneousoperations can occur. As the project progresses, the PICrolemaybetransferredtodifferentpersonnel.As these roles change, it is important that the PIC’s are clearly identified to all personnel onsite through training/orientationsandpostingontheSIMOPSNotice Board.

2.4 WellsRepresentativeistheBPWellsiteLeaderandisaccountable for all drilling and rig related activities andoperations.He/sheistheWellsPICandreportstotheWellsTeamLeaderinCalgary.

2.5 SpecialProjects/ConstructionForeman-thiscanbeany person who has responsibilities for construction or special project activities including WARTHOG. He/sheisaccountableforallproject-associatedcontractorstoprovideaSIMOPSWorkPlanforallconstructionprojectsthatinvolveSIMOPS(concur-rentactivityamongProjects,Wells,andOperations).

2.6 OperationsLead/orAreaAuthorityisaccountablefor facility operations and all non-drilling remedial well operations as well as all activities on the site outside of the drilling rig after Production Opera-tionsbegin.He/sheistheOperationsPICandisaccountableforOperationsSIMOPSWorkPlansthat involve activities that impact drilling operations orproject/constructionactivities.DependingontheparticularOC/SiteorganizationthismaybeaFore-man,SeniorOperatororPlant/FieldOperator.

2.7 Issuing Authority is accountable for the overall

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting


300



301

controlofworkontheworksite.He/shewillissueWork Permits. In cases where the Issuing Authority has been transferred from existing operations the Issuing Authority must ensure the requirements for handing over a lease and changing Issuing authority have been met. On larger sites it may be appropriate to designate more than one Issuing Authority. In that case the designated areas for each Issuing Authority must be clearly defined with a marked up plot plan andonsite(e.g.snowfencing).Noteinmanycasesthe Issuing Authority will also be a PIC.

2.8 SiteHSSECoordinatorwillberesponsibleforsitesafetyprograms.TheSiteHSSECoordinatorwillassistthePICinthefacilitationofSIMOPScommunication meetings and provide support to all departmentsinthepreparationofSIMOPSPlansand hazards analysis reviews.

3.0 Definitions

3.1 Simultaneousoperationsreferencedhereinapplyto interactions between Operations, Wells, and Construction activities. Federal, provincial, and local regulations are to be followed during all operations and activities. These activities as well as other termi-nology are defined as follows:

• Operations:facilitiesoperationandmaintenance,well production and maintenance, pipeline operation and maintenance

• Wells:drillingrig,workoverrig,and/orcomple-tion rig operations including abandonment’s, and rig maintenance

• Construction:civil/gravelwork,facilitiesinstalla-tion and construction, pipeline construction, site decommissioning and abandonment and general construction

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting



302


303

• SimultaneousOperations(SIMOPS):concurrentactivities of producing, processing, or injection ofhydrocarbons(andassociatedwater);drilling;completion; remedial operations; well mainte-nance/service;oranyconstructionactivity

• SiteControl:Ultimatecontrolandaccount-ability for a development work site by one of the three departments shall be established for each phase of the individual program development

4.0 Procedure

4.1 Communications CommunicationsisthekeytoexcellentHSSEper-

formanceandsafeSimultaneousOperations.Everygroup must be keenly aware of what the other groups aredoingtoavoidconflicts.Coordinationmeetingswill be held daily through the various phases of con-struction, drilling, and operations activities. A rep-resentative from each major work group will attend these meetings and exchange information about their respective group’s activities for the day. Potential workconflictswillberesolvedbetweenthevariousgroupsbeforeanyworkwillcommence.SIMOPSactivities planned for the next day will be discussed indetailandthevariousPIC’swillpassonSIMOPSinformationtoaffectedsupervisors,foremanandworkersatthefollowingday’sHSSEmeetings.Atthis meeting, information relative to future work will also be shared to allow adequate planning for all affecteddepartments.

ASIMOPSNoticeBoardshallbeestablishedatadesignated location on the work site. It is critically important during Simultaneous Operations that all personnel involved know how to communicate an emergency situation.

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting


302



303

This SIMOPS Notice Board will display, as a minimum:

• SitespecificEmergencyNotificationNumber(s) • SitespecificEmergencyNotificationProcedure • AuthorityorDepartmentinchargeoftheloca-

tion(Sitecontrol),nameofIssuingAuthority(IA),andcontactinformationforWorkPermits

• SIMOPSWorkPlans • EmergencyResponsePlan(ERP) • Nameandcontactinformationforthesite

specificPersoninCharge(PIC)forConstruc-tion, Wells, and Operations

• DateoflastNoticeBoardinformationchangeor review

The location of the notice board and the minimum information above shall be part of the initial site specificHSSEorientation.Aspartofthesiteorien-tation, the site specific emergency notification proce-dureandthemusterlocation(s)willbereviewed.

Crew supervisors are accountable for reviewing theSIMOPSNoticeBoardandensuringthatanyoperationwhichaffectsanothergroup’sactivitybediscussed at the next appropriate tour or shift change tool box safety meeting, pre-tour safety meeting, or pre-job safety meeting.

TheSIMOPSNoticeBoardshallbeupdatedascon-ditions or development phases change. It must be reviewed weekly for accuracy. The Issuing Authority in charge of the site shall be accountable for review-ingandupdatingtheSIMOPSNoticeBoard.

4.2 WorkPermits TheCanadaGasPUPermittoWork(PTW)Practice

(MS880)willbeused.WorkPermitswillbeissuedbytheIssuingAuthorityandpostedontheSIMOPSNotice Board.

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting



304


305

4.3 SimultaneousOperations(SIMOPS)WorkPlans SIMOPSWorkPlansshallbedevelopedforany

workgroup’sactivitythatdirectlyorindirectlyaffectsthe safe performance of another work group’s activity oroperation.(i.e.,aSIMOPSWorkPlanisrequiredof all activities that may impact wells, production operationsorconstructionoperations.)Responsibil-ityforSIMOPSWorkPlanpreparationlieswiththeworkgroupinitiatingtheactivity.TheSiteHSSECoordinator will assist each department in the devel-opmentofSIMOPSPlansandhazardsanalysisandwillfacilitateSIMOPSinterfacemeetingsbetweendepartments.

TheworkactivityrequiringtheSIMOPSPlanshouldbeclearlyidentifiedontheSIMOPSPlanform,gHSSErMF36201.

The plan must include but is not limited to the follow-ing key points:

• Adescriptionofthejob,project,operation,oractivity to be conducted including the number of personnel involved, equipment involved, site resources required, etc.

• DesignatedPICforthejobandthecommunica-tionplanforcontactingthePICbyradioand/orphone

• Expecteddurationofthework • HazardAnalysisprofileforthejob • WorkPermitPlanforthatgivenjob • Clarityonwhichactivitiescannotoccursimul-

taneously or what special controls are required if the activities are to take place simultaneously

EverySIMOPSWorkPlanmustbeapprovedandsignedbythePICfortheoperation(s)impacted.

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting


304



305

For example, when a construction activity impacts a Wells operation by proximity to the wells opera-tion, the PIC for Construction is accountable for communication with the Wells PIC, reviewing the SIMOPSWorkPlan,andobtainingtheWellsPIC’sapproval before the work begins. However work can only begin when a Permit to Work has been issued by the Issuing Authority who has also reviewed the SIMOPSWorkPlan.

Examples of work requiring SIMOPS Work Plans include but are not limited to the following:

• Onawellsite,Constructionworkadjacenttoadrilling or well service rig

• Onaplantsite,Constructionworkadjacenttolive operating plant

TheIssuingAuthorityorPICcanrequireaSIMOPSWork Plan before the new job, project, operation, or activity can begin.

AcopyofeveryapprovedSIMOPSWorkPlanshallbepostedontheSIMOPSNoticeBoard.UponcompletionoftheSIMOPSactivity,thePlanmayberemovedfromtheSIMOPSNoticeBoard.

5.0 Reference Documents

• ProjectManagementPlan–gHSSErMS363 • gHSSErMS880-PermittoWorkandHazard

Assessment Practice • NAGSPUControlofWorkPolicyhttp://docs.

bpweb.bp.com/NAG:/content/hse/onshore/documents/K0000002586

6.0 Forms

• HSSErMF36201–SIMOPSWorkPlanForm

Sim

ulta

neou

s O

pera

ting



306


307

STRESS RELIEVING PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for safe stress relieving practices.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada Facilities.

POTENTIALHAZARDS:Fire,Explosion,ElectricalShock,Burns

PREPARATIONS:The stress relieving unit and associated equipment are both potential ignition sources, and therefore necessitates the need for extreme caution and proper procedures to elimi-nate the safety hazards.[See:Permittowork][See:HSSEMeetings]

PROCEDURES:Whenever stress relieving is performed on piping or vessels in place, site-specific procedures must be developed.[See: Welding Practices - General]RefertoBP’sWeldingQualityControlManualforstressrelieving requirements and techniques.

Signs:

Appropriate signs should be erected around the work area to warn of the hazard and to keep out non-essential personnel.

RESPONSIBILITIES: • TheBPCanadaRepresentativeinchargeofthe

operation is responsible for ensuring that safe stress relieving procedures are followed

• Itistheresponsibilityofthequalifiedengineer

Str

ess

Rel

ievi

ng


306



307

in charge to ensure that the appropriate stress relieving requirements and techniques are met

• Thecontractorisresponsibleforthesafeopera-tion and use of his equipment while on an BP Canada worksite

SWABBING

PURPOSE:To provide a general guide for safe swabbing operations.

APPLICATION:All swabbing operations conducted by service rigs, swab-bing units and wireline units.

DEFINITION:Routine Work:

Frequently performed swabbing operations on wells of similarset-up.Doesnotincludeswabbingoperationsonsour wells.

POTENTIALHAZARDS:Combustible Fluids:

As excessive gas becomes evident, production must be switchedthroughtestersandgasflared.Windindicatorsmust be present at all locations.

Toxic return fluids:

[See:WHMISforFluidHandlingRequirements][See: H2S Safety][See:StaticElectricity]Swabbing Unit, wireline unit, service rig and associated pip-ing and equipment must be properly bonded to wellhead and grounded.

Sw

abbi

ng



308


309

[See: Bonding and grounding]PREPARATIONS:Non-Routine Work:

A Work Permit must be issued and a pre-job safety meeting conducted, prior to commencing operation. If swabbing is part of service rig operations, only a pre-job safety meeting needs to be conducted.[See: Permits To Work][See:HSSEMeetings]

Routine Work:

Swabbing procedures must be developed for all routine swabbing operations where a work permit and pre-job safety meeting are not issued or conducted.The procedure must cover all pertinent safety and opera-tion considerations and emergency plans. This procedure must be reviewed with all pertinent contract personnel. Procedures reviewed and individuals trained must be documented.

PROCEDURES:Company Representative:

A properly trained BP Canada Representative, or his designate, must be on-site for all swabbing operations. An BP Canada Representative must be on-site when swabbing operations involve sour wells.

Cathodic Protection:

Ifflowlineistobedisconnected,orswabreturnlineistobeconnectedtoflowline,cathodicprotectionmustbeshutoff.Thewellhead,swabbingunitandswabreturnlinemustthenbeelectricallybondedtotheflowlinetoeliminateanyelectrical potential before disconnecting.Fluids should be swabbed through a poorboy degasser into a rig tank, only if the Hydrogen Sulfide concentrations are less than the occupational exposure limit.

Sw

abbi

ng


308



309

[See: H2S Safety] If the H2S concentrations exceed the occupational exposure limit,allfluidshouldbeswabbedthroughpropertestingequipment,whichmayincludeaseparator,flarestack,continuousflarepit,gasboot,andventedtanks.Twoquali-fied personnel should supervise the equipment, configured appropriately for the specific well.[See:BP’sCompletionOperationsManual]

Swab Return Vent Lines:

Mustbeequippedwithblockvalves,whichareclosedwhenrunning in the hole with the swab mandrel.

Swabbing Unit:

Mustbesecurelyanchoredaccordingtomanufacturer’sspecifications.

Swab Tank:

Mustbespacedasperrigtankspacingrequirements.Swabbing with service rig or swabbing unit must not be done after dark. A wireline truck equipped with adequate lighting and a meterage wheel may be used with the ap-proval of the supervisor, or his designate and the appropri-ate government agency.

Diesel Engine Shut-Offs:

[See: PASO]

Oil Savers:

Lubricatoroilsaversmustbeequippedwithcontrolswhichcan be readily operated.

Tank Trucks:

Ifswabbingtoatanktruck,theenginemustbeshutoff,and the driver must not be in the cab.Swab Cable:

Sw

abbi

ng



310


311

Shouldbeflaggedandwellmaintained.PRECAUTIONS:Swab tank should be externally gauged. If external gauging is not possible, suspend swabbing operations and ensure that the swab return line block valve is closed prior to any personnel going up on the tanks. Fluid must not be unloaded from the swab tank while a swab is being pulled.[See: Tank Gauging]

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Representative in charge of the operation to ensure that safe swabbing procedures are followed.The service contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment, and for the adherence to all applicable government and BP Canada regulations and practices.

TRAINING:[See: Training]

TANK GAUGING

PURPOSE:To provide a guide for safe gauging of tanks.


POTENTIALHAZARDS:Gauging operations present a hazard to the worker due tothepresenceoftoxicorflammablegasesandthetankheight.PRECAUTIONS: • Tanksinstalledonapermanentbasisshouldhave

gauge boards or an external gauging mechanism.

Tank

Gau

ging


310



311

• Alltankladdersshallconformtoapplicablegovernment regulations and BP Specifications.

[See:Ladders–Fixed] • Nopersonshouldstandonatankroof. • Wheretanksarehandlingtoxicfluids,the

worker may require breathing apparatus and a safety standby person.

[See: Respiratory Protection] [See:TankTruckLoading/Unloading] • ConsultSafetyCoordinatororIndustrial

Hygienist for advice on specific respiratory protection.

• Whengaugingatankfromaladderataheightgreater than 2.0 meters, where a hoop, guardrail, platform or cage has not been supplied, a fall arresting device must be worn.

[See: Working at Heights Standard and Golden Rule]

TANK TRUCK LOADING /UNLOADING

PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for loading and unloading products andfluidssafely.

APPLICATION:Movementoffluidsatplantandfieldoperationsviabulktruck transport.POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Combustible/ToxicFluids[See:WHMIS][See:MSDS][See: Hydrogen Sulphur Safety][See:AtmosphericMonitoring][See: Respiratory Protection]

Tank

Tru

ck L

oadi

ng



312


313

• StaticElectricity[See:ElectricalBondingandGrounding] • ElevatedWorksite–TopofTank[See: Working at Heights] • Fluidtemperature,i.e.,Sulfur,LPG.

PREPARATIONS:Where caustic, acids, or extremely volatile, corrosive, or sourfluidsarebeingtransported,site-specificproceduresmust be followed. These will address the unique hazards and safeguards required.

PROCEDURES:Before loading or unloading, all trucks must be suitably grounded. The grounding cable connection should be made at the Tank Truck to eliminate any possible spark at the ignitable source.All trucks must be parked at least 25 meters from any combustiblesource,andpointedofftheleaseforquickexit.All diesel engine vehicles working within 25 meters must be equippedwithapositiveinletairshut-off.While loading or unloading, the truck must be located a minimum of 8 meters from the production tanks and outside of any tank dykes. In areas where spacing relaxation has been approved by the necessary government agencies, the distances so approved shall be maintained.[See:ServiceRigSafetyforSpacingDiagrams]All trucks must be equipped to allow determination of levels in the tank without the driver being on top of the tanks.When loading has started the driver must walk around the unit to ensure that the product is not leaking from hoses, connections, valves, or pump seals. If a leak is spotted, the driver will immediately stop the activity, and if safe to do so, correct the problem. Unless specific safety related considerations require otherwise, the driver will remain outside the vehicle at all times during loading and unload-

Tank

Tru

ck L

oadi

ng


312



313

ing operations to continuously monitor tank levels and connections. No truck maintenance shall take place during these operations. Prior to loading and unloading a vehicle, the wheels must be chocked.The appropriate personal protection must be worn.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]Tanktrucksmustbeequippedwithatleast1-30#LTKFire extinguisher, placed ready to use, during loading and unloading operations.

Special Precautions for Handling Sour Fluids:

WhenhandlingfluidscontainingH2S,wherethepotentialexists for H2S to exceed the occupational exposure limits, truck operators must wear breathing equipment while connecting or disconnecting load lines, gauging tanks, and checking truck compartments during loading or unload-ing operations. This equipment must be supplied and maintained by the contractor. A safety standby should also beconsidered.InsystemswithlowH2Scontentand/ortherisk to worker exposure is minimal, the non-requirement for a safety standby can be addressed by a site-specific procedure.[See: Hydrogen Sulfide Safety][See: Respiratory Protection][See: Safety Standby]

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada employee in-charge to ensure that safe loading and unloading procedures are conveyed and followed.The service contractor is responsible for ensuring that safe loading/unloadingproceduresarefollowedWhile loading or unloading, the truck must be located a minimum of 8 meters from the production tanks and outside of any tank dykes. In areas where spacing relaxation has been approved by the necessary government agencies,

Tank

Tru

ck L

oadi

ng



314


315

the distances so approved shall be maintained.[See:ServiceRigSafetyforSpacingDiagrams]All trucks must be equipped to allow determination of lev-els in the tank without the driver being on top of the tanks.When loading has started the driver must walk around the unit to ensure that the product is not leaking from hoses, connections, valves, or pump seals. If a leak is spotted, the driver will immediately stop the activity, and if safe to do so, correct the problem. Unless specific safety related considerations require otherwise, the driver will remain outside the vehicle at all times during loading and unload-ing operations to continuously monitor tank levels. No truck maintenance shall take place during these operations. Prior to loading and unloading a vehicle, the wheels must be chocked.The appropriate personal protection must be worn.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]Tanktrucksmustbeequippedwithatleast1-30#LTKFire extinguisher, placed ready to use, during loading and unloading operations.

Special Precautions for Handling Sour Fluids:

WhenhandlingfluidscontainingH2S,wherethepotentialexists for H2S to exceed the occupational exposure limits, truck operators must wear breathing equipment while connecting or disconnecting load lines, gauging tanks, and checking truck compartments during loading or unload-ing operations. This equipment must be supplied and maintained by the contractor. A safety standby should also beconsidered.InsystemswithlowH2Scontentand/ortherisk to personnel associated with an H2S release is minimal, the non-requirement for a safety standby can be addressed by a site-specific procedure.[See: Hydrogen Sulfide Safety][See: Respiratory Protection][See: Safety Standby]

Sw

abbi

ng


314



315

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the Canada employee in-charge to ensure that safe loading and unloading procedures are conveyed and followed.The service contractor is responsible for ensuring that safe loading/unloadingproceduresarefollowed.

TOOLS

All tools must be inspected prior to use and only used if in safe working condition. Tools must be used as per manufac-turer’s recommendation. This means all guards must be in place and no modifications made to the tool.

Studs and nuts must be tightened as per manufac-turer’s recommendation (i.e. torque wrenches to be used vs. impactwrenches).

Inspection of Hand Tools prior to use:

• Performacompleteinspectionofallequipmentand job related tools prior to starting any job. All tools and equipment used must be clean and in good working condition prior and during use.

• Ensurewoodenorfiberglasshandlesusedonhammers and similar tools are not damaged or have been modified (i.e. taped wooden handles mayhidedamagetothehandle.)Damagedhandles on hammers, axes and similar equipment shall be immediately taken out of service and replaced promptly.

• Ensurehandtoolssuchashammers,chiselsandpunches, which develop mushroomed heads during use, are reconditioned or replaced as necessary.

• Checktoensurethattoolhandlesarewedgedtightly in the head of all tools. Check for tight-

Tool

s



316


317

nessathead/handleconnectionpoint. • Replacewornorbentwrenches,pliers,etc.

regularly. • Storetoolsindrysecurelocationswheretheywill

not be tampered with. • Neverattempttorepairdamagedormodified

tools. • Utilizeappropriateeyefaceandhandprotection

while using hand tools or equipment which mightproduceflyingmaterialsorbesubjecttobreakage?(SeePersonalProtectionEquipmentforfurtherinformation)

• Preferenceistoselectatoolthatwillkeepyourwrist in neutral position.

TRAINING

PURPOSE:To describe the safety training courses and certification required by employees and contractors to ensure safe and productive on-site operations.

APPLICATION:EmployeesandContractorsasrequiredbyjobfunctionand/ordesignatedbytheDepartment/AreaManager.

PREPARATIONS:Pre-Job risk assessment Meeting:

Should provide details of the job and all safety consider-ations related to the job could include but not limited to; required training and certification. This on-site commu-nication will provide informal training and open channels forencouragingawarenessandinformationflowastheoperation progresses.[See:SafetyMeetings]

Trai

ning


316



317

Contractor Safety:

All contractors should have a Safety Program in place which meets the training requirements of the applicable govern-ment regulations and BP Canada requirements. This should be reviewed prior to awarding work.

PROCEDURES:Safety is a function of every job task, however, in several special safety training areas, certification is a requirement. Safety training will be instituted to comply with mandatory requirements and other safety training as deemed necessary byManagement.

Training Courses:

Employeeswillbetrainedtoacompetentlevelonjobtasks,operating procedures, and mandatory safety training.

Safety Training Records:

A complete record of all safety training must be maintained bytheLocalVTAAdministrationsectionintheDepart-ment/Area,andshouldberetainedintheVTAdatabase.The Safety and Industrial Hygiene section provides for the required safety training in-house or through recommended outside agencies. It also promotes the compliance of all employees with safety training requirements, by monitoring changesinregulationsandadvisingtheOperatingManage-ment of the requirements.

Wellsite Training:

The On-Site BP Representative in charge of any rig opera-tion must have the following qualifications: • SecondLineB.O.P.certification(forDrilling

Operations) • WellServiceB.O.P.certification(forServiceRig

Operations) • H2SAlivecertification(asapplicable)

Trai

ning



318


319

• RespiratoryProtectionTrainingcertification(asapplicable)

• FirstAid&C.P.R.(inaccordancewithappli- cablegovernmentregulations) • WorksiteHazardousMaterialsInformation

System(WHMIS) • TransportationofDangerousGoods(TDG) • ConfinedSpace(asapplicable) • SpecificTraininginthetypeofOperationsbeing

performed. • TheServiceRig/DrillingContractor/Service

Company personnel must have the following qualifications:

• FirstLineB.O.P.certificationforDrillers(fordrillingoperations)

• SecondLineB.O.P.certificationforToolpush/RigManager(fordrillingoperations)

• WellServiceB.O.P.certificationforToolpushandDriller(forservicerigoperations)

• BoilerTicketscertification(asapplicable) • Basicspecifictrainingintheoperationorservice

they are to perform.

RESPONSIBILITIES:TheBPCanadaSupervisor/Representativeinchargeisresponsible for verifying that the required training and certificationrequirementsaremetaspertheCGPUHSSERequiredTrainingMatrix.Thismatrixmustprovidefor,ata minimum, all legislated training requirements. The Field Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all workers are properly trained or under the direct supervision of a worker who is, in accordance with the applicable government regulations and BP Canada requirements.BPandFTEEmployeeswithinOperationsrefertotheCGPUFieldRequiredTrainingMatrixfortrainingrequire-mentsandrenewalfrequencieslocatedonthegHSSEr

Trai

ning


318



319

website-http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.aspCONTRACTORREQUIREDSAFETYTRAINING:Contractors working on behalf of BP Canada are required to have the minimum training requirements listed below. The Contractor shall be able to provide valid training certificates to the BP Representative on site prior to work commencing: • H2SAliveifworkinginpotentialH2Satmospheres • WHMIS • StandardFirstAidtomeettheminimumfirst aider requirements in provincial regulations • TDGiftransportingdangerousgoods • LevelOneIndoctrination

References:

• SkillsDevelopmentWebLinks: -NAGSPU:https://wss2.bp.com/EP3/Skills_

Development/default.aspx -CANADA:https://wss2.bp.com/EP3/Skills_

Development/Canada/Forms/AllItems.aspx • NAGControlofWorkPracticeWebLink:

http://docs.bpweb.bp.com/NAG:/content/hse/onshore/documents/K0000002586?docbase=NAG&ticket=vlinkpass&username=bp_vlink&rootpaths=%2Fcontent%2Fhse%2Fonshore%2Fdocuments%0A%0D.

WELDING PRACTICES – GENERAL

PURPOSE:To provide safe procedures for welding.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada Facilities and pipelines.DEFINITION:

Wel

ding

Pra

ctic

es



320


321

Welding includes:

• ArcWelding • MIG • TIG • Hotcutting • CADWelding • Stoppling • ExplosionweldingandcuttingA pressure piping system includes the pipe, tubes, conduits, fittings, gaskets, bolting, and other components making up a system. The sole purpose of this system is the conveyance ofafluidunderpressure,andthecontroloftheflowofafluidunderpressurebetweentwoormoreApipelineisagasline,oilline,fluidline,multiphaseline,solidsline,secondaryline,distributionlineorflowline.Other jurisdictions may have definitions that vary. The appropriate regulations should be checked for their defini-tions.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Weldingwithinaproductionareaisanactivity

which requires extreme caution and proper procedures

• Weldingand“hotwork”arenottobeconsideredroutine operations, particularly when the work involves cutting into, or welding onto, produc-tion lines

• FireandExplosion • WeldingBurns,Radiationandelectricshock • Toxicweldingfumes,andgases • Compressedfuelcylinders • Noise • Vibration

PREPARATIONS:

Wel

ding

Pra

ctic

es


320



321

All welding and “hot work” must be done with the permis-sion of the BP Canada Representative in-charge. Welding in any production facility requires a Hot Work Permit and shall require a pre-job safety meeting depending on the complexity and hazard associated with work.[See: Permit to work][See:HSSEMeetings][See:MSDS]

NOTE:Designatedweldingshopsareexempt.Complete risk assessment to determine if respiratory protection and emergency back-up personnel are required, prior to commencing any welding operation.[See: Safety Standby][See: Respiratory Protection]The needs for warning signs, to isolate or restrict entry to the work area to authorized personnel wearing suitable protection should take into consideration.

Government Regulations:

Before any additions or changes are made to pressure piping that are classified under the provincial inspection jurisdictions, proper notification must be made and ap-proval secured. The BP Canada welding quality manual and specification must be consulted. PROCEDURES:Site-specific procedure must be developed. This may include, but is not limited, to the following: • Blinding • Purging • Depressuring • Excavations • X-Ray • StressRelieving • Non-DestructiveTesting

Wel

ding

Pra

ctic

es



322


323

Site-Specific Procedure:

A detailed work plan for any procedure that involves the use of a cutting torch, welding, or tie-in to existing operat-ing equipment must be prepared. The procedure must list all the activities in sequence required to complete the job. For each activity, the following areas must be covered: 1. Activity:Describewhathastobedoneandhow

the activity will be carried out. 2. Hazards:Describethesafetyhazardspresent

and how each hazard will be eliminated or minimized.

3. Personnel:Describewhoisresponsiblefortheactivity and who will carry it out.

4. FireProtectionEquipment:Mustbelocatedatthe work site, ready to use.

[See:FireProtectionEquipment]

PRECAUTIONS:Ventilation:

Adequate mechanical ventilation, local fume extraction equipment or respiratory protection must be used where: • Naturalventilationisobstructed • Toxicmetalsorfluxesareused • Toxicfumes,gasesandozonearegenerated.[See:ConfinedSpaceEntry][See:RespiratoryEquipment]

Note: Consult Industrial Hygienist for advice on appropri-ate worker exposure controls and respiratory protection.

Respiratory:

Exposuretohazardousfumes,dusts,gasesandvaporsmay occur in the welding process. To reduce exposure to hexavalent chromium, beryllium and other metal fumes or dusts the following respiratory protection guidelines must be followed:

Wel

ding

Pra

ctic

es


322



323

Protective Equipment:

Welder and Welder’s helpers must wear approved protective equipment.

Welding helmet and safety glasses must be worn when welding, grinding and buffing. If a welder is performing non-welding related tasks, the PracticePPErequirementsshallbefollowed.

[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment,FRWPracticeandHand Protection Practice]Flash protection screens should be used to protect the uninvolved workers.

Gas Monitoring:

Work area, equipment and lines shall be checked for com-bustibleand/ortoxicgaspriortostartingjob.Workareamay require continuous monitoring throughout the job. Re-entry to work area must be accompanied by re-check for combustibleand/ortoxicgas.

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada supervisor in charge, or his designate, to ensure that safe welding proce-dures are in place and followed.Welders are responsible for the proper maintenance and safe operation of their equipment.

TRAINING:Only welders ticketed for the applicable weld procedure shall be used.

Wel

ding

Pra

ctic

es

Task Respiratory Protection Welding, cutting, gouging & grinding on stainless steel inside a vessel or in a shop

Half Mask respirator with P100 filters

Welding on carbon steel with chromium or beryllium containing rods (in shop or outside)

Half Mask respirator with P100 filters

Welding & grinding on stainless steel using Inconel rod inside vessels

Powered air-purifying or full-face respirator with P100 filters



324


325

All workers must be properly trained and competent to carry out their required task.

For welding rules and regulations consult the provincial occupational health and safety references listed below: • AlbertaOH&SManual–Part10Section

171.1(1)–174(1) • BritishColumbiaOH&SManual–Section

12.112–12.124

WELL SERVICING WORK PLAN

PURPOSE:To provide a guide for developing work plans for well servicing work.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated wells.

DEFINITION:A site-specific procedure of the well servicing operations to be undertaken.

PROCEDURES:Eachwellservicingjobshouldhaveaworkplan.Analysisof the operation and safety conditions will dictate the detail required.All well workovers must have an approved work plan.The following outlines the information and procedures that should be included in any approved work plan.

PertinentWellData: • Wellnameandlocation

Wel

l Ser

vici

ng W

ork

Pla

n


324



325

• Perforations • Zone • Elevations:KB,GroundorCF • TD • PBTD • Casingdetails:Surface,intermediateandproduc-

tion size, weight, grade, setting depth, cement type, cement volume

• Productiontubingdetails,listedfromtoptobottom,includingalldimensions(ID’s,OD’s),weights, grades, thread size, and accessories (packers,tubinganchors,etc.)

• Bottomholepressure • Bottomholetemperature • H2Sconcentration(Isasafetycompanyre-

quired? Is this a “critical sour well” as defined by theEUB?)

[See: H2S Safety] • Holecapacities • Wellheaddescriptionincludingdetailsofsize,

pressureratings,flanges,hangers,andmanufac-turer’s name

• Suckerrodandbottomholepumpdetailsinclud-ing polish rod dimensions

• Pumpingunitdetails.

Well History:

An outline of the initial completion and a summary of all previous workovers should be included. Any problems previously encountered should be referenced and detailed, particularly those which could lead to further trouble, e.g., lost circulation, cementing difficulties, pressure test failures, collapsed casing, etc.

Job Procedure:

Wel

l Ser

vici

ng W

ork

Pla

n



326


327

A detailed, step-by step procedure must be written. It can-not be assumed that the wellsite supervisor will perform any operation, therefore, every job to be done must be included in the procedure.It should begin with the statement of notification, which details the various regulatory bodies, and the BP Canada personnel that must be notified before any equipment is moved on a location.ApplicableEmergencyResponsePlanshouldbereferencedand included in work plan package as required.[See:EmergencyResponsePlan]Allequipmenttobeused(packers,profiles,etc.),shouldbefullyidentifiedbymanufacturer’sname,partnumber,ID,OD,andthreadconnection.Allfluidstobeusedmustbefullydetailed,includingallsafehandlingprecautions(IncludeMSDS),wherethefluidis to be obtained and how it is to be disposed of.[See:TDGRegulations]

Service Companies:

If specific companies are to be used, they should be named, and a copy of their program attached. The service to be provided and the contact must be listed. If it is necessary to substitute service companies during the course of the job, the program must be discussed with a representative of the substitute company before they arrive at the lease.

Contact List:

This should include BP Canada personnel as well as es-sential contract personnel contacts.

Approvals:

All well workover work plans or programs must be ap-provedaccordingtotheDepartment/Areapolicy.EUBapproval is required for critical sour wells.Down-holeSchematic-LogSections:

Wel

l Ser

vici

ng W

ork

Pla

n


326



327

Down-holedrawingswhichshow“present”and“proposed”down-holedetailsmustbeattached.UseFormC-238.Pertinent open hole and cased hole log sections must be attached and referenced in the main body of the program, noting which log is to be used for correlating purposes.MaterialRequirements:Any materials that are not readily available, or must be specially manufactured, must be listed and the supplier identified. All special handling tools must be listed.

Other Requirements:

Copies of the following documents or permits must be at-tached to the program package where appropriate: 1. Flaring Permit 2. MineralSurfaceLeaseorLandownerContact

Sheet

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Representative on-site to ensure that a work plan is developed and provided.

WELL TESTING

PURPOSE:To provide a general guide to safe well testing operations.

APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated well testing operations.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Explosion:ImproperPurgingprocedures,i.e.

entrained air • HighPressure • Toxicand/orCombustiblefluids

Wel

l Tes

ting



328


329

[See:WHMIS,H2SSafety] • StaticElectricity:Allequipmentriggedinmust

be electrically bonded and grounded.[See:Electricity] • HighNoise:[See:NoiseExposure&HearingConservation]

PREPARATIONS:

Well Test Program:

A work plan must be developed which meets the applicable regulatory requirements. Procedures may be part of the well servicing work plan, or may stand alone.[See: Work Plan]

A work plan should address the following:

• SafetyHazardsandConsiderations • Purposeofthetest • Typeofreservoir • TestEquipmentrequired • Potentialoperatingdifficultiesandpreventative

measures.

When testing wells containing H2S in excess of 5 percent, priorapprovalfromtheEUB,ifinAlberta,mustbeobtained.[See:EUBIL91-2]TherequirementsunderIL91-2mustalsobeaddressedwhenflaringwellscontaining1-5%H2Sandshouldbefollowedforwellscontaininglessthan1%H2S.AnEmergencyResponsePlanmustbeinplacewhentest-ingwellscontainingH2Sinexcessof1%.WherethewellispartofanapprovedEmergencyResponsePlanforanexisting sour facility, no additional response plan is required fortesting.Otherwiseasite-specificEmergencyResponse

Wel

l Tes

ting


328



329

Plan is required.[See:EmergencyResponsePlan]

Pre-Job Safety Meeting:

Mustbeheldbeforecommencingoperationstodiscusstesting procedures and potential hazards.[See:HSSEMeetings]

Signs:

Warning of the presence of H2S must be posted at the lease entrance when testing wells with H2S content exceeding 10PPM.

PROCEDURES:The BP Canada representative in charge must be aware of the regulatory requirements as laid out in the following: “WellTesting–MinimumGuidelinesforSafetyEnhancedField Operations”, available from most testing companies in Alberta, or Alberta Occupational Health and Safety.Equipment Spacing:

[See: Service Rig Safety]NOTE:InBritishColumbia,theflarestackmustbe50meters from the separator.All testing lines must be staked or secured

First Aid Equipment:

Mustbeavailableon-sitealongwithmeansfortransporta-tionoff-site.[See:FirstAidEquipment]

Testing Personnel:

Aminimumoftwo(working)qualifiedtestpersonnelarerequiredon-siteatalltimes.Three(working)qualifiedtest personnel are required on-site at all times when the H2Scontentofthewellisknowntobegreaterthan1%

Wel

l Tes

ting



330


331

(10,000PPM).ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanadarepresentative in charge, to assess the need for additional personnel and ensure that fully trained and competent contractor employees are used.Well site illumination must be adequate to safely perform any job, and must be approved for use in the hazardous locations.[See:ElectricalProtectionRegulations]

Communications:

OffleasecommunicationsandanEmergencyContactListmust be on location at all times.

Breathing:

A minimum of two self-contained breathing apparatus must be on location at all times. If working on a sour well, adequate breathing apparatus must be supplied for the full crew.

Fire Protection:

Aminimumof2–30#LTKBCfireextinguishersmustbeon location in accessible areas ready to use.

Purging:

System must be purged of all air with pilot out prior to commencing operations. The use of a non-combustible purge medium is desirable. If using a combustible purge medium, ignition sources must be eliminated, and specifi-callytheflaremustnotbelit.[See: Purging]

Pressure Testing:

All equipment upstream of the choke should be pressure tested to 1.2 times the maximum working pressure, or to the wellhead pressure rating, whichever is the lesser. Once

Wel

l Tes

ting


330



331

theflowtesthasstarted,checktheentiresystemforleaks.

PRECAUTIONS:Safety standby must be utilized for tank gauging when workingwithtoxicfluids,orwhenworkingwithfiredequipment.[See: H2S Safety][See: Respiratory Protection][See: Safety Standby]Sourand/orCriticalWells:Additional safety procedures are required.[See:OH&S“WellTesting”guide][See:BP’sCompletionOperationsManual]

RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Representative in-charge to ensure that safe well testing operations are carried out.The contractor is responsible for ensuring that all equip-ment and personnel meet the applicable Government regulations, BP Canada requirements, and possess sufficient experience to perform the work with minimal supervision.

TRAINING:All personnel must possess valid First Aid, CPR and WH-MISandshouldhaveanH2Scertificate.WhereH2Sisexpected, all personnel must possess a H2S certificate.[See: Training]

WIRELINE OPERATIONS

PURPOSE:To provide a general guideline for safe wireline operations.

Wire

line

Ope

ratio

ns



332


333

APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated wells where wireline is run for remedialand/ormaintenancerequirements(i.e.dewaxing,pressuresurvey,fishing,runningorpullingplugs/chokes,andopeningorclosingslidingsleeves).

DEFINITION:Routine Work:

Frequentlyperformedwirelineoperations(i.e.dewaxing)onwellsofsimilarset-up.Doesnotincludewirelineopera-tions on sour wells.

POTENTIALHAZARDS: • HighPressure:Wellpressuremustbecheckedto

ensure that wireline equipment is rated for the working pressure.

• StaticElectricity:TheWirelineandPicker/Mastunit must be properly bonded and grounded to therigand/orwellhead.

[See:Electricity] • Combustible/ToxicFluids:[See: H2S Safety][See: Respiratory Protection]

PROCEDURES:All equipment attached to the wellhead must be adequately supported to prevent lateral movement.Climbing on the lubricator is not allowed.[See:SafetyHarnesses,LanyardsandLifelines]WirelineUnitandPicker/MastUnitmusthavewheelschocked.

Lubricator & B.O.P.’s:

At least one line-B.O.P. located between the lubricator and wellhead must be used. B.O.P.s for sweet wells can be either

Wire

line

Ope

ratio

ns


332



333

manually or hydraulically operated.LubricatorandB.O.P.’smustbepressuretestedtothelesser of 1.2 times the maximum working pressure or the wellhead pressure rating, prior to use.

Stuffing Box:

Rubber/Packingmustbemaintainedingoodcondition.Atleast2–30#LTKfireextinguishersmustbeon-siteandready to use.

PRECAUTIONS:Critical Wells:

Additional safety procedures are required.[See:AlbertaRecommendedPractices–Volume2][See:BPCompletionOperationsManual]Equipmentapprovedforuseinsourservicemustbeused(i.e.line,lubricator,B.O.P.’s,runningtools).RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Representative in-charge to ensure that safe wireline procedures are followed.The contractor is responsible for ensuring that all equip-ment meets all applicable government regulations and BP requirements, and all personnel are properly trained in safe wireline procedures.

TRAINING:(See:Training)

WELL WORK - HAND OVER BETWEEN

OPERATIONS AND WELLS TEAMS

PURPOSE:To provide standards of safe well turnover between Opera-tions and the Wells group.

Wel

l Wor

k



334


335

APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated wells.

PROCEDURE: 1) Therewillbeaminimumof36hrnotice(longer

if required by either Operations or the Wells teams)betweenthetimetheprogramforthewellwork is received in the field and the well work operation begins. This is required to give the ap-propriate time to plan for the required resources, and properly co-ordinate activities between Wells and Operations teams in the field.

2) Anydeviationfromtheagreedupontimeperiodrequires joint written approval by both Opera-tions and Wells teams.

3) Priortostartingworkonthewellbore,theWellsteam will take steps to ensure seal integrity; e.g. no leaking of the master valves.

4) Operationswilltakeresponsibilityfortheturnover of the well bore to the Wells team. The surface facilities downstream of the master valves shall be fully de pressured with all process con-nections; e.g. chemical lines; removed.

5) Thewellborewillbelockedandtaggedbythe Operator until such time as it is ready to turn over to the Wells team as per BP Canada’s “EnergyIsolation”GoldenRulePractice.

6) Steps2and3willbedocumentedaspartofBP Canada’s “Permit to Work” Golden Rule Practice.

WORKING ALONE PRACTICE


1.1 The purpose of this practice is to provide safe work

Wor

king

Alo

ne


334



335

requirements for employees, contracted employees and contractors working or traveling alone on Canada GasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)business,premisesand work sites.

1.2 This practice applies to all CGPU employees, contracted employees and contractors performing potentially hazardous work alone or traveling alone.

2.0 Definitions

2.1WorkingAlone–To“workalone”meanstoworkor travel alone at a site in circumstances when they cannot be seen or heard by another worker, they cannot expect a visit from another worker for some time and when assistance is not readily available in the event of an injury, illness or emergency.

2.2ReadilyAvailable–Threeassessmentfactorsmustbeconsidered when determining if assistance is readily available:

• Awareness–Willotherworkerscapableofpro-viding assistance be aware of the worker’s needs?

• Willingness–Isitreasonabletoexpectthoseother workers will provide helpful assistance?

• Timeliness–Willassistancebeprovidedwithinareasonable period of time?

This assessment must consider the level of risk associated with the circumstances of the work; for example, type of work, location and hazards. If the hazards the worker faces poses a high risk of injury, “readily available” may mean “immediately avail-able”. The availability of assistance increases as the level of risk associated with the work increases.

2.3 EffectiveMeansofCommunication–Radio,tele-phone or other electronic communication device.

Wor

king

Alo

ne



336


337

2.4 EffectiveContactSystem–Analternativetoan“ef-fective means of communication” that is appropriate tothehazard.Examplesofacontactsystemincludevisiting the worker, scheduling check-ins with other workers or designated persons, reporting to an office or particular person upon completion of a task, and visual or audible contact with other persons who can offerassistancewhenneeded.Thefrequencyofthecontact is based on a hazard assessment.

2.5 A worker is not working alone if all the following conditions are met:

• Awareness–Theworkercangettheattentionofsomeone capable of providing helpful assistance when the worker requires it; for example, by maintaining visual contact, staying within hear-ing range of others, being continuously moni-tored by a remote surveillance camera, sounding an alarm, making frequent contact with other workers or persons throughout the work period

• Willingness–Personsexpectedtoprovideassistance must be capable and willing to do so when required. There should be a reasonable expectation that the persons being relied on to provide assistance can and actually will provide thatassistance.Dependingoncircumstances,those persons may need access to communica-tion devices to trigger emergency response plans ortelephonetocallEmergencyServices(9-1-1)

• Timeliness–Therequiredassistancewillbeprovided in a reasonable period of time. What is reasonable depends on factors such as the nature of the illness, injury or emergency, the physical location of the work and workers and the type and level of risk of the work being performed


Wor

king

Alo

ne


336



337

3.1 Eachfunctionalareamanager(OperatingCentreManager,WellsManagerorHSSEManager)isac-countable for:

• Conductingahazardassessmenttoidentifyexist-ing or potential safety hazards in the work place associated with working alone

• Developingandimplementingawrittenpro-cedure for checking the well-being of a worker assigned to work alone

• Implementingsafetymeasurestoreducetheriskto workers from the identified hazards

• Ensuringworkershaveaneffectivemeansofcommunicating with their immediate supervisor or other designated person in case of an emer-gency

• Ensuringworkershaveaneffectivecontactsystem for checking the well-being of a worker in the event the worker may not be able to signal for assistance in the event of an injury or illness while working alone; and

• Ensuringworkersaretrainedandeducatedsothey can perform their work safely

3.2 Thefunctionalteamlead(AreaForeman,Construc-tionForeman,WellsSupervisor)isresponsiblefor:

• Developingandimplementingthesitespecificworking alone requirements; and

• Providingtherequiredtrainingtoallowworkersto perform work safely

3.3 Allworkersandcontractorsareresponsibleforfol-lowing the working alone procedures developed for a specific area.

4.0 Requirements for Working Alone while Performing Potentially Hazardous Work

Wor

king

Alo

ne



338


339

4.1 Highriskactivitiessuchasworkingatheights,ener-gy isolation, confined space entry, working in hazard-ous atmosphere where a safety stand-by is required (e.g.H2S),orworkingwithhazardousequipmentsuch as chainsaws must never be conducted alone.

4.2 Priortocommencingwork,aworksitehazardas-sessment to identify existing hazards for employees working alone is required.

4.3 Implementanddevelopaworkingalonesafeworkprocedure that contains:

• An“effectivemeansofcommunication”toprovide workers with a method of signaling theirneedforassistance.The“effectivemeansof communication” is not limited to verbal communication. Common devices that meet the intent include: telephones, cellular telephones, satellite telephones, portable two-way radios, personal alarms and computer-based systems that achieve the same results. The key point is that the communication system must permit the worker requiring assistance to send a message or signal to someone capable of providing assistance to them

• Asanalternativetoan“effectivemeansofcom-munication”,aneffective“contactsystem”thatisappropriate to the hazard can be developed. The contact system will:

o Definethetimeintervalbetweenscheduledchecks and procedures to follow in case the worker cannot be contacted, including provi-sions for emergency rescue. The frequency of contact for checking the worker’s well-being must be based on a hazard assessment and developed in consultation with the worker assigned to work alone

o Determinethetypeofcontactrequired–visualorverbal(e.g.call-in)

o Identify a designated person to establish

Wor

king

Alo

ne


338



339

contact with the worker at pre-determined in-tervals and the results of this contact recorded by that person; and

o Ensureaworkerchecks-inattheendofthework shift

• Examplesofcontactsystemsinclude: o Visiting the work at pre-determined intervals o Scheduling check-ins with other workers or

designated persons o Reporting to an office or particular person

upon completion of a task; and o Visual or audible contact with other persons

whocanofferassistancewhenrequired

4.4 Aworkerrequiredtoworkaloneandanypersonassigned to check on the well-being of a worker must be trained in the written site-specific working alone procedure.

4.5 Theprocedureandsystemforcheckingaworker’swell-being must be reviewed at least annually. The procedure and system must be reviewed more frequently if there is a change in work arrangements whichcouldadverselyaffectaworker’swell-beingorareportthatthesystemisnotworkingeffectively.

5.0 Requirements for Traveling Alone

5.1 People traveling alone require a traveling alone plan that contains the following:

• Destinationandscheduleforarrivingatthedestination

• Modeoftransportationtodestination • Contactpersonforcommunicatingtravelplans;

Wor

king

Alo

ne



340


341

and • Establishscheduledcheck-intimeswithcontact

to indicate: o When starting the journey o Arrival at pre-determined check points if

deemed necessary o Arrival at destination o Changes to travel plans; and o Procedures and response plan in case the

person traveling does not check-in at pre-determined times or cannot be contacted

5.2 AllaspectsofthejourneywillcomplywithgHSSErMS860–VehicleStandardincludingtraining,vehicle fit for purpose and adequate emergencies supplies for the trip.

Wor

king

Alo

ne


340



341

Rev

isio

ns

Dat

eR

evis

ion

Type

/Com

men

t R

evis

ed B

y:R

evis

ion

Aut

horit

y:D

etai

ls:

Dec

10,

200

7M

inor

- N

ew V

ersi

on

•N

umbe

r 1.1

Onl

ine

Con

trolle

d •

Cop

y R

evis

ed a

nd

Boo

ks P

rinte

d A

fter

Oct

ober

1, 2

007

Joan

ne D

ezal

lgH

SS

Er F

orum

Mov

ed J

ewer

ly s

ectio

n •

unde

r PP

E, A

dded

to

tabl

e of

con

tent

s.

Rep

lace

d W

orki

ng a

t •

Hei

ghts

Pra

ctic

e to

in

clud

e th

e bo

om li

ft se

ctio

n.A

dded

the

Eye

Haz

ard

•A

sses

smen

t Cha

rt un

der P

PE

.U

pdat

es to

Gro

und

•D

istu

rban

ce a

nd

Pra

ctic

e fo

r Wor

king

in

a C

ombu

stib

le G

as

envi

ronm

ent.

Standard Safety Practices Manual

Documents

hazard assessment

ghsser website

bp canada

designated

confined space

energy isolating

energy isolating

asp document